Archive of Our Own ^beta

Chapter Text

“Kook, they’re finally moving in!” Jin tells him excitedly while he’s busy cooking dinner in their apartment, throwing some quick fried rice together. “I can hear them in the hall.”

Jungkook doesn’t even look up from the tv, he just kind of grunts in response, acknowledging that he heard him, too focused and busy playing Overwatch to be any more attentive. He’s trying to enjoy his last few days of winter break before the January semester begins and all of his free time disappears once again. He glances up quickly to see Jin trying to sneak a peek through the peephole in the door, hoping to catch a glimpse of the new transfer students that are moving in across the hall. The landlord had told them some new students would be arriving this weekend and off-handedly asked them to keep an eye out, as Jin is the self-appointed neighborhood watch patrol captain, keeping an eye on everyone coming and going, perfect for his curious, inquisitive nature. He’s an exuberant, friendly, extremely social college student, compared to his quiet, introverted, soft kind-hearted “brother”.

They’ve spent the last ten years together; the first seven as required by law as they were placed in the same foster home, and the last three by choice as Jin managed to work and scrape enough money together to get them an apartment so they could both attend college, both now in their sophomore year.

While Jin is technically two years older there are many days Jungkook feels like the more mature one in their relationship, more serious and level-headed about life and dating. Like now, for instance. Jin hasn’t been successful in seeing much through the door so he’s now discreetly looking through the window blinds, trying to get a glimpse of them as they unload their car on this snowy night, but it’s even more impossible to see anything here, the street lamps not providing any light over their parked car.

They’re heading back inside so Jin quickly dashes back across the apartment and turns off the stove, their dinner finished and ready, and he goes back to the peephole, seeing just dark outlines of two men walking toward their apartment. One is definitely taller than the other, both slim, but between the coats and hats and the boxes they’re carrying it’s impossible to see what they actually look like.

Jin is moaning again that he can’t see anything when Kook turns off his game, knowing he needs to listen sympathetically as his social butterfly brother laments his inability to go meet their new neighbors.

“Kook, I need to go say hi, see if they need anything,” Jin complains, pulling out bowls and forks for their meal. “Damn, I wish I made more rice, I could have asked if they wanted to come over to eat. They looked tired from moving everything in.”

“Really? What did they look like?” Kook asks, tongue in cheek, knowing from the way Jin’s been muttering that he hasn’t gotten a good look at them yet.

“Brat, I don’t need to see their faces to know they’re tired. Their bodies were slumped over from the heavy boxes, they weren’t even talking between themselves, just focused on getting everything done. Anyone could tell they would have loved a home-cooked meal before they had to unpack the rest of the night,” Jin tells him, not appreciating the smirk Jungkook is sending his way. Jungkook sees him eyeing his bowl of rice, now realizing Jin is considering taking them his food, and he pulls his dish in closer, eating faster, not taking a chance that Jin might steal his meal to take to their new neighbors.

“Maybe you’ll see them tomorrow during the day; everyone will be up and moving around, getting ready for school in a few days,” he reassures Jin around a mouthful of rice, trying to keep him from barging in on the new tenants when they’ve barely taken off their coats. He loves his brother immensely, he really does, but when Jin gets an idea in his head it’s near impossible to talk him out of it.

**

The next evening while Jungkook is doing their laundry Jin runs downstairs to the mailbox in their building and he surprisingly sees the new tenants leaving, finally seeing the front of their bodies as they walk by. He knows he should say something but for the first time in his life he’s utterly speechless. They’re simply beautiful, even more so than himself, always complimented for his broad shoulders and a face no one could resist; he’s too stunned to say anything, and by the time he snaps himself out of his stupor they’re gone, their car pulling away from the curb.

He runs upstairs and flings open their apartment door, yelling for Kook, needing to share his experience. He gushes about how breathtakingly attractive they are; their perfect marble skin, their brown eyes that seem to just melt when they looked at him, their confident gait, the way they walked to the car, almost strutting in their poise.

Jungkook stops him, finally unable to keep the laughter from his voice as he asks, “Did they actually see you and look at you, that you saw their melting brown eyes?”

Jin throws the mailbox key at him, telling him, “Kook, I’m telling you they’re beautiful. I don’t know where they came from but they’re definitely not from around here. I call dibs on the tall one; he’s so hot, I need to make him mine. I need him in my bed!”

Kook throws the key back at him, laughing and telling him to keep his sex life to himself. He doesn’t really spend much more time thinking about them, not yet having the chance to even see his new neighbors. “So how short is the other one that you’re already claiming the tall one?” he asks. “I may fight you for him.”

Jin just laughs, telling him, “Oh no, the short one is totally your type. Quiet, tsunder, soft, but so pretty too.” Jungkook just hums, his curiosity piqued for the first time at the new student’s description, for he really does like soft, pretty men that he needs to work at getting to know, though there’s no way Jin can know that much about him from just seeing him pass in the hall. Jungkook has also dated very few men, not one to usually put himself out there, and he doesn't do casual hookups, so he doesn't think too much more about him.

Over the weekend Jin keeps a watchful eye and ear out, hoping to run into them in the hallway, listening for their door to shut or their car to arrive. He now knows what sounds he’s tuned in for, which are surprisingly few. Most of their neighbors let their apartment door slam upon closing, but the new tenants always carefully shut theirs, so quiet he often misses it. They don’t ever talk between themselves in the hallway, and the few times he’s gone past their door the tv or music has been relatively quiet, barely able to hear what types of things they enjoy. Not that he’s spending an extraordinary amount of time trying to learn more about the tall brown-eyed beauty; he’s not stalking him in any way, he’s simply curious, he convinces himself.

Jin manages to pass him in the hall a few times over the weekend, mostly because he lives in the chair next to the window with his jacket nearby, shoes already on, ready to run out on a moment’s notice. He’s constantly scowling at Jungkook’s smirk every time he bolts for the door, making yet another attempt to meet the new student. And while he’s seen him a few times, he can’t say the same for the new tenant. The stranger always has his head down, listening to music, headphones in and on his phone, either watching a video or texting someone, oblivious to his surroundings. Jin is getting quite frustrated, feeling despondent that their neighbor isn’t interested in him when he’s made an effort to see him multiple times. But he’s not ready to give up just yet.

**

Jin and Jungkook make their way onto campus in the evening for their last class of the day. As they’re getting ready to part ways Jin suddenly stops walking, slamming his hand on Jungkook’s chest.

“Ow! Jin what the hell?” Jungkook exclaims.

Jin continues to smack Jungkook’s chest, “Look! Look! It’s him! Over there, Kookie look!”

Jungkook turns to where Jin is staring. There he sees two men walking towards the art buildings.

“Please don’t do anything weird,” Jungkook begs.

Jin lifts his hand high in the air shouting, “Hi neighbors!”

Jungkook’s eyes widen as they look towards him and Jin, and he cries out, “Jin! They don’t know we’re their neighbors!” embarrassed by his brother’s outburst.

The two transfer students look up at them, confused, while Jin continues to wave with a giant smile on his face. Jungkook turns to look at them, and he locks eyes with the short, pale, beautiful man that is staring back at them; he sees a flicker of interest in his warm brown eyes before it’s shuttered and replaced with discombobulation. The transfer students quickly walk away with their heads down.

Jin slowly puts his hand down, “Maybe they’re shy?”

“Maybe they were freaked out by a weird stalker!” Jungkook hisses.

Jin pouts, upset, “I just wanted to get his attention. I’ve been trying to get him to look at me since he moved in.”

“That wasn’t the best way. Anyways i’ve got class soon. I’ll see you back at home,” Jungkook said.

“Yeah, okay. See you,” Jin says crestfallen.

Jungkook walks into the art building, quickly looking at his schedule for the room number. He searches around the building until he finds the classroom. He makes his way inside glancing around the room for a seat. He finds one near the back and sits down staring at the desk. When the teacher walks in, Jungkook looks up and realizes that he’s sitting behind the neighbor that Jin is crushing on.

“Oh fuck,” Jungkook says to himself.

**

Over the next week Jin has been keeping a close watch for his neighbors, trying to see if they have a consistent pattern, something Jin can work with to get close to the tall beauty. Some days he’s lucky enough to pass him in the hallway of their apartment building, but the other quickly averts his eyes, looking shy and awkward. Jungkook actually sees the shorter new student a few times collecting their mail and at first he looks at Jungkook, definite interest in his eyes, but then he seems to catch himself, shutting it down before it goes anywhere.

They will randomly pass the transfer students in the library, or Jin will see them occasionally while he’s working there, one or both of them doing homework, or walking on campus, and while they’ll catch the eye of the other, they never pursue them, or take the time to ask their name, or introduce themself. Whenever Jin tries to start up a conversation, the cute neighbor blushes and stutters before walking away with his head down. Jin’s heart melts every time, but he can’t help but feel upset by the fact that he can’t get the cute boy’s name.

One day Jin even goes so far as to intentionally trip while the tall neighbor is near him, wanting desperately to have a conversation and finally get his name, hoping he’ll say something, anything, even just ask if he’s ok. In the very few moments when the cute neighbor and Jin lock eyes, Jin smiles softly before winking at him. The cute neighbor always blushes and looks away.

While Jin is on his way to his Tuesday Psychology class he notices the neighbors are in the cafeteria, and when he leaves he peaks in and sees that they’re still there. Jin stands near the cafeteria doors thinking, if the neighbors were there before his psych class and after, they must have an hour in between classes.

As he’s waiting for Jungkook, he can’t help but stare at the tall one: His hair perfectly parted to the side revealing a small portion of his forehead. His smile making his eyes crinkle; his soft lips and hands making Jin bite his lip. He’s wearing all black, his shirt tight on his shoulders showing off his muscular body. His jeans are tight and show off his toned thighs real nice. Jin feels his body begin to heat up with desire.

“You’re being weird again,” Jungkook says as he sees what Jin was staring at, walking up to him with his friend Taehyung, another sophomore that he met at the beginning of last year.

“I don’t think I’ve ever tried so hard to get someone to notice me before,” Jin said, not looking away from them.

“Whose attention are you trying to catch?” Taehyung asks, looking into the crowded cafeteria, clueless who they’re talking about.

“The beautiful tall new student with chocolate brown eyes and the cutest dimples,” Jin tells him, as if that should clearly identify who he’s interested in. Tae is searching the crowd to see who he’s referring to.

“Do you think they could be together, as a couple? It would explain why neither one is ever around anyone else, or interested in doing anything here on campus,” Jungkook asks.

“I don’t think so… the smaller one has definitely looked at you, I’ve seen it myself. And the taller one seems to get flustered by my attention. Besides they don’t even look like they’re dating. Look at them Kook! They’re sitting across from each other not holding hands, not looking at each other, barely talking. Even if they were fighting there would be more emotion than what they’re showing now. I’m just not used to having to work so hard at this…” Jin laments.

“Is he really worth it then?” Jungkook asked.

Taehyung finally figures out which guys they’re talking about when Jungkook points them out, explaining where they’re sitting. He interrupts them, telling them, “Oh, those two new guys. The latest story I heard is that they’re on the run, that they have mafia ties and are hiding out here. If that’s the case they’re never going to become close to you both.” He says it with a smirk, sincerely doubting the mafia story is true but enjoying the mystery surrounding them.

“I’m gonna bake cookies and bring them to them next week. That’ll get him to notice me!” Jin whispers to himself.

“Oh my god,” Jungkook says shaking his head.

**

By the next week, more students are aware of the new transfer students and the rumors begin to spread. Jin listens in on many conversations, trying to see if any could be real, but so far everyone seems to think they’re tied to the mafia, the story gaining more credibility the longer they don’t socialize with the rest of the school. Taehyung has joined them today as they head to the cafeteria, and he’s providing more details of their supposed mafia connection.

“Seriously? They’re still saying they’re part of a mafia?” Jungkook questions.

“Yeah I know! It‘s so stupid! They would have left by now, they’re getting way too much attention here,” Jin says as he shakes his head at the idea.

Tae tells them, “Last I heard they were from New York and they’re hiding here, trying to stay inconspicuous. But within 24 hours everyone was talking about them, so they may be moving again soon. They should have gone to a big city not a small town if they wanted to get lost.”

Jungkook just now remembers the container in Jin’s hands, quickly losing interest in the conversation about the strangers being part of a mafia, asking him instead, “Can I have a cookie?”

“No! They’re for the neighbors!” Jin scolds.

“You don’t even know where they are! It’s only one cookie!” Jungkook pouts.

“They’re in the cafeteria, I saw them there last Tuesday before class. I want to give them the cookies so he can finally notice me!” Jin says as he smiles brightly.

“He’s super quiet. He never talks, not even to the teacher,” Jungkook says.

Jin stops walking, staring at Jungkook confused, “How do you know that?”

“Oh fuck,” Jungkook says to himself. “I might have Photography with him.”

“You have a class with him and you didn’t think to tell me?!?” Jin shouts.

“I knew you’d freak out and want me to talk to him!” Jungkook says, knowing how his brother can be.

“Obviously! I’ve been out here suffering trying to get this hot piece of ass to notice me when you could’ve made it easier!” Jin yells as he flicks Jungkook’s forehead.

“I didn’t want him to think you were desperate!” Jungkook says, rubbing his forehead.

“I am desperate! You don’t get a cookie,” Jin huffs walking away.

Jungkook complains as he follows Jin into the cafeteria, afraid this isn’t going to go well. Jin takes a deep breath before walking over to the transfer students. He stops in front of them, clearing his throat softly. The short pale one looks up first, gazing first at Jin in surprise but then skimming his eyes over to Jungkook.

“Hi! I’m Kim Seokjin! You can call me Jin! I don’t think you know that we’re neighbors who live across from you, but i’ve been wanting to stop by and welcome you. I made you some cookies! Chocolate chip, I hope you aren’t allergic to any of the ingredients I used,” Jin rambles, handing the plastic container to the tall one.

The tall one takes the container cautiously, “Thank you?”

Jin melts hearing his voice for the first time, “You’re welcome...um?” Jin says trying to get the name out of his beautiful lips.

“Oh, uhm, Namjoon. My name is Namjoon,” he says quietly.

“Well Namjoon I hope I get to see more of you. If you have any questions about the school or the apartment don’t be afraid to ask. I’d be more than happy to help you out,” Jin says, flirting.

Namjoon gulps before nodding slightly, trying to give Jin his best and friendliest smile.

“Well  I really hope i get to see you around Namjoon,” Jin says biting his lips softly.

“Yeah, uhm, sure,” Namjoon stutters.

While Jin is trying to get Namjoon to talk to him, the shorter new student and Jungkook continue to size each other up, not saying anything just yet, both taking the time to just look at each other. After standing this close to him Jungkook has decided he’s definitely cute, really pretty, actually, the type of guy he usually likes. But he hasn’t said anything to him yet and he seems almost angry that they’re bothering them.

He decides to risk it, putting himself out there, so far out of his comfort zone and beyond what he would usually do, figuring if Jin and Namjoon are going to be friends then the least he can do is introduce himself. He waits for the others to get done talking and then tells him, “My name is Jungkook, and you are?”

The way he phrased it doesn’t really leave much of an option but for the other to give his name, and he doesn’t look happy about it when he grumbles out “I’m Yoongi,” in a gruff, sexy, deep voice that has Jungkook’s toes curling. Yoongi doesn’t want to like him, it’s quite obvious he wants nothing to do with him, but something tells him their paths are bound to cross again.

Tae introduces himself to them as well now, going to shake their hands when he does, and neither take his hand but instead just nod, kind of a snub, upsetting Tae a bit. He doesn’t say anything then but he thinks they’re fairly rude.

“Come on Kookie, let’s go to class. I hope you enjoy the cookies,” Jin says, nervously fiddling with his fingers.

As they’re walking out of the cafeteria Jungkook looks back over his shoulder, wanting one more look at Yoongi, trying to figure out what it is about him that’s making him want to talk to him again. He’s surprised to see Yoongi is watching him walk away, his eyes heated but his face displaying a confused look, as if he’s fighting an internal battle of his own, not sure what to do about his inner turmoil.

Jungkook asks Tae, “You wanna come over tonight and play Call of Duty?” hoping to get his mind off of Yoongi since he doesn’t seem interested in getting to know him. Not that he was interested in him either. At least not that he’d ever admit to anyone.

“Sure, I’ll be there by 9,” Tae tells him, Jin already moaning over all the yelling he’ll be hearing all night, cutting in on his beauty sleep. He’ll need to keep headphones in all night since he needs to look his best if he wants to impress Namjoon.

After they’ve all left the cafeteria Namjoon continues to stare at the container of cookies. He slowly opens it and takes a cookie out; they’re still warm and smell so enticing. At the very bottom of the container is a bright pink paper. Namjoon fishes it out before opening it. He stares at the note in his hands, his eyes widening. He feels his face warming up as the blush spreads all the way to his ears. He smiles softly to himself, reading the note again and again.  

“What does it say?” Yoongi asks, still not looking away from the cafeteria door.

“To the tall one with the pretty smile, call me. From...Jin,” Namjoon reads aloud. He tries not to smile too much when Yoongi looks at him with confusion written all over his face. Namjoon bites his lip before giggling softly,  looking at the container of cookies before taking one and offering some to Yoongi. They both stare at the cookies before taking a small bite into it. To them food is tasteless, but Namjoon still smiles and gladly continues to eat the entire cookie.

Chapter Text

“This isn’t good Joon! We can’t have humans flirting and wanting to bring us fucking cookies!” Yoongi said, pacing nervously around their apartment, finally able to vent about this afternoon’s situation.

“I couldn’t just say no. You saw the look on his face! He was so hopeful and shy about it, I didn’t want to hurt his feelings,” Namjoon said. sitting down on the sofa.

“Jin... he’s too interested in you. No matter how much you ignore him and avoid him he hasn’t given up. Giving you his number in the cookies, it’s not good. We can’t have people getting close to us,” Yoongi said.

“It is really all that bad? I mean, he is really attractive,” Namjoon said, shrugging, smiling a little to himself as he thinks back to their encounter in the cafeteria.

Yoongi glared at him, “You know why we can’t get close to humans.”

“We’re not getting close, he just told me his name and that’s it,” Namjoon said, rolling his eyes in exasperation.

“He gave you his number! He wants you to call him! Don’t think I don’t know about you still having his number in your pocket,” Yoongi said angrily.

“Don’t think I haven’t noticed you looking at his roommate; you’re not so innocent either. Besides it’s not like I’m gonna call him,” Namjoon said, getting more and more annoyed.

“So then throw it away,” Yoongi challenged.

“I will,” Namjoon said, not making any move to get up from the sofa.

“Now Namjoon!” Yoongi shouted.

“I’ll throw it away when I want, not when you tell me!” Namjoon shouted back.

“There’s been a lot of other people who gave us their numbers and we never kept them. Why is this one any different?” Yoongi argued.

“It’s not. I forgot that I had it; besides why are you getting so worked up about it? This isn’t like you,” Namjoon accused.

“You’ve never kept anyone’s number before, why start now?”Yoongi asked annoyed.

“It’s just a number, relax. You’re getting worked up over nothing. Is this because Jin’s roommate is attractive?” Namjoon said.

“What does he have to do with anything? Throw the number away!” Yoongi commanded.

“Just because you’re my hyung doesn’t mean I have to listen to you,” Namjoon grumbled.

“You‘re interested in him, aren’t you?” Yoongi asked, his eyes narrowing in suspicion.

“He gave us cookies, the least i can do is thank him,” Namjoon said,shrugging.

“No. Don’t talk to him, don’t get near him. Leave him alone!” Yoongi warned.

“Or what? It’s not a big deal! You know maybe people wouldn’t be so suspicious of us if we actually made friends,” Namjoon said, crossing his arms over his chest.

“You know we can’t do that! Hoseok is after us-’

“Hoseok is not after us! He’s after you! You’re all he wants! I’m tired of moving all over the country running from him every time he gets near!” Namjoon shouts standing from the sofa.

“We cannot drag humans into this! Hoseok is just one of the things we have to hide from! You think if people find out about us they’re just gonna accept it?” Yoongi hissed, his eyes darkening in anger.

“Do you think being the loners that don’t talk or look at anyone is gonna not bring attention to us? It hasn’t even been a week and people are already saying we’re from a mafia! We draw a target on our own backs!” Namjoon exclaims.

“And what, dating someone is gonna take the target off?” Yoongi asked angrily.

“At least we’ll seem more normal!” Namjoon said.

“We’re not normal Joon! Nothing about us is normal! We can’t go on pretending like we are!” Yoongi shouted.

“Obviously not but i’m tired of fucking running! I feel like a prisoner! I don’t like living like this!” Namjoon shouted back.

“Then maybe you should have thought it out before you asked me to save your ass when you were dying,” Yoongi hissed with pure rage.

Namjoon laughed unhumorously, “Fuck you,” he hisses back with just as much rage. Namjoon turns around to go to his room.

“Throw the number away!” Yoongi roars.

Namjoon turns around, throwing the bright pink paper at Yoongi, hitting him in the face. He stomps down the hall and slams his door with so much force the apartment shakes.

Jin and Jungkook had just returned from the grocery store and were close to their apartment when they heard a loud bang coming from the new neighbor’s apartment.

“What do you think happened?” Jin asked. staring at the neighbor’s door with concern.

“Maybe Yoongi ate all the cookies and Namjoon got mad?” Jungkook guessed.

Namjoon stood behind his bedroom door tempted to punch it. He began to take deep uneven breaths, trying to calm himself down.

Yoongi picked up the paper from the floor, opening the note and reading it briefly before sighing. Maybe they should at least have some friends to try to fit in more. Maybe they shouldn’t run away everytime they face a problem. Yoongi rubs his forehead, crumpling the paper again. He sits on the sofa, his anger fading slowly. Namjoon deserves normal. They both do.

**

It’s been five days. Jin is mortified by the fact that Namjoon hasn’t texted him or called him. He’s not used to having to pursue someone; he’s always been the one who’s been chased after, the one who is asked out. He even baked him cookies!! Maybe Namjoon threw out the cookies because he didn’t like them, and his note went into the trash with it… maybe he never even saw it. He’s not sure if that’s better or worse….

He keeps waiting, and hoping... There’s something about this tall, other worldly man that makes him think it’s going to be worth his time and all the work it’s taking to get him to even just acknowledge him. He started wondering if he read the situation wrong, if the two could possibly be together, in a relationship. But whenever he sees the two together they don’t seem to have any chemistry; they barely even talk to each other. And Kook swears that Yoongi gives him smoldering looks while at the same time seeming really pissed off about it, and he’s witnessed it as well.

He’s decided he’s going to try again, give it a hundred percent, and if he’s outright turned away this time he’ll give up and let it go. But he’s going to give it everything he has first, still sensing something special about Namjoon. Now he just needs to get Jungkook on board with his plan.

“Kook, I need your help,” Jin tells him as he heads into the kitchen to make lunch. “I’ll give you whatever you want in return.”

Jungkook just sits at the island, doing his homework, his chin now dropped down to his chest in shock. “No. If you’re offering payment I know this is going to involve humiliation and embarrassment on my part. Definitely not.”

“Seriously, anything,” Jin tells him, his eyes serious.

Jungkook notices he’s not kidding around, his usual humor gone and replaced with determination and almost sadness. “What do you need?” he asks softly, already knowing he’s going to do whatever his hyung asks of him, a rare occurrence.

“I need you to talk to Namjoon during your class. Try to get his number, get him to a talk a little bit,” he tells him quietly with his head down, embarrassed but also shy, hating that he needs his help to get closer to him.

“Seriously? You’re asking the most introverted person you know to confront a stranger, someone that’s been avoiding us, and it looks like pretty much the whole school, to try to get his number?” Jungkook asks incredulously, upset because he already knows he would do anything for his brother.

“Yeah,” Jin replies dejectedly.

“Why? Why is this so important?” Jungkook asks, still trying to understand why he’s so determined to get to know their tall neighbor better. “Is this because he’s the only person who’s never pursued you, or returned your interest?”

“No. I mean, at first it was. But… I don’t know, it just is. There’s just something about him, Kook,...” Jin replies.

“OK,” Kook replies.

Jin looks up in shock. “OK?” he asks, not understanding Kook’s quick acceptance.

“Yeah. You never ask me for anything unless it’s really important. So. This must be important,” he tells him, pulling away when Jin comes and gives him a smothering hug, trying to kiss his cheek in thanks.

“I’m gonna go back on my promise if you don’t stop kissing me,” Kook laughs, his giggle lightening both their moods as Jin continues trying to reach his cheek. “Jin, fuck, stop it. I mean it, your chances of getting Namjoon in your bed are dwindling down to zero here,” Jungkook shrieks while he’s still laughing as he covers his head with his arms, trying to keep his face safe while Jin’s tickling hands threaten to overwhelm him.

“You’re such a child. How can you possibly be my hyung?” Jungkook says as he smiles at his brother, loving him as much as if he actually were.

“You’re serious and boring enough for both of us. Someone needs to be the lighthearted one here,” Jin tells him, diving in and pressing a quick kiss to his cheek. “Success!” he exclaims, darting away before Jungkook can get a hold of him.

“I can’t make any promises, hyung. But I’ll do my best though,” Kook tells him, seriousness returning.

“Thanks, Kookie. I just need a chance with him,” he tells him, ruffling his hair before he goes to the fridge to pull everything out for lunch.

**

The next day Jungkook has Photography with Namjoon, so he knows he needs to start talking to him, getting to know him. Surprisingly they are the first two in the classroom, Jungkook arriving early in an attempt to shore up his confidence, hoping on the off chance Namjoon will arrive early. He’s surprised to see Namjoon is already sitting there, alone in the room, watching the door expectantly. Jungkook walks over, somewhat hesitantly, quietly asking if he can sit next to him. Namjoon nods his head as he looks down, shy and awkward, not saying anything more. Jungkook is sitting there trying to figure out how to possibly strike up a conversation, almost smiling when he sees how awkward and shy both of them are, neither practiced at speaking to strangers.

“Hi Namjoon,” he says quietly as he pulls out his notebook, preparing for class, trying to look nonchalant at talking to him, while internally he’s dying at the thought of approaching a stranger and acting as if it’s the most natural thing in the world for him.

“Hi Jungkook. How’s it going?” Namjoon replies, keeping his head down but stealing glances at him occasionally.

“It’s going. Scrambling all day trying to get my projects done for tonight. How about you?” he asks, hoping to keep the conversation moving along.

“I’m doing well. How are your classes going?” Namjoon asks, and this conversation is awkward as hell, Jungkook groaning internally at their attempts to talk, both of them socially inept it seems. He’s not learning anything here, Namjoon just keeps asking questions about him. He decides to just dive in and get to the point, knowing between the two of them it could easily take six months to get anywhere.

“They’re ok, some more interesting than others. How are yours? What’s your major?” he asks, trying to get any sort of background data for Jin, deciding he needs to ask specific questions if he’s going to get anywhere.

“Philosophy. Photography was just an interest I had and once I took a few of the basic courses I couldn’t seem to stop. What about you?” he asks, seeming to open up once he starts talking about things that matter to him.

“Photography’s my major. I took a lot of Fine Arts classes but this seems to be what I really enjoy the most. So, yeah,” he ends kind of awkwardly, their conversation getting stilted as their topic dwindles away. Just then the professor walks in and class starts so he doesn’t talk to him any longer.

When class finishes Jungkook knows he needs to say something more, he can’t let it go another few days without making some kind of progress for Jin. He asks him, “I know this is all kinds of weird, and I’m apologizing for all the awkwardness this is gonna bring, but are you seeing anyone? Are you partners with Yoongi? I’m asking for a friend,” he sputters out, face red in embarrassment, unable to believe he actually managed to speak those words out loud. He’s been looking down at his notebook the whole time, packing up his class materials, and when he looks up he just smiles; Namjoon is as red as he’s sure he is, just as embarrassed, just as weirded out.

Namjoon just sputters a few unintelligible syllables, unable to form any coherent words or sounds, and he seems to shake himself before he says, “No, I’m not seeing anyone. And neither is Yoongi, just so you know.”

Now it’s Jungkook’s turn to sputter, Namjoon laughing at him, or more accurately with him, knowing they’re both now equally embarrassed over the situation.

“Good, that’s good,” he manages to mumble, Namjoon getting up and quietly telling him, “See you Wednesday” before he leaves the classroom.

Jungkook just sits there for a minute, collecting himself, thinking he should mark today in his calendar as the most socially uncomfortable he’s ever felt in his life. But he’d do it again for Jin in a heartbeat.

**

When Jungkook returns from class Jin is waiting in the apartment, sitting at the island, staring at the door, ready to pounce on him the moment he walks in. He’s surprised Jin shows enough restraint to wait until he hangs up his coat and kicks off his shoes, not even yelling at him to put them in their correct spot, knowing right then he really could have asked for anything in return for interrogating Namjoon.

“So how did it go?” Jin inquired, his hands clenched tightly together, wanting to know if Kook talked to him but afraid to know at the same time, worried his hopes will be crushed at any second.

“Well, he’s smart. He’s majoring in philosophy,” Jungkook says, sitting down next to Jin.

“I love a smart man, he can teach me anything he wants,” Jin sighed dreamily.

“Gross, please stop,” Jungkook said scrunching his nose in disgust. “Anyways, I found out he isn’t dating anyone. And him and Yoongi aren’t a thing.” Jungkook says smiling.

“They aren’t? That’s great news for the both of us!” Jin says literally jumping in excitement.

“Both of us?” Jungkook questions.

“Please don’t think I haven’t seen you glancing at Yoongi, or him looking at you,” Jin says smirking.

Jungkook stares at Jin speechless, his face beginning to heat up. “I don’t know what you’re talking about.”

Jin rolls his eyes, “Yeah sure. Did you get me his number?” Jin asks with hopeful eyes.

“His number? Jin I barely managed to talk to him!” Jungkook exclaims.

“So that’s a no?” Jin pouts.

“I didn’t want him to freak out. I’ll ask him next time,” Jungkook says.

**
Namjoon walks into his apartment closing the door softly behind him. Yoongi still hasn’t come back from school. Ever since their fight they haven’t said much to each other. It’s been strange not speaking to Yoongi when they’re near each other all the time; they haven’t fought like this is a long time. Namjoon sits on the sofa, turning the tv on to the discovery channel just before Yoongi walks in. They both awkwardly stare at each other before Namjoon turns away.

“Hey Joon,” Yoongi says softly.

“Hey,” Namjoon replies briskly.

Yoongi takes off his shoes placing them near the door, then he goes and sits on the sofa with Namjoon.

“So, uhm, listen,” Yoongi starts. “I’m sorry for getting angry the other day. And I think you were right, maybe we should have some friends to fit in more.”

Namjoon looks at Yoongi in surprise, “You really mean it?”

“Yeah. Thinking back on all the times we moved anywhere, we always stayed away and made ourselves outcast. I still don’t think you should date Jin, but maybe friends won’t be so bad,” Yoongi mumbles.

“What changed your mind all of a sudden? I thought for sure you wouldn’t talk to me until I agreed with you,” Namjoon says.

“You said we deserve normal, even though we aren’t, and I just realized that you didn’t mean to be dragged into all of my mess. For so many years I’ve kept you running away with me, and you never questioned it, you just came. I guess you’re getting tired of always watching over your shoulder, and I am too. But just remember that it’s dangerous to get too close to humans, we can’t make any mistakes,” Yoongi warns Namjoon.

“I know we can’t, but trust me this time Yoongs. We won’t draw in too much suspicion if we really pretend to be like everyone else,” Namjoon says trying to console Yoongi’s nerves.

“I guess it won’t be all that bad,” Yoongi mumbles mostly to himself.

**

Jungkook was early again Wednesday evening to his photography class hoping Namjoon would be there already. The class was nearly empty, with only a few students sitting at their desks typing on their phone. Jungkook huffs before sitting down at the desk hoping Namjoon would show up again. As he’s taking out his materials for class he hears the chair next to him being slightly moved back. Jungkook looks up and sees Namjoon sitting down, smiling at him shyly.

“Hi Jungkook,” Namjoon says nervously.

“Hey Namjoon, how’s it going?” Jungkook asks.

“Pretty good. I’m just ready to go home,” Namjoon says looking through his backpack.

“Jungkook! Thank god I found you!” Jin says, running breathlessly into the classroom.

“Jin? What the hell are you doing here?” Jungkook asks, his eyes wide in confusion.

“You forgot your pencil at home,” Jin says holding out a plain wooden #2 pencil.

Jungkook stares at the pencil dumbfounded, “A pencil?”

“It’s your lucky pencil. I wouldn’t want you to be without it,” Jin says, handing Jungkook the pencil. He turns and looks at Namjoon, smiling flirtatiously. “Oh hi Namjoon! It’s so good to see you again. You look amazing as always.”

“Oh my god,” Jungkook says under his breath, laying his head on the desk.

“Oh, uhm, h-hi Jin. T-thank you. It’s good to s-see you too. You look amazing too,” Namjoon blushes, trying not to make too much eye contact with Jin.

“You’re so sweet! Thank you!” Jin says biting his lip.

“Thanks for the pencil Jin. The teacher will be here soon,” Jungkook says, mortified by Jin’s actions, trying to encourage him to leave.

“Oh yeah, right! I should get going too, I have a test to take,” Jin says.

Jin leans in close to Jungkook whispering, “Hey Kookie? Can i borrow a pencil?”

Namjoon coughs trying to hold his laughter in. Jin looks over and nearly dies when he sees Namjoon’s adorable dimples up close.

“Take it,” Jungkook says through gritted teeth, handing Jin the pencil Jin just gave him.

“See you later!” Jin shouts skipping out of the classroom.

“Wasn’t that your lucky pencil?” Namjoon asks jokingly.

Jungkook rubs his forehead as he asks, “You really think I have a lucky pencil?”

Jungkook looks over and sees that Namjoon is smiling brightly, laughing silently.

“He’s funny,” Namjoon says, looking down at the desk shyly, unable to stop the smile that’s still spread wide across his face.

“He’s an idiot. I don’t think he’s ever tried to get someone’s attention so hard before,” Jungkook grumbles.

“He wants my attention?” Namjoon asks, surprised, blushing again.

Jungkook’s eyes widen in astonishment, ”Oh, i mean...yeah, he’s been trying to get you to text him or call since he gave you the cookies.”

Namjoon looks at the desk, trying to come up with an excuse. “I was too shy to text him.”

“Maybe you can give me your number and i can give it to him so he texts you first?” Jungkook says, knowing how hard it must be for someone so shy to text their crush.

“Oh, you would do that?” Namjoon asks tilting his head.

“Yeah, anything to get Jin off my back,” Jungkook says, shrugging.

Namjoon smiles before ripping a piece of paper off his notebook, writing the numbers down on it.

“Don’t look at it,” Namjoon says, handing Jungkook the paper.

“Sure,” Jungkook says, putting the note in his pocket, curious what he wrote but not betraying his trust.

**

When Jungkook arrives home Jin pounces on him before he can shut the door.

“Did you see the way he looked at me? Did you see how hot he looked in that white t-shirt? Oh my god he’s so delicious! Did he say anything about me to you? Tell me!” Jin begs as he clings to Jungkook’s arm.

“He said you’re funny,” Jungkook says, trying to physically remove Jin from his arm.

“That’s it? That’s all he said?” Jin asks pouting sadly.

“If you can get off my fucking arm i can give you his number!” Jungkook answers in an exasperated tone, tired of the situation he’s found himself in the middle of.

Jin scrambles away from Jungkook, tripping backwards over his own feet in his haste to let go, staring at Jungkook with glee in his eyes. Jungkook digs the note out of his pocket before handing it to Jin, who ripped it from his hand.

Jin carefully opened the note reading it aloud, “To the tall one with with the broad shoulders and pretty lips, call me!” Jin begins to jump up and down in excitement, hugging the note to his chest.

Jungkook shakes his head with a smile on his face, “You’re welcome.”

Jin wraps Jungkook in a tight hug, kissing his face, “Thank you! (smooch) Thank you! (smooch) Thank you! (smooch) You’re the best brother in the whole world!”

**

Namjoon was laying down on his bed listening to music when his phone rang. He looked down and saw that he had a message from Jin. Namjoon smiles to himself; even though he threw the paper at Yoongi during their fight, he’d already saved the number to his contacts.

From: cutie Jin

-Hi Namjoon. It’s Jin, i hope you aren’t too busy. I was really hoping we could get to know each other better…

Namjoon’s smile widens even more as he rereads the message over and over again.

**

Over the next few weeks Namjoon and Jin have been constantly texting. Even though Namjoon was still flustered every time Jin came up and talked to him, they were developing a great friendship, but Jin wanted more. Yoongi had watched Namjoon smile, blush and even giggle at his phone. Yoongi should’ve been happy for Namjoon but he was also worried.

“Joon, don’t get too close,” Yoongi warns him again.

“You tell me that every time you see me texting. Yoongi we’re fine. Jin and Jungkook are really nice and funny. You might like them if you took the chance to get to know them,” Namjoon said, not looking up from his phone.

“Just… Don’t get too close. You know the consequences, i don’t want us to get hurt,” Yoongi said softly.

“Yoongi we’re fine. We’ll be okay. Just relax and stop thinking everyone’s the enemy,” Namjoon says, staring at Yoongi with soft eyes.

“Just be careful,” Yoongi warns one last time.

**

Jungkook was sitting in his photography class waiting for Namjoon to arrive. Jungkook even made sure to save Namjoon a seat next to him so they could talk. When Namjoon arrives Jungkook waves him over with a smile on his face.

“Hey Jungkook,” Namjoon says setting his things down.

“Hey Namjoon, you’re a little late today,” Jungkook teases.

Namjoon blushes softly, “Yeah I, uh, got caught up doing homework for other classes.”

“Jin distracting you?” Jungkook says smirking.

Namjoon coughs, the blush on his cheeks darkening, “N-no why would he be?”

“Well everytime i see Jin he’s always texting,” Jungkook explains, biting his lips to stop the smiling on his lips.

“H-he is?” Namjoon says trying to play it cool.

“Oh come on don’t try to act like you don’t know! All I hear coming out of Jin’s mouth is your name,” Jungkook says.

“I’m...sorry?” Namjoon questions unsure of what to say.

“You know, you should just take Jin out on a date,” Jungkook says, scribbling on a sheet of paper.

“O-oh no I-I couldn’t do that. He’s too good for me, I wouldn’t be a good match for him,” Namjoon says nervously, looking anywhere but at Jungkook.

“Why not? He likes you, you like him,” Jungkook said staring at Namjoon in confusion.

“I-it’s just th-that i’m shy, you know? Going on a date with him...I just wouldn’t know what to say,” Namjoon says rubbing the back of his neck.

“Jin is very loud and out there, I understand. But just so you know, he’s really sweet and he can be shy at times too. You’re, like, the only guy he’s ever tried to pursue, so I guess he’s out of his comfort zone too,” Jungkook says shrugging.

The professor walks in greeting everyone. Namjoon smiles tightly, thinking over what Jungkook was saying.

**

Namjoon had just gotten home when Yoongi throws something at him, hitting his chest.

“What the fuck?” Namjoon says staring at the muffin on the floor.

“Your little admirer sent over a whole fucking basket of muffins, with a note!” Yoongi says annoyed.

“Jin made muffins?” Namjoon asks, going into the kitchen.

“Blueberry muffins actually. The note is on the counter, and no i didn’t look at it. I didn’t want to throw up,” Yoongi says leaning against the door frame.

Namjoon picks up the note, opening it.

“What does it say?” Yoongi asks.

“You bake me crazy,” Namjoon says giggling at the note.

“That was the dumbest thing i’ve ever heard,” Yoongi says.

“I think it’s cute and sweet,” Namjoon says, turning to scowl at Yoongi.

“Whatever,” Yoongi says rolling his eyes, leaving the kitchen.

Namjoon takes a muffin from the basket biting a piece off. He sighs as he chews imagining the sweet taste coming from them. He reads the note over again smiling to himself.

**

Yoongi and Namjoon are in the cafeteria talking when Jin sits down at the table.

“Hi!” Jin says brightly, smiling at Namjoon.

Namjoon stares at Jin with his eyes wide in surprise, his face starting to flush.

“H-hi Jin,” Namjoon stutters.

“My psychology class was cancelled and Kookie has class. Is it okay if i hang out with you two?” Jin asks, staring at Namjoon with his best puppy dog eyes.

“I have class to get to soon, I’ll leave you two alone,” Yoongi says standing up from the table. He makes his way out of the cafeteria leaving Jin and Namjoon to themselves.

“Was it something I said?” Jin questions, looking at Namjoon with slight guilt.

“No, Yoongi just doesn’t like new people,” Namjoon reassures Jin.

“Oh. I should’ve texted you before coming here, I’m sorry,” Jin apologizes.

“It’s okay, it’s not like I won’t see him again,” Namjoon tells Jin, smiling softly.

“So what class do you have next?” Jin says, trying to keep the conversation going.

“Philosophy,” Namjoon answers with an excited smile.

“Oh yeah, Kookie told me you were majoring in that. So why philosophy?” Jin says wanting to know more about Namjoon.

Namjoon’s eyes light up at the mention of his major, “I’ve always been open minded to the world and it’s mysteries. I like questioning what is and what could be. There’s so many things out there unknown to everyone and i just want to be able to accept them if i ever find them out.”

Jin smiles softly as Namjoon rambles on about questioning the world, “So you believe there’s other dimensions and things like that?”

Namjoon nods, ”I think so. Every choice we make affects what happens after, but they’re so small that it doesn’t matter. Maybe in some other universe we took the other decision and began walking a different path.”

Namjoon looks at Jin before timidly looking down at the table, “I’m sorry, I didn’t mean to ramble.”

Jin giggles covering his mouth, “It’s okay, I didn’t mind. Can I ask you a question?”

“Sure,” Namjoon says.

“Do you think that in another dimension you’re still this cute?” Jin says, tilting his head.

Namjoon blushes, laughing softly while covering his face, “Do you think in another dimension you’re still this straightforward?”

“Should be the only straight thing about me,” Jin says shrugging.

Namjoon laughs again, covering his mouth. Jin smiles, proud of himself for getting Namjoon to laugh this loudly, showing off his amazing smile.

“Can i ask you another question?” Jin says, his nerves building in his stomach.

“Yeah of course,” Namjoon says still laughing slightly.

“Would this dimension Namjoon like to go on a date with me Saturday night?” Jin nervously says, his heart racing in his chest.

Namjoon stares at Jin shocked by his question, “Oh, uhm, I-I don’t- I don’t know.” He stutters looking everywhere but Jin’s eyes.

“One date?” Jin begs with sad eyes.

Namjoon looks at Jin nervously, “Y-yeah I would l-love to.” Namjoon chews on his lip, trying to calm himself down.

“Great! I’ll text you all the details!” Jin says happily.

“Y-yeah okay,” Namjoon says smiling tightly.

“I should go. Jungkook’s class gets out soon.” Jin picks up his things, blowing a kiss to Namjoon before leaving.

Namjoon sits there staring at the table, wondering how he’s going to tell Yoongi.

“Did he leave already?” Yoongi asks, sitting back down at the table once Jin is gone.

“Yeah, he went to look for Jungkook,” Namjoon says nervously.

“What’s wrong with you?” Yoongi asks.

“So, Jin asked me out on a date,” Namjoon starts out.

Yoongi glares at Namjoon, “What?” he says in a deep, angry voice.

“And I might have said yes,” Namjoon said shutting his eyes tightly.

“Namjoon! I told you not to get close!” Yoongi hisses, trying not to draw too much attention to them.

“I know, but i couldn’t help it this time! I mean the last time it was Jungkook asking but this time Jin was actually here and he had these puppy eyes. I couldn’t say no!” Namjoon says panicking, as he lays his head down on the table.

“Cancel it,” Yoongi demands.

“I-I can’t do that! That’s mean and I already said yes!” Namjoon pleads.

“This is why we don’t get close to humans! I warned you, I knew this was a bad idea!” Yoongi snaps, his eyes darkening with anger.

“It’s just one date, nothing bad is gonna happen,” Namjoon tries to reassure Yoongi.

“Fine, whatever. Go out with him, but on one condition,” Yoongi says staring directly into Namjoon’s eyes.

“What?” Namjoon asks.

“I go on the date with you to supervise and make sure nothing bad happens,” Yoongi says seriously.

Namjoon stares at Yoongi in disbelief with his jaw on the ground.

They’re just about to get up to leave the cafeteria when they feel like they’re being watched, their hunches normally correct after all these years of running. And while they’re always being watched by everyone because they’re the new strangers, this is more direct, more forthcoming, more blatant. They casually stand up, turning around after they grab their backpacks, and they see it’s Tae, Jungkook’s friend, watching them from the next table. They know they weren’t speaking loud enough to be heard, but he is definitely staring at them. Tae just kind of gives a half-smile as he nods his head to them as they walk away, leaving them feeling very unsettled.

**

“Kookie! Are you home? Kookie? Jungkook!” Jin shouts into the apartment.

“What Jin!” Jungkook yells back annoyed from his room.

“I need to ask the world’s best baby brother something,” Jin says sweetly.

“Oh man another favor?” Jungkook says unenthusiastically.

“I promise this will be the last one today,” Jin pleads.

“What do you want now?” Jungkook grumbles.

“Go on my date with me,” Jin says giving Jungkook his puppy eyes.

“What?” Jungkook asks confused, not thinking he heard him correctly..

Jin whines and stomps his foot, “I finally got Namjoon to go on a date with me Saturday and he just texted me saying Yoongi wants to come and third wheel! And when I asked Namjoon why Yoongi had to come he said it was because of this bro code they had after a really bad accident where they used to live. Please, Jungkook you have to come! Keep Yoongi company! I finally get Namjoon to go out with me and then this happens!”

“Does Yoongi even know I’m gonna go?” Jungkook asks.

“No, but it’ll be better that way! That way he won’t have to be alone and around us all night long. I’ll owe you for life! Please Kookie! Pretty please!’ Jin begs, hugging Jungkook, knowing this is the biggest thing he’s ever asked for.

Jungkook groans, “Fine, but just this once! And if Yoongi is a dick then I’m leaving!”

“Thank you so much Kookie!” Jin says excitedly. He grabs Jungkook by the face giving him a giant, wet kiss on his nose.

“Help me pick out my outfit!” Jin says running to his room.

“The date isn’t until Saturday!” Jungkook whines.

“Help me pick an outfit!” Jin screeches from his room.

Jungkook huffs before stomping his way into Jin’s bedroom.

Chapter Text

Namjoon nervously walks over to Jin’s apartment door knocking softly. Jin opens the door with a shy but excited smile on his face.

“Hi Namjoon. You look really nice,” Jin says nervously.

“You look amazing Jin. I hope you’re ready to go? I still don’t have a clue where we’re going,” Namjoon says teasingly.

“I want to keep it that way, but don’t worry I’ll give you directions as we go. Is Yoongi still coming?” Jin asks, trying not to sound mean.

“Yeah, he’s waiting for us downstairs,” Namjoon says smiling tightly.

“Okay, let me get Jungkook,” Jin says heading back into his apartment.

Jungkook comes out of the apartment sighing, “Oh hey Namjoon.”

“Hey Jungkook, sorry about dragging you along,” Namjoons says, rubbing the back of his neck.

“It’s alright. I didn’t have anything to do today anyways,” Jungkook says shrugging.

They head down to the street where Yoongi is waiting by the car while staring at his phone. He looks up and sees Jin and Jungkook with Namjoon.

“I thought it was just gonna be us three?’ Yoongi asks.

“Oh, well I invited Jungkook to keep you company. I thought it would’ve been awkward with the three of us,” Jin explains.

Yoongi just looks at Jungkook for a minute before he responds. “Sure, okay? Let’s go,” Yoongi says, narrowing his eyes suspiciously.

Namjoon goes to open the passenger door for Jin, but Yoongi is already opening the door for himself. Jin looks at Namjoon before awkwardly looking at Yoongi.

Namjoon and Yoongi glare at each other. Namjoon tells Yoongi to get in the back with his eyes. Yoongi narrows his eyes even further, telling Namjoon no. Jin looks back and forth between them wondering what’s going to happen. Before Jin can say anything Yoongi huffs, annoyed, before going to the back door and opening it and getting inside.

Jin looks at Namjoon who opens the the door for him acting like nothing happened. Jungkook stands there in confusion after watching the awkwardness between the three of them, finally quietly getting in the back seat with Yoongi. Namjoon gets into the driver’s seat turning the car on; then he pulls away and begins to drive. The ride is quiet as no one says anything, the only noise coming from the radio. Yoongi continuously stares at Namjoon and Jin, watching them quietly. Jungkook looks at Yoongi from the corner of his eye wondering why he looks so pissed.

Jin feels Yoongi’s stare on the back of his head, and he’s disappointed because this is not how his date with Namjoon was supposed to be going. The car ride is uncomfortable and the tension can be cut with a knife. The only time Jin spoke to Namjoon was when he was giving him the directions.

“You know, this is really awkward,” Yoongi starts out. “You two have no chemistry. Is it because I’m here? Because you can always just ignore me.”

“Hard to ignore you when you keep glaring,” Namjoon grumbles.

“I’m not glaring. I’m observing,” Yoongi says crossing his arms.

“Should’ve stayed observing the fucking house,” Namjoon says under his breath.

“I heard that,” Yoongi responds, hitting the back of Namjoon’s head.

“Fucking idiot, I’m driving!” Namjoon scolds.

“Respect your hyung, bitch,” Yoongi orders, sitting back against the seat.

Jin watches Namjoon bite his tongue and roll his eyes. He smiles slightly, enjoying the banter between him and Yoongi. Jungkook is in the backseat trying not to laugh, covering his mouth and turning to face the window.

Namjoon waits a moment and then asks Yoongi, “Is that any way to act in front of your date, hyung?” causing both passengers in the back seat to sputter and Jin to laugh loudly, holding his sides as he tries to calm himself. Jungkook looks over at Yoongi just as he’s turning his head toward him, both surprised by the comment, but neither really arguing too vocally against it, either. They continue to steal shy glances of each other when possible, not letting the other notice.

**

The four arrive at an indoor amusement park, Jin insisting on buying Namjoon’s ticket since he invited him on this date. Jungkook pays his own way, as does Yoongi, since they’re there as chaperones as opposed to dates. It bothers Yoongi that he doesn’t buy Jungkook’s ticket, which doesn’t make any sense since they barely know each other, yet it doesn’t feel right for some reason. He shrugs it off for now, planning to make the best of the night, figuring there could be way worse ways of spending his time. He finds Jungkook intriguing but he’s never before been one to bother learning more about someone.

Once inside the park Jin and Namjoon instantly walk in front of the others, separating themselves as they try to decide where to go first. Jin turns around and tries to talk Jungkook into doing their own thing now that they’re in the park, but Yoongi convinces Namjoon they should stay together, do something all four of them can do, everyone getting to know each other better. He has a valid point, a reasonable request, and Jin is hard pressed to try to argue against it without coming across as aloof and unwelcoming.

They decide to all go play Laser Tag first, Yoongi figuring he and Namjoon can be on a team against Jin and Jungkook, easily beating them with their speed and agility. Jin and Jungkook wait at the counter for their vests while Namjoon and Yoongi go to get their guns, and Jin whispers and asks Kook to try to pull Yoongi away from their date occasionally, since Yoongi is watching them like a hawk, never giving them any privacy. Jungkook reminds him they just arrived, and this is their first date; he’s hopeful Yoongi will warm up to them and feel more comfortable leaving the couple alone soon.

They finally make their way into the waiting room and Jin “accidentally” drops the vests as he’s handing them out, mixing up the teams. He mutters something about being so clumsy, Jungkook rolling his eyes as he knows exactly what his brother just did. The other two seem unaware of his blatant attempt to be alone with Namjoon.

They put their vests on and listen to the directions, now understanding where to focus their shots, and when the vests are turned on everyone realizes what Jin did; the couple is now wearing the red vests while the other two are wearing the blue. Yoongi is sputtering, realizing he’s now on a team with Jungkook instead of Namjoon, but before he can say anything Jin’s pulling Namjoon into the course by his sleeve, telling him excitedly they need to go hide!

Yoongi is still standing there, somewhat upset, when Jungkook tells him, “Might as well go play, see if we can’t beat their asses,” laughing at the expression on his face.

“I can’t believe he just changed up the teams to get him alone,” Yoongi mutters, partially upset but also impressed by his clever tactics.

Jungkook just laughs, knowing his brother will ultimately do whatever he can to get them alone, asking him, “How do you want to do this? One on one or gang up on them?”

“Let’s stay as a team, they’re probably going to be together anyway,” Yoongi replies, kind of surprised he’s looking forward to playing the game with someone.

They run through the course, both competitive and stealthy and perfect shots, racking up their points while the others seem somewhat clueless to what’s happening around them. Jungkook decides to show off a bit, just to make Yoongi laugh, doing a body roll across the floor while he shoots an unsuspecting Jin right in the middle of his back. Jin turns around to try to shoot behind him but with Jungkook on the floor he doesn’t stand a chance of hitting him. Yoongi lets out a laugh, loud enough to be heard across the room, startling both himself and Kook. He hasn’t laughed in a really long time and he’s surprised himself by how much fun he’s having tonight. Jungkook is shocked by his laugh, but he loves seeing that gummy smile on his beautiful face; he’s shaken by how much he wants to see it again, and how badly he wants to be the one to put it there. He mentally slaps himself, knowing Yoongi has no interest in getting involved with him, barely tolerating Namjoon dating Jin.

Jin is pulling Namjoon by the arm, tugging him to a hiding place where they both have to squeeze together to fit. Jin sighs, feeling Namjoon’s body up tight against him. Namjoon purses his lips, looking away.

“Don’t worry, they won’t find us here. We’ll be safe,” Jin whispers close to Namjoon’s lips.

Namjoon turns his head away, trying to give them both some room. From the corner of his eye he sees that Jin is staring at him, pursing his lips. Namjoon feels Jin’s hand slowly running up his legs and going around his waist, but Namjoon runs out when he sees Yoongi passing by trying to shoot him; Jin huffs before walking out from his hiding place, dragging his feet in frustration.

Jin carefully looks around, trying to look for Namjoon but also for Jungkook and Yoongi to make sure he isn’t going to get hit. He spots Namjoon crouching down, holding the laser gun to his chest. Jin quietly sneaks over to Namjoon, crawling towards him.

“Jin this space isn’t big enough to hide the both of us!” Namjoon whispers, trying to not draw Jungkook and Yoongi’s attention.

“I know that!” Jin whispers back. He slowly crawls on Namjoon’s lap wrapping his arms around Namjoon’s neck.

“I’m having a lot of fun. Thank you for agreeing to go out with me, even if we had to bring Yoongi and drag Jungkook into this,” Jin says looking deep into Namjoon’s eyes in the dark.

“I’m having fun too. Even if Yoongi and Jungkook are kicking our asses,” Namjoon says smiling brightly.

Jin smiles, his cheeks beginning to flush. He lays his head on Namjoon’s shoulder, sighing happily. Namjoon gulps as he hears Jin’s heart beating strongly in his chest. Smells the sweet smell coming from his sweat. Namjoon licks his lips, thirsty. He imagines what it would be like to bite him and taste his sweetness. Jin presses a soft kiss to Namjoon’s neck; Namjoon jumps, startled by the action, and he quickly gets up forcing Jin off his lap as the buzzer goes off, signaling the end of the game.

While Jin and Namjoon had been spending most of their time hiding in the course, Yoongi and Jungkook had been running the whole time, working together to try to annihilate the other team, to see just how badly they can beat them. To Yoongi’s knowledge he and Jungkook haven’t been hit once yet, which somewhat concerns him because it makes him worry what Namjoon is up to. But for just a few moments he lets himself have fun, enjoying the game with Jungkook.

That is, until Jungkook’s scent hits him… there’s 30 seconds left on the timer and Jungkook comes up to him, wanting to work together these last few seconds to constantly shoot their vests, racking up as many points as they can since they’ve cornered them in their hiding spot. The closer Jungkook gets to him the more he can smell him, the sweat accentuating his natural scent, and the thumping of Jungkook’s heart beating so fast and the blood rushing through his veins is pounding in Yoongi’s ears. Jungkook comes right up against him and wraps his arm around his shoulder as he whispers in his ear, “You take Namjoon, I’ve got Jin.” It’s a perfectly innocent remark, and the touch is purely platonic, but Yoongi gets hot, aroused, needy, hungry, completely taken by surprise, his scent overwhelming him.

The timer counts down and the game is finally over; Yoongi quickly runs to Namjoon, faster than he should given that there are others around, and he pulls him outside with him by the arm, needing to get away from Jungkook’s scent, his own feelings engulfing him. Jin was just about to grab Namjoon’s hand and pull him closer when Yoongi hauled him away. Namjoon is relieved Yoongi dragged him outside as he was getting overpowered by Jin’s presence as well.

They make it to the car in under a minute, the fresh cold air helping dispel the fog they’re under as well, opening the trunk and finding their emergency supply. They drink as swiftly as they can, knowing they need to get back to their dates. Yoongi stops mid-drink, berating himself, reminding himself he’s strictly here as a chaperone, that he doesn’t have feelings for the other, nor does Jungkook have any for him. Nor does he want him to.

They take time to brush their teeth carefully and chew some mint gum, removing any trace of their impromptu snack, and then go back inside and buy water bottles for the others, needing an excuse for their hasty disappearance.

Jin is looking around the playing area fiddling nervously with his fingers while trying to find Namjoon.

“Hey, where did they go?” Jungkook says breathlessly as he comes up to Jin.

“I don’t know. I was here with Namjoon and then he just vanished,” Jin says sadly.

“Yeah, Yoongi disappeared too,” Jungkook says, wiping the sweat off his forehead.

“Let me call him and ask where they went,” Jin tells him, pulling out his phone and calling Namjoon.

“Hey Jin,” Namjoon says nervously.

“Hey? Where did you and Yoongi go?” Jin asks while staring at Jungkook.

“Oh, we came to buy waters for all of us. We’re outside waiting for you,” Namjoon says.

“Oh, okay. We’ll be right out,” Jin says ending the call.

“They’re outside with water,” Jin tells Jungkook. They take their equipment and go return it to the front desk before exiting and looking for Namjoon and Yoongi. Jungkook taps his arm pointing out where Namjoon and Yoongi are. They make their way over.

Namjoon and Yoongi arrive back inside feeling much better, a flush to their cheeks, and Yoongi hands the water bottle to Jungkook while Namjoon gives Jin his when they rejoin them. Yoongi watches Jungkook drink his water, chugging most of the bottle at once, mesmerized by the way his throat moves on each swallow. He can’t tear his eyes away from that perfect skin, the way a single drop of sweat slips down from the hair by his ear, to his chin, and slowly drips all the way down his neck until it’s almost lost inside his shirt. Yoongi reaches up and uses his thumb to catch it, to wipe it away, before he even realizes he’s moved. He wants to use his tongue to catch that drop, to lick that neck, to nibble on him seductively, to bite on that spot.

They are both surprised by Yoongi’s bold move, both frozen in time, just staring at each other. Yoongi’s eyes are now glowing a beautiful amber color in their arousal, while Kook’s are dark and dilated. They both pull back awkwardly, instantly, not sure what just happened. Yoongi is upset with himself, not sure how Jungkook has broken down his walls so quickly, but he needs to shore them back up, get things back to a purely platonic night out with a friend. Which he has no experience with, because they don’t let themselves get close to others. The last few minutes are a perfect example of why this was such a fucking bad idea.

Jungkook is confused by the switch in Yoongi, and honestly within himself as well. They started out tonight as acquaintances, not even as friends. But somehow over teasing the guys in the front seat and being the third and fourth wheels on this date they’ve become friendly toward each other, Jungkook honestly starting to like him as a person, spending time with him. And friendly became hot and bothered in a span of about three seconds when Yoongi seductively wiped the sweat off his neck after he watched him gulp down his water unceremoniously. He wasn’t even trying to tease him, he was just thirsty as hell after their game.

And now things are awkward again, back to the way things started an hour ago when they picked them up at their apartment. But Yoongi thinks things are better this way; no, he tells himself, it has to be this way. Jungkook tries to break the ice that’s resettled, telling him, “Hey, Yoongi, we had a perfect score, we totally annihilated their asses…”

**

They decide to play some arcade games, all four spending time together, Namjoon and Yoongi not eager to be alone with the others right now, needing the reassurance of their friend. They go to the basketball game first, and only one set is available so Jungkook challenges Yoongi first. They both size each other up, smirking at the obvious attitudes they’re giving off, both thinking they can beat the other.

Namjoon tells Jungkook jokingly, “Don’t underestimate him, this is probably the one thing he’s really good at. Aside from being lazy.”

Yoongi mumbles something derogatory under his breath back at him, only Namjoon able to hear him, laughing at his private comment. While they get ready to play Jin snuggles up to Namjoon’s side, holding tight onto his arm, making him hum in pleasure. The timer counts down and the balls are released, each having 5 balls to continuously shoot into the rim for 90 seconds. Jungkook hasn’t missed a shot and Jin is cheering him on excitedly, so when he glances over he’s surprised to see Yoongi is winning by 300 points and is waiting for his balls to return. Not just a few, like Jungkook, but all of his. Namjoon had cleared his throat quietly to get Yoongi’s attention, letting him know he needs to slow down, that he’s playing too fast. Yoongi looks down and realizes Jungkook always has at least two balls waiting to be played, so he slows his pace to match, not wanting to draw attention to himself.

Jin tells Jungkook, “Try harder, Kookie! He’s beating your ass!!”

Jungkook pants out, “How can he be? I haven’t missed a shot!”

Yoongi just laughs, telling him, “You’re just too slow… you have to shoot faster!”

Namjoon chuckles, unable to believe he just taunted him about being too slow when Yoongi was obviously using his own speed to cheat. Jungkook is able to close the distance but he still loses, eyeing Yoongi with a curious gaze. Yoongi just looks back at him with his eyebrow raised, asking him, “What? Need a rematch for me to prove yet again I’m better than you?” a glint in his eyes.

“No, that’s ok, I’ll wipe the floor with you on the next games. Though I would love to play actual basketball against you. I think we’d have a lot of fun on the court,” Jungkook tells him, envisioning playing against him, blocking him, putting his hands on him to hold him back. Yoongi gets lost in Jungkook’s eyes, the way they kind of glaze over with whatever he’s thinking about, not sharing his thoughts but enjoying wherever his mind has headed.

Next it’s Namjoon’s and Jin’s turn, and Jin has made it clear he’s never really played basketball. He shares that even in high school when they played in PE class he was out on a medical with a broken wrist, keeping him away from his prized cooking class as well. When the balls are let out Jin grabs one and pushes it towards the hoop. The ball hits the ring before jumping back out at Jin causing him to scream and cover his face. Jungkook and Yoongi laugh before Jungkook tries showing Jin how to properly throw the ball. Namjoon doesn’t try too hard and Yoongi knows he isn’t even trying to win.

Namjoon grabs a basketball before turning around trying to throw it without looking. Yoongi warns him not to throw it too hard, Namjoon nodding understandingly. He throws the ball too high and it hits the ceiling, breaking it, showering drywall dust all over them. The four of them run out of the arcade before anyone can stop them. Yoongi yells at Namjoon for not listening while Jin and Jungkook laugh their heads off.

They stop for a snack then, Jungkook getting hungry since it’s been hours since they ate. He gets a few large orders of chicken strips, enough to share among the four of them, along with drinks for everyone. He once again wouldn’t let Yoongi pay, insisting they aren’t on a date so he’ll pay his own way. Jin and Namjoon share one order while Yoongi and Kook eat the other, but neither Namjoon nor Yoongi have more than a small piece.

“You’re both not gonna eat?” Jungkook asks, grabbing a chicken strip and blowing on it while he waits for it to cool, Yoongi watching a bit too closely.

“Yeah seriously I know it’s the first date and everything but don’t be shy about it!” Jin says chewing his food. “There’s plenty of food and we love to eat. I’m always the one who cooks, and I really love it. Our apartment is always filled with food.”

“It’s alright, you two eat. We ate before coming since I wasn’t sure where we were going. Maybe later we’ll have something,” Namjoon says, smiling at Jin.

Jungkook and Jin finish most of the food and they all decide to hold off on going on any rides for now, letting their food settle first. They next head to a Ping Pong Bounce game, needing skill and finesse to bounce the ball and have it land in a solo cup. There are different colored cups which award different prizes. Jungkook teasingly tells Yoongi he’s going to win him a prize at this game, pointing to a headband with adorable light-up cat ears. If Jungkook wins, Yoongi has to agree to wear it. Yoongi easily accepts the challenge, having no doubt he’ll win instead, and he points out the bunny ears Jungkook will be sport when he does.

Jungkook just laughs at him, telling him, “Bring it on. I can’t wait to see you in the cat ears!”

Namjoon and Jin wander off and are talking quietly amongst themselves across the way while the others pay for the game, this time Yoongi insisting on buying them each a bucket of 20 balls, telling him the one who sinks the most wins, regardless of color. Jungkook agrees wholeheartedly, knowing he’s really good at this game. They start out with Jungkook going first, sinking 12 of his balls; Yoongi is impressed but he’s sure he can do better, never having played before.

Yoongi bounces the first ball with so much force it actually smooshes the ball, going flat, never leaving the counter. Jungkook giggles, telling Yoongi, “You might want to go a bit more gently.”

Yoongi’s embarrassed but he tries again, biting down on his lip in concentration, Kook sighing with softness at the look on his face. He definitely bounces the next one more gently but it still ricochets and hits Namjoon in the chest; the funniest part is he’s standing at least 20 feet away. He looks up in shock, the ball falling at his feet, Jin cackling loudly at the shocked expression on his face.

Jungkook tells him, “You might need to go even more gently,” holding back his laughter as Yoongi is starting to look frustrated. “It’s not a strength game, you need a soft touch.”

Yoongi’s eyes flash over to his, the words sending a spark down his spine, and when he looks at him Jungkook is watching him back, his eyes curious, wondering how Yoongi will react. Neither says anything and Yoongi tries again, this ball still leaving the game area but not flying quite as far. The more frustrated he gets the farther the balls fly, the game attendant telling him, “You know you’re going to have to go fetch all those balls you lost,” sending Jungkook into a fit of laughter. Yoongi is sputtering, so offended that the attendant would say such a thing, to make him find their balls.

Jungkook tells him, “Here, Yoongi, try one with me, so you can see how hard you need to move your hand.”

Yoongi freezes, the words conjuring up a much more intimate thought than bouncing a ping pong ball; while he’s just standing there Jungkook comes up next to him and tells him quietly, not more than an inch away from his ear, “Put your hand on top of mine, feel how I do it.”

Yoongi moans. He fucking moans, right there in the middle of the game, from nothing more than a simple innocent statement, from Jungkook offering to help him play the game. At least he thought it was innocent, until he hears Jungkook’s pulse picking up speed again, and he can feel his breathing quicken against his neck. So maybe it wasn’t so innocent of a comment. Or he’s reacting to his fucking moan. In either case it seems Jungkook is affected by him. Which isn’t good. It’s not good at all. But that doesn’t stop him from letting him guide his hand in the best way to bounce the ball and get it in the cup.

Yoongi steps behind Jungkook and rests his hand on top of his, keeping it a light touch but wrapping his fingers gently around his, just so he can keep it there when his hand lowers and raises, just now realizing how much larger his hand is than Jungkook’s. Yoongi is busy focusing on his touch and his hand on him rather than how to bounce the ball, so after three tries Jungkook asks if he’s ready to try alone and he’s shocked out of his daydream, not having paid attention to him at all.

He tells him in a rough, needy voice, “Let’s do a few more, so I can get the feel of it,” his comment open-ended and breathy, letting Jungkook interpret it however he likes.

Jungkook sighs heavily, Yoongi able to feel it through his chest, but he does two more with him, this time Yoongi at least attempting to pay attention. They manage to sink most of them in the cups when they do them together, so Yoongi has hopes he can get a few in. Jungkook steps out of his almost embrace, both of them missing each other’s touch but not saying anything or acting on it, both understanding Yoongi has no desire to get close.

Yoongi gathers his emotions, figuring he’ll think more about this when he’s alone tonight, knowing he’ll need to come up with a way to get Jungkook out of his head. He tries really hard to focus and out of the remaining balls he manages to sink two of his own, the rest at least landing within the game fence. The attendant lets Jungkook pick his prize and he selects the light-up cat ears, handing them to Yoongi, waiting expectantly for him to wear them. He puts them on good naturedly and turns them on, knowing he lost the bet, willing to accept the punishment, even letting Jungkook take a picture of him wearing them. Jungkook just smiles at him, thinking he looks adorable with them on. And he keeps smiling while he helps him hunt down all the missing ping pong balls.

Jin had his arm in Namjoon’s while they slowly walked around the playing areas watching all the kids play. Jin wishes he could see the night sky but the ceiling of the indoor park was in the way. He turns to look at Namjoon, smiling to himself.

“You keep staring at me,” Namjoon says, looking at the ground shyly.

“You’re adorable and I can’t help myself,” Jin coos.

Namjoon shakes his head, laughing, “You’re adorable not me.”

“Well I am adorable but you’re even more adorable,” Jin argues.

“Okay you win,” Namjoon says laughing.

Jin looks at one of the games and sees the biggest teddy bear he’s ever seen in his life, he stops walking and stares at it.

“What’s wrong?” Namjoon inquires, trying to see what Jin was staring at.

Jin points to the bear, “That is the biggest bear i’ve ever seen! It’s adorable! I want it!”

Namjoon looks at the teddy bear and his eyes widen, “Jin it would take all four of us to carry it around.”

“I know! I wish i was strong enough to win that bear!” Jin pouts, staring at the bear in want.

“You really want it that bad?” Namjoon asks staring at the bear.

Jin shrugs, “Yeah but, the games here are almost always rigged. It would take a miracle for that bear to be mine.”

Jin turns around and sees Yoongi and Jungkook picking up the balls from the game they had played, “Come on. Let’s head back to them.”

Namjoon nods following Jin, who turns to look at the bear one more time. When they finally meet up with Jungkook and Yoongi again, Namjoon smirks.

“Nice little ears,” Namjoon says staring at Yoongi’s cat ears.

“I’m trying to be more fashionable,” Yoongi says unenthusiastically.

“You look good. Like a real cat,” Jin says kindly.

“I think he looks really cute,” Jungkook says, smiling while he’s petting Yoongi’s hair.

Yoongi scowls but secretly loves the way Jungkook pets his hair, never having had that touch before.

All four walk around the amusement park together, everyone starting to enjoy their time as a group, and they come across the water balloon clown game, where you need to aim water into the clown’s mouth and be the first to break the balloon. Jungkook and Jin want Namjoon and Yoongi to play, wanting to see how they challenge each other, who will win. Jin is sticking up for Namjoon, saying he’s the quiet shy one who will be the surprising upset; Jungkook says Yoongi is so serious and focused he can’t help but win.

Namjoon and Yoongi are both secretly enjoying the way they’re being defended, and Yoongi proposes a side bet: Whoever loses has to get spanked by their respective cheerleader; he would love to say date but he knows he can’t; and that thought has him berating himself again, knowing that’s not even an option. Jin is howling, loving that he may have a chance to get his hands on Namjoon’s sweet ass, and Namjoon is all mushy, embarrassed by the thought of Jin touching him in that way. Now Jin just has to make sure he loses.

“Maybe one day I can wear a cheerleading uniform just for you,” Jin whispers seductively in Namjoon’s ear, causing Namjoon to look at the floor with his eyes wide.

In the meantime Jungkook is sputtering, speechless that he may get to, no he means he has to, get his hands on Yoongi, sorely conflicted by his mixed emotions. For while he would love to get his hands on his ass and spank Yoongi, he knows the other wants nothing to do with him. Or does he? Since he’s the one who came up with the bet, and he doubts that he wants Jin to get his hands on Namjoon, does that mean he wants him to spank him? God, he’s so fucking confused by the signals Yoongi is sending.

Yoongi is sitting there conflicted as well, not sure what the hell made him create that side bet. His own competitive nature always has him betting Namjoon, but this… This is beyond even his usual ruthless bantering. Now he has to win, or else… or else Jungkook is going to need to spank him. With his hand on his ass. And he may possibly want that, since he proposed it. Fuck, what the hell is he doing?

He can sense Jungkook watching him from behind, his eyes boring holes into his body, probably trying to figure out what he’s thinking. He only wishes he knew.

Namjoon tries to not have any expression on his face as he wants to kill Yoongi. All night he’s been trying to avoid Jin’s wandering hands, knowing Jin has been trying to grab his butt. There’s something about Jin that makes Namjoon feel like he doesn't seem to have any control over himself. His smile, his kindness, his scent, everything about Jin makes Namjoon crazy. Jin is still smirking as Yoongi pays and they sit down grabbing the water guns.

They are just about to start when Jin leans down into Namjoon’s ear, whispering “Don’t worry Namjoon, I won’t hit you too hard. But it still might hurt just a little, I hope you’ll be able to handle a little bit of pain.“

Namjoon loses the first game, somehow managing to cover himself in water even though the gun isn’t able to fully point back at the player. Everyone laughs at his predicament, and he loudly reminds everyone they agreed the winner is 2 out of 3, so they prepare to play again, Yoongi paying for just one more round, confident they won’t need to pay for a third game.

They’re preparing for the next game, the attendant placing a new balloon on Yoongi’s clown since his broke the first time, and Jungkook leans in unexpectedly against Yoongi right as the water is about to turn on, and nibbles on his ear.

Yoongi turns around abruptly, bumping up against Jungkook’s chest, expecting to see a teasing laughing expression, but instead he sees heat in his eyes, attraction, arousal. Yoongi misses half his turn by the time he collects himself and turns back around, the balloon not even halfway filled by the time Namjoon’s bursts.

Jungkook laughs at what happened, still in his own daze but seeing Yoongi still just sitting there, staring at his balloon like he doesn’t even know what happened, is worth his own awkwardness. He leans over to pay for the final game, telling Yoongi in a gruff voice heavy with arousal, “It’s my fault you lost, the least I can do is pay for the next game.”

Jin is looking at Namjoon and he’s upset that he won, even though Yoongi was distracted. Did Namjoon really not want Jin to touch his ass? Was he coming on too strong, and made Namjoon feel uncomfortable? Sadness starts radiating through Jin’s body as he looks down at the ground. Namjoon turns to look at Jin seeing how sad he looks, knowing Jin wanted to spank him. Namjoon grabs Jin’s hand kissing his knuckles gently. Jin looks up in surprise by Namjoon’s touch. As the final round is soon to start Jin kisses Namjoon’s cheek in an effort to distract him.

While the attendant is giving Namjoon’s clown a new balloon, Jungkook leans in and quietly tells Yoongi, “I want a kiss too, Yoongi,” as he nibbles on his chin, his voice deep and unsettling, hoping to distract him again. And it works… Yoongi doesn’t know if he’s just teasing him so he’ll lose, and get spanked, or if he really wants a kiss. This evening is so different than what he thought it was going to be, expecting to unwillingly chaperone the other two and instead thinking about kisses and the flirting he’s being subjected to.

And those thoughts help him lose the third and final game, taking too long to regain his focus. All it takes is those few seconds of a headstart that Joon has and he loses again, his balloon withering pathetically as the water drains out. He hears Jin complaining and whining next to him, really wishing Namjoon had lost, and now Yoongi’s going to have Jungkook’s hand on his ass, still not sure how he feels about that.

He tries to ask Namjoon, “Three out of five?” but he just laughs at him, right in his face.

“Nope! Nice try Yoongi, this was your idea, now you pay the price!” Namjoon tells him excitedly while Jin is trying to help persuade him to accept Yoongi’s offer. (he is your hyung, you should give him another chance…)

Jungkook is laughing at Yoongi’s attempts to get out of his punishment, loving that he seems flustered by the impending spanking. He tells Yoongi, “Tell you what, since I work out so much and my right arm is stronger and it’s my dominant one, I’ll spank you with my left hand instead. How’s that for a compromise?” Jungkook is smiling cheekily, teasing him while he talks, loving that they’ve become a bit more comfortable as the night wore on.

“Fine, let’s just go over to the side here so we don’t draw a crowd,” Yoongi grumbles, still not happy he lost but kind of looking forward to his punishment, which makes him really question himself. Another thought for tonight when he’s alone and contemplating his life decisions. And him enjoying Jungkook’s company.

They all walk over, Jin and Namjoon needing to witness the moment, and Yoongi would have rather his humiliation be doled out in private, but he’s not that lucky today, not with Jin along to cheer Namjoon on. Jungkook turns him around, facing his back to him, and he stands to the side and pulls his arm way back, really putting some force into it, and he spanks him hard. Just once. But Yoongi whimpers. He actually whimpers. And Jungkook is loving that he got to do this, that his distractions during the game worked, but he’s afraid he might have actually hurt Yoongi.

“Are you ok?” he asks softly, worried for him.

Yoongi looks down at Jungkook’s left hand and just now notices it. “Yeah, I think your ring just caught me wrong,” he answers, his ass burning from the touch of it even through his clothes.

“Ah, sorry, I don’t wear them on my right hand since they tend to get in the way when I do everything. Guess I should have spanked you with that hand after all, huh,” he tells him, apologizing yet again for hurting him.

“It’s fine, it’s over. Let’s move on,” Yoongi tells him, the burn fading to a sting eventually, feeling kind of disappointed he didn’t get to focus on his hand on his ass with the pain of his ring.

Yoongi and Jungkook are walking in front now, just kind of looking around the park, seeing what else they want to do, when Yoongi looks over and sees the Deadly Drop ride, heading in that direction. Jungkook instantly says “Nope!” and walks quickly off in the other direction, making Yoongi grab his arm to pull him back to him.

“What’s wrong with the Deadly Drop?” Yoongi asks, not really caring one way or the other about going on the ride but wanting to know why Jungkook isn’t interested.

“It’s like you’re trapped in an elevator and the cable snaps! That could really happen! Why would I want to see how horrible it feels to actually experience it?” Jungkook rambles on, obviously feeling strongly about it. “Go ride it with Namjoon if you want, I’ll wait for you by the exit.”

“You sure you don’t want to try it just once? I’ll protect you,” Yoongi tells him seriously, thinking maybe he can help him overcome a fear.

Jungkook is still just barely considering it, not really wanting anything to do with the ride, when Yoongi offers, “What if I hold your hand?”

Jungkook now looks up at him with heated eyes, biting his lower lip, simply asking, “Promise?” wanting, and needing, his commitment that he’ll stay with him and support him through the whole ride if he agrees.

And Yoongi realizes he’s most likely fucked because he’s falling fast for this pretty doe-eyed man that looks at him with hearts in his eyes and wraps his heart around his little finger, even though he’s sworn off ever getting involved with anyone.

“I promise, Kook, I’ll keep you safe. Nothing will happen to you,” he tells him softly, and he doesn’t know how something as silly as riding the Deadly Drop has turned into so much more. He positions himself on Kook’s right side and promptly takes his hand, keeping a firm grip on it as they wait in line, making sure he’s there to help alleviate the anxiety that’s coursing through him. Yoongi can smell the fear in him, can hear his pulse beating so quickly, and he asks him again, “Do you want to get out of line? I really don’t mind skipping it if you’re against it.”

“No, I want to try it at least once in my life, and you’re here to help me get through it. Just promise you won’t let go,” he reminds him, needing that contact.

“Never, Kook, I’ll be here for you until the end,” Yoongi tells him, meaning the ride, but wishing for the first time in his many years that it could be more, knowing better than to dream.

Just then it’s their turn to board the ride, groups of 10 fitting in the elevator which contains seats and special straps to hold you securely in position. Yoongi and Jungkook walk into the ride as Jin and Namjoon cheer them on from the ground, neither interested in the least at trying this ride. They make their way onto the ride, sitting next to each other, and as they’re strapped in they hold hands again, Jungkook’s grip firm and sweaty with nerves as he just wants it over with already.

“Hey, look at me,” Yoongi tells him, trying to distract him. Jungkook looks over, his eyes frightened as he knows what’s about to come. “It’s just a ride, like all the other ones here. What are we going to do next? Rock climbing, the ferris wheel?”

As Jungkook looks over he sees the cat ears on Yoongi’s head, still lit up, still sparkling in the darkened room, and he looks down at their hands clasped together, and he really enjoys Yoongi’s company, and his calming influence, and so he tells him, “Thanks for doing this with me. I had a really good time with you today, getting to know you. I wouldn’t have wanted to be here with anyone else.”

Yoongi’s about to say something in return but just then the ride starts moving, slowly going up… and up… and up… 12 stories high… and Jungkook is clenching onto Yoongi’s hand, and biting on his lower lip, and closing his eyes… and Yoongi softly calls his name… and he opens his eyes and sees Yoongi watching him so carefully, so softly, and as he’s looking back at him they finally make it all the way up…. And the ride makes the loud sound of the brake being released and they fall…. So fast… 12 stories…. And Jungkook just keeps staring into Yoongi’s eyes while they fall… and then they’re done, at the bottom of the ride, and Jungkook’s ok… he made it…. Thanks to Yoongi…. And Yoongi takes their joined hands and presses a soft kiss to his knuckles… Jungkook’s heart fluttering in his chest, knowing he just did it as a culmination of the ride, but wishing it meant more. That maybe, just maybe, he liked him.

When they’re freed of all their safety straps and Jungkook gets up on wobbly legs, Yoongi pulls him gently outside, still holding his hand, leading him to the safety of firm ground again. When Jungkook gets outside he kisses his cheek, thanking him for encouraging him to go, for literally holding his hand the whole time. Jin pounces on him after, wanting to know how it was, if he’d ever ride it again, what it felt like to think he was dying. Jungkook just smiles at him, telling him it was worth it, that he’d do it again with the right incentive, smiling over at Yoongi again while he answers, his eyes still glowing from the adrenaline, and something more.

Yoongi knew there was something brewing between them before they went on the ride, but he doesn’t know what made him encourage Jungkook to ride Deadly Drop, knowing it didn’t really matter to either one of them if he took a chance. But for some reason Yoongi wanted to help him face his fears, to show him he could do it. That he could be the one to help him, hold his hand, talk him through it, make him feel safe. He’s starting to feel like he’s losing control of the night, and himself, and he’s not sure how much he wants to fight it anymore.

As the two pairs walk around they come across Serpent’s Tail, a medium intensity roller coaster that has riders screaming wildly above their heads as they walk under the track. Namjoon and Yoongi lock eyes; they haven’t been on a roller coaster in many, many years, and both really want to ride it. Jungkook notices the excitement in Yoongi’s eyes, for the first time appearing like he really wants to do something at the park. Namjoon looks like he’s keeping himself from jumping up and down, he’s so excited by the thought of riding it.

Jungkook asks Yoongi, “Did you want to go ride it?”, not sure what he was expecting, but it wasn’t the automatic “Hell, yeah!” he got in response, smiling at his excitement.

Jin asks Namjoon, “I didn’t think rollercoasters were your thing.”

Jungkook asks if they want to go ride together, since it’s obvious they both really want to go, but Yoongi asks him, “Don’t you want to go too?”, hoping Jungkook wants to ride with him.

“I don’t mind, but it seems like you both really want to go. I don’t mind waiting for you, or I can go with Jin instead,” he tells him, wanting to give the friends a chance to enjoy the ride together.

Namjoon asks Jin, “Would you like to ride with me?”

Jin tells him, “Really? You want me to go with you?” Namjoon nods, smiling at Jin.

Yoongi just laughs, saying “I guess it’s decided then,” grabbing Kook’s arm while Jin takes Namjoon’s arm as they all head into line together. The seats are large enough for two, so Jin and Namjoon take the front seat while Yoongi and Jungkook sit behind them, Jin taking hold of Namjoon’s hand as soon as the ride starts, terrified. Jungkook and Yoongi don’t hold hands again even though they would both like to, thinking the other only did it for comfort on Deadly Drop.

The rollercoaster is fast and fun, the twists and turns and drops making their stomachs flutter, and Jin is screeching loudly in the front seat, all of them laughing at his obvious terror and excitement. Namjoon holds onto Jin’s hand tightly, being careful not to hurt him. Jin buries his face into Namjoon’s shoulder, shutting his eyes. Namjoon chuckles, watching Jin peak through his lashes at every turn.

Yoongi finds himself sliding into Jungkook on many of the turns, not even attempting to hold himself away anymore, their hips and shoulders and legs bumping often, and they’re both savoring the simple touches as they start letting themselves enjoy their night together. It seems like after the last ride they’ve both decided to quit questioning every move and glance and just have fun with each other.

They all had so much fun, except maybe Jin, but they race each other like a bunch of kids to get in line again, planning to ride it one more time, all of them excited by the roller coaster and glad they get to ride it together, reminding Namjoon and Yoongi of some fun times in their past. They’ve been so serious for so long now, and maybe Namjoon’s right, maybe they need to just let themselves go a bit, have some fun, make some friendships outside of just the two of them.

Jungkook’s pretty doe eyes are sparkling as he looks down at him, the lights from the park reflecting back at him, and he’d like nothing more than to reach up and touch his soft cheeks, taste his tempting lips, just give him a simple kiss, making the moment a bit more precious. But Yoongi continues to hold himself back, not sure if Jungkook would welcome the touch, if he likes him in that way. Hell, he doesn’t even know for sure if he likes guys. He’s getting ahead of himself; he’s still not convinced they should be letting themselves get this close. He compromises and runs his hand along his arm, playing with the fabric of his sleeve, holding onto that instead.

Jungkook is staring into Yoongi’s eyes, wishing he knew what he was thinking, his eyes intense as he looks at him, Yoongi biting on his lip while deep in thought. He wishes he would just let himself go, relax, be as happy as he was on the roller coaster, just smiling and laughing and forgetting his worries for once. Because he really liked seeing him happy like that, just letting himself be free for a change. He’s surprised by the touch he feels on his sleeve, Yoongi just gently rubbing his arm before he finally takes a firm hold of it, Jungkook looking down at his touch as he feels him pulling him a bit closer. He steps a bit closer to him, their bodies now cautiously leaning against each other, Jungkook unable to keep his smile from exploding across his face, loving that Yoongi seems to finally want to be near him, to spend this evening with him.

Yoongi inhales sharply; he was utterly unprepared for the smile that erupted across Jungkook’s face, completely taking his breath away. He’s simply beautiful, and he has a feeling very few people are privileged enough to get to experience it. He can’t believe that smile is for him, for something as simple as sharing his touch with him. Yoongi knows he should pull back and run as far away from this as he can, because if his smile is destroying him this badly, he can only imagine what it’ll be like once he gets to know him, date him, finally be with him. There will be no going back.

While Yoongi and Jungkook are lost in their own little world, completely oblivious to anything else around them, Jin notices a couple of girls looking at Namjoon whispering amongst themselves. One of the girls is blushing and keeps touching her hair. Jin looks at Namjoon and sees that he’s looking straight ahead, unaware to the girls staring. Jin grabs Namjoon’s arm, hugging it close to his body. Namjoon turns to look at Jin, then raises his hand and softly caresses Jin’s cheek.

“You have an eyelash on your cheek,” Namjoon tells him softly. Jin blushes as he thanks him. Out of the corner of his eye, he sees the girls staring at them with their eyes wide. Jin smirks to himself, hugging Namjoon’s arm closer.

When it’s finally their turn the four load into the ride, again taking the same seats, Jin turning and burying his face in Namjoon’s arm holding his hand tightly again. Namjoon smiles before kissing the top of Jin’s head trying to comfort him. Jungkook and Yoongi don’t hold hands, still not taking that forward of a step, but they do gently touch their hands together while holding onto the safety bar, their bodies continuing to slide into each other as they take the turns.

Once they’re off the ride, they see a hot dog stand nearby and Jungkook says he wants one. Jin agrees that he’s hungry again so they all go over to stand in line. Yoongi and Namjoon decide to have one as well, eating it slowly. Jin eats the hot dog in a seductive manner, looking at Namjoon straight in the eyes. Yoongi stares at Jin, amazed and disgusted by his actions. Jungkook sees Yoongi’s expression and looks at Jin.

“Oh my god Jin! There’s children around!” Jungkook scolds, slapping Jin’s hands.

“What? I’m just eating my hot dog!” Jin says, smirking slightly.

Namjoon purses his lips, looking away from Jin.

“That’s some way to eat a hot dog,” Yoongi says, grossed out.

After they finish eating, they see the Ferris Wheel up ahead. Namjoon’s been looking longingly at the Ferris wheel that’s been lighting up, flashing colorful lights. Namjoon stops and points to it.

“Do you want to go on the ferris wheel with me?” Namjoon asks shyly.

Jin smiles brightly, a slight blush on his cheeks, “Yeah, of course.”

Jin holds Namjoon’s hand as they walk over to the line for the ride.

Yoongi looks at Jungkook, hesitating for a moment, and before he can bravely ask him Jungkook stutters and asks him, “W-Would you like to ride with me?” putting aside all of his introverted socially awkward tendencies and taking a chance.

Yoongi grumbles, “Geesh, I was going to ask you,” honestly not sure if he would have been able to, the Ferris Wheel considered to be the epitome of the perfect date.

Jungkook is smiling nervously while he waits to see what Yoongi decides, and he finally tells him, “Yeah, of course brat, I told you I was gonna ask you,” making Jungkook smile in relief, afraid he was going to be humiliated when Yoongi turned him down. They go wait in line again, just brushing up against each other every now and then, both loving how they’ve gotten a bit more relaxed toward each other.

It’s finally their turn, Yoongi making sure he lets Jungkook board first, now sitting on his right side. The bench seats have room for two but it’s a snug fit, definitely intended for a couple, needing to cuddle up close. Jungkook puts his arm around Yoongi’s shoulder, resting it on the back of the seat, giving them more room to sit but also putting their bodies even closer together, their sides touching from foot to shoulder. They very slowly make their way around, Kook eventually rubbing gentle circles into Yoongi’s shirt, absently touching him as they enjoy the stillness of the ride. Jungkook’s scent slowly invades Yoongi’s senses; with his arm wrapped around him he can’t help but smell him and breathe him in, feeling the warmth of his body pressed up so close to him. The ride takes over 30 minutes before they’re told to exit, both enjoying the time together, not talking but not awkward either, just a chance to quietly enjoy each other’s company, slowly pressing closer and closer together.

In the other seat Jin is looking all around him, enjoying the view, while Namjoon is sitting next to him smiling at him. Jin’s eyes are sparkling from the lights; Namjoon watches him, thinking Jin is one of the most beautiful people he’s ever seen. There’s something about him that’s different than anyone’s Namjoon’s ever met before, and he’s met many, many people over the years. Namjoon has this fuzzy feeling spreading through his body, and he’s not sure if he can share this information with Yoongi. Jin leans back again, his hands folded in his lap, smiling.

“It’s so pretty out there, I wish this ferris wheel can view the outside too,” Jin says not looking away from the view.

“Maybe one day we can go to a ferris wheel that’s outside,” Namjoon says, smiling softly at Jin.

“So does this mean you’ll go on another date with me?” Jin says, hopeful.

Namjoon rubs the back of his neck nervously, “If you would like to go out with me again. Hopefully next time Yoongi won’t be coming.”

Jin giggles, covering his mouth, “at least him and Jungkook seem to finally be getting along better.”

Namjoon nods, “He’s never really been one to make friends easily, but it seems like he gets along with Jungkook. I can’t remember the last time he actually talked to someone that wasn’t me.”

“What do you mean?” Jin asks confused.

Namjoon freezes, realizing that he spoke too much, “Well, uhm, he’s just always had a hard time making friends. We’ve known each other for a really long time, and it’s always just been us. Making friends was always hard for him, he doesn’t always trust people. It’s why he wanted to come, new people make him nervous.”

“Which is why him and Kookie getting along is so strange to you,” Jin says.

“Yeah, they really seem like they could be good friends,” Namjoon says.

“Jungkook can be very introverted as well; it can be hard for him to open up to new people too. It’ll be good if they can get to be friends, it’ll make things easier for us. Today was a lot of fun even if we had to double date,” Jin says rolling his eyes playfully.

Namjoon wraps his arm around Jin pulling him close. Jin snuggles up next to him, putting his head on his shoulder. They continue to stay like that as the ferris wheel goes around and around.

When they finally get off they all decide they should be leaving soon since the amusement park is close to closing. They start making their way to the exit but not before passing the High Striker strength mallet game. Namjoon takes Jin by the hand, pulling him over to the game. Namjoon pays the worker before grabbing the rubber hammer. The carnival worker tells Namjoon he gets three tries to win the giant teddy bear. Yoongi walks over and whispers to Namjoon to be careful. Namjoon nods before giving his first try. Jin watches Namjoon in awe, surprised that Namjoon remembered how much he wanted the teddy bear.

Namjoon grabs the rubber hammer in both hands, trying to find the perfect grip on it. Jin stares at Namjoon’s arms as he flexes when he lifts the hammer up and over his head. Namjoon’s shirt rises up and Jin can see the smooth, soft and tan skin. Jin licks his lip admiring the small strip of skin showing. He’s so busy staring at Namjoon he doesn’t even notice when the bell goes off.

People around them begin cheering, amazed that someone was strong enough to make the bell ring. Jin claps and cheers for Namjoon, jumping in place excitedly. Namjoon smiles at Jin before hitting the weight again. The bell goes off and people are now standing and watching, whispering among themselves. Jin is nervous but extremely excited since Namjoon only needs one more hit to win the giant bear. Namjoon steadies the hammer in his hand, but just as he’s about to raise it, Yoongi clears his throat tapping his chest lightly. Namjoon looks around and notices that he’s drawn a crowd. He sighs before bringing the mallet up behind his head and then swinging it down.

The lights go up high but the bell doesn’t go off. Jin watches as the people around them leave disappointed. Jin stands there awkwardly, not knowing what to say. He really did want the bear, but it wasn’t that big of a deal. Still he can’t help but feel a little upset that he couldn’t have it. Namjoon turns to the worker, giving him more money asking for one more chance. Jin wants to tell Namjoon that he’s fine and doesn’t want the bear, but Namjoon smiles at him and takes the mallet again.

While Namjoon is working on winning Jin the giant teddy bear, Yoongi jokingly tells Jungkook, “Don’t expect me to have the strength to win one of those for you,” trying to apologize for not being able to win him a grand prize too, accentuating how slim he is compared to Namjoon by pointing at his smaller frame.

Jungkook laughs, telling him, “I could always try to win one for you,” making Yoongi blush; for the first time he’s loving the thought of having someone in his life that would try to win a big prize like that for him.

Yoongi tells him, “Maybe next time,” making Jungkook sputter in surprise. “But I kind of love my cat ears even more.” Jungkook softly runs his hand through Yoongi’s hair, using his thumb to touch the headband he’s surprisingly still wearing, before he rests his hand on his shoulder, holding him softly. They’re quiet while they wait for Jin to pick out his giant pink teddy bear, each lost in their thoughts.

They finally make their way to the car, Namjoon and Jin both carrying the teddy bear, needing to stuff it into the backseat with Jungkook and Yoongi. It’s nearly impossible to fit them all back in there, but Yoongi comes up with the brainstorm idea if they cram the bear up against one of the doors and almost use it like a body pillow, the other two can squeeze in together and fit, rather than sitting separately which will use up so much more room. Namjoon looks suspiciously at Yoongi, knowing that solution has no merit whatsoever, but he doesn’t argue when Yoongi just glares at him, raising an eyebrow, challenging him to disagree. And who is Namjoon to argue; if Yoongi’s wanting to spend time with Jungkook then he’s less likely to argue about Namjoon wanting to spend time with Jin. He’s just surprised he changed his mind after one evening together.

They put the bear behind Jin so it doesn’t block Namjoon’s view while driving, then Yoongi crawls in the middle, needing less legroom than Jungkook, and then finally Jungkook crawls in, leaning all the way over Yoongi until Namjoon manages to slam his door shut safely and lock it. They are only like that for a few seconds until Namjoon manages to get the door firmly shut, but the position has both of them inhaling sharply, Yoongi able to hear how much Jungkook enjoys it as well by the rapid beating of his heart.

Namjoon takes advantage of Yoongi being in the car; he opens Jin’s door, kissing his cheek gently. Jin’s entire face heats up as he gets in the car, loving that Namjoon took such a bold first step. As Namjoon is driving towards the apartments he gently takes Jin’s hand, lacing their fingers together softly. Jin looks at their hands, smiling.

Jungkook leans back against the door but he’s still pressed up close to Yoongi, their bodies smooshed up together and Jungkook’s arm around his shoulder again, this time resting fully on him, the best way to fit in this tight space. Jin jokingly tells them that Yoongi should just sit on his lap, that they’ll have more room. Both of the backseat passengers just hold their breath, not daring to hope that the other will think it’s a good idea. Unfortunately neither says anything about it, both too shy to take such a bold step the first day they’ve really met. On the drive back to the apartment they start getting sleepy, and neither one is admitting who’s head starts leaning toward the other first.

Chapter Text

Namjoon and Yoongi walk Jin and Jungkook to their apartment. Jin awkwardly stands by the door playing with his keys.

“You know it’s still pretty early. Would you both like to come in?” Jin asks, staring at Namjoon shyly.

Namjoon looks at Yoongi asking him a silent question. Yoongi looks like he’s about to reject the offer when Jungkook bumps his arms, smiling softly.

“Don’t tell me the grandpa is tired already?” Jungkook banters, having learned enough about Yoongi today to know teasing or challenging him is the best way to get a response.

Yoongi rolls his eyes, telling him, “You’re the one who fell asleep against me in the car!” sounding harsh but smiling as he replies.

“I wasn’t asleep, I was just holding up your head while you snored,” Jungkook answers back teasingly, loving the way Yoongi sputters in response.

Jin laughs softly, still looking at Namjoon.

They make their way into the apartment. It looks exactly like Namjoon and Yoongi’s just flipped around, though it’s decorated with a much more homey touch, surprising since they’re college students. Namjoon compliments him on the apartment, saying it looks really warm and inviting, making Jin flush.

“Thanks, we tried to buy stuff we liked once we got our own place. Finally made our own home. Would you like anything to drink?” Jin asks politely.

Namjoon and Yoongi both shake their heads awkwardly. They’ve never been inside a human’s apartment before and don’t quite know what to do. Jin grabs the giant teddy bear, asking Namjoon to help him take the bear to his room. Yoongi stares with wide eyes as Namjoon is being taken away; he and Jungkook stand there in an uncomfortable silence, not knowing what to do next. Yoongi looks down the hallway where Jin took Namjoon, the bedroom door now clicking shut. Namjoon wouldn’t do anything bad with Jin, would he?

Jungkook scratches his head while looking at Yoongi, feeling awkward, not used to having to make small talk to keep a date comfortable. “Do you want to go listen to music or something?” Jungkook asks, looking anywhere but at Yoongi, freaking himself out over the fact that he just called this a “date” in his head.

“I can just go if you want,” Yoongi tells him, “I’m sure you must have better things to do after spending all day with me. I mean us,” he quickly corrects, knowing he didn’t come to see him, berating himself for the slip.

“No, I’d like to spend more time with you. If you don’t have anything else you’d rather be doing,” Jungkook mumbles demurely.

Yoongi smiles, secretly loving that Jungkook is just as shy and awkward as he is around others. “If you’re sure you don’t mind. Otherwise I can head home,” he responds.

“It’s fine,” he says, leading him down the hall to his bedroom, the layout almost identical to his own room, but that’s where the similarities end. They each have a full size bed with a desk and computer, but Jungkook’s room is packed with "stuff", making Yoongi pause at the door a minute to just try to take it all in. His backpack and books are piled at the end of a really large glass desk which takes up a whole wall, with an oversized gaming chair rolled up next to it. His computer looks high end with a large monitor and keyboard, his headset laying there haphazardly. Two walls are covered in posters, from Overwatch to Destiny to movies he’s enjoyed, as well as some classic cars and bands.

Yoongi walks up to another wall, and here is the personal side of him. He looks over his shoulder, asking, “Is it ok if I look?”

Jungkook just shrugs, not that he’s indifferent to Yoongi seeing, but more because he’s never had anyone in his room before, but he’s ok with him actually seeing this part of him.

This wall is covered in photographs he’s taken or been part of throughout his life, some horribly faded and crinkled with age, but some framed and painstakingly preserved, having no way to recreate them. There’s a few photos of him really young with a family, polaroids that are fading and tiny. Yoongi can see by the progression that the family in his photos changes every few years, from very young until he’s a teen, and then it stays constant. And Jin is there, with him, as part of that family. He continues looking at the wall, noticing pictures from his high school and early college years; birthdays, graduations, family and friends, and he’s starting to smile more, the empty sad eyes from his youth being replaced with his bright sunshiny expression, his beautiful eyes starting to shine, with Jin always there in almost every photo.

Next there’s a section of photos that Jungkook must have taken, since he’s not in them, but they’re mostly of the area surrounding them, places he visited, perfectly captured moments in time of scenery or life or events he’s been a part of. He has amazing talent, and Yoongi can see his skills increasing with each photo he’s framed.

He continues along, and the wall here contains all his certificates, diplomas, awards, photos of him with all his sports teams over the years, his karate belts, anything he’s attained or won or mastered. Yoongi is amazed, for Jungkook has only been on this earth for twenty-odd years yet he’s done so much, seemingly so much more than he has in all of his years.

There’s an empty section of the wall that he’s intentionally left blank, and Yoongi asks, without turning around, “What’s this section for?”

Jungkook tells him, “I want to travel, see the world, see what’s out there. I’m hoping once I graduate I can freelance, have a chance to explore, go to Europe, learn about different cultures. I want to visit Italy, Greece, Paris, Africa, Egypt, see the Mayan ruins; there’s so much I want to see and do and learn it’ll take more than a lifetime to cram it all in.” His eyes light up as he talks, so impassioned about everything he wants to accomplish, and Yoongi smiles at him, loving that he opened up and shared such a personal dream with him.

“I’m sure you’ll make it happen. You’re really talented; your photos are breathtaking, they show so much emotion, life, in them,” Yoongi tells him.

“Not yet they don’t, but thanks for saying that. I have a few more years to get good enough so hopefully I can make a living off of it, use it to pay my way around the world,” he continues, surprised at himself for sharing so much when he’s never before spoken about his dreams, except to Jin.

Yoongi turns around, sitting in his gaming chair and leaning back, amazed at how comfortable the chair is. “Fuck, I need to get one of these. How do you ever leave?” he asks, seriously loving the feel of his chair. “I could spend days in this thing.”

Jungkook just laughs, telling him, “Yeah, I spend way too many hours gaming in that seat. I use it for homework too but I tend to doze off when I do.”

“Seriously, I need one. I spend a lot of time at my desk and this would make such a difference,” he continues, leaning back, sinking in further, giving a deep sigh in appreciation.

“So if you come visit me again I’ll know it’s just for my chair,” Jungkook laughs, teasing him as Yoongi leans back and closes his eyes.

“Well, it wouldn’t be  just  for your chair,” he comments back, teasing, the first time he’s purposely said something flirtatious to someone, not quite knowing how to feel about it.

When he opens his eyes he sees Jungkook looks just as confused as he is, blushing but smiling simultaneously, appearing to have liked the fact that he might come back. Jungkook’s looking down at his lap now, tracing his fingers over his rings, biting on his lower lip, trying to process what Yoongi just said to him, if he meant it the way it sounded.

After a minute of silence he looks up and asks if Yoongi would like to listen to some music, not sure what he likes to listen to. Yoongi just nods, so he grabs his laptop and powers it up, grabbing his headphones from his nightstand first and then he sits back down on the bed, looking up at Yoongi, telling him, “Come sit over here and listen. It sounds so much better through the headphones.”

“But then I have to get my ass out of this amazing chair…” he tells him with a smirk, making Jungkook bite his lip, not knowing what to say. He wants to tease him back, something about wouldn’t he rather sit next to him, or isn’t he better than a chair, but he’s not sure Yoongi would appreciate the comment. He instead just looks up and holds out an earbud in invitation, still biting on his lip, his blush still present on his cheeks, and Yoongi can’t resist. He’s tried keeping his distance, he’s tried acting uninterested, he’s tried remaining cold and closed off, but Jungkook has broken through his shell. All his efforts, all these years, and a shy, introverted, beautiful, passionate, amazing college boy has weakened his resolve and gotten inside. He’s so screwed…

Yoongi stands up with a moan, missing the chair already, and walks over to the bed, sitting down next to Jungkook but with a respectable space between them, taking the earbud and putting it in, and when he first hears Jungkook’s selection he wants to cringe; he absolutely hates country music, probably the only genre he really can’t enjoy listening to, but he sucks it up for Jungkook, willing himself to accept it if that’s what he prefers.

Jungkook is only able to keep a straight face for maybe ten seconds before he erupts into a fit of giggles, laughing so loud, loving that he was able to trick Yoongi into thinking that’s what he likes listening to. Yoongi pulls out his earbud, looking mildly perturbed, wanting to know, “What’s so funny?”

Jungkook is still laughing, the look on Yoongi’s face now along with his comment has him rolling again, and now Yoongi is starting to look upset. “I’m so sorry Yoongi, I couldn’t resist. There’s only one thing I really dislike and it’s country music, and I wanted to see if it was something you loved. Because if it were, our budding friendship would be ended right here and now. And at first you were all serious and I was like, fuck, he likes it, now what do I do… But then I saw you cringing, trying to keep your face all serious and not give yourself away.”

Jungkook is trying to control his laughter, Yoongi watching him in fascination, amazed that he tried to test him so early in their friendship. Yoongi starts laughing, pushing Jungkook gently on the arm, telling him, “You’re such a little shit, playing me like that.”

Jungkook gets the giggles again, telling him, “I couldn’t help it, I needed some way to get you to relax, see what you’re really like.”

“And you thought country music was the way to go?” Yoongi tells him, trying to be serious but unable to hold back his smile.

“Hey, it worked, didn’t it? We’re laughing, you love my chair, we were fairly compatible at the park today… and you’re still wearing the cat ears I won for you,” he tells him, his voice lowering at the end as he gently runs his fingers along Yoongi’s hair again, using the cat ears as an excuse to touch him, loving the feel of his hair in his hand.

Yoongi turns sideways to more fully face him, his leg now touching his, and he touches a finger to Jungkook’s cheek, telling him, “I think I’m starting to really like you. I went out with the three of you today not wanting to get to know anyone, or make any friends, and I was irritated with Joonie for wanting to go on a date. But somehow here we are ten hours later and I like you, like spending time with you.”

Jungkook is quiet for a minute, finally asking him, “Is this ok though? Because I don’t want you to decide again that you don’t want to get to know me if we start seeing each other.”

“Can we take it slow? I haven’t really dated in a really long time and I don’t want to hurt you. We’ll get to know each other, see how we are as we spend more time together. Are you alright with seeing me, being a guy and all?” Yoongi asks, laying his heart on the line, so afraid of letting someone close to him, of hurting them.

“I’m totally cool with you being a guy; since I’m gay that’s kind of best,” he answers kiddingly while he smiles, Yoongi letting out a breath he was holding, anxiously waiting to see if he would turn him away.

“Can I kiss you? I’ve been needing to taste you ever since the elevator ride,” Yoongi confides, finally able to bravely look at Jungkook now to see his reactions.

Jungkook’s eyes spark at the directness of his question, licking his lip in anticipation. He leans in slightly as he frames Yoongi’s cheek with his right hand, still steadying his laptop in his lap with his left, while Yoongi leans in, meeting gently in the middle, sharing a few simple chaste kisses, just a soft testing touch. Yoongi swipes his tongue over his own lip, savoring Jungkook’s sweetness he left behind, moaning quietly at the taste, before he wraps his fingers in Jungkook’s hair and pulls him gently closer, needing a deeper kiss now, being careful to keep his strength under control.

This time Yoongi takes more control, pressing kisses to the corners of his mouth, his lips, his cheeks, before coming back to his mouth and gently swiping his tongue across Jungkook’s lips. He moans softly as he opens his mouth, his tongue meeting Yoongi’s gently, both tentatively licking into each other’s mouths, taking the time to explore, to taste, to get to know the other more intimately. Yoongi groans as Jungkook teases his tongue, chases after it, pulls it more firmly back into his mouth, makes him burn with just a kiss. He loves kissing him, feels like he could do just that for hours, savoring his taste, wanting more.

Yoongi pulls back for a few seconds, wanting to be sure Jungkook is ok with this before continuing, and when he opens his eyes Jungkook's are so dark, the pupils dilated, his cheeks flushed, his hand now pulling his hair more firmly, moaning and telling him, “More, Yoongi, I need more,” before he seals their mouths together again, continuing the kiss even deeper, more sensual than before.

Yoongi has no idea how long they’ve kissed but he breaks away for just a moment, needing to kiss his cheeks, his neck, his throat, needing his taste, for his aroused scent is driving him insane with need. He kisses all the skin he can reach, loving the taste of his neck, and he can feel his pulse against his mouth as well as hear it beating so fast and loud in his ears, and the taste… he can taste his blood flowing under his skin, so sweet he can only imagine what it would actually taste like on his tongue…

He takes Jungkook’s mouth again in a heated kiss, wanting more, needing him to be as lost in the sensations, and he nibbles just a bit harder with his teeth on his lip, keeping his fangs hidden but biting just a tiny bit, needing so badly to taste his sweetness. Jungkook groans loudly at the feeling, Yoongi licking at the blood that’s just barely there, his heart beating for a few moments from the excitement of having the taste of his blood in his mouth, Jungkook tightly wrapping Yoongi’s hair in his hand as he pulls him impossibly closer, battling for dominance in another heated kiss.

They eventually both pull back, kissing softly as they rest their foreheads together, trying to get their breathing under control, Yoongi afraid he’s taken things too far for a first kiss, especially on a night that wasn’t even a first date for them. Jungkook keeps kissing him, however, wanting to start things up again, and Yoongi is doing all he can to keep things settled down for tonight.

“Baby, we need to stop. I want to do this right, get to know you, take you out on sweet romantic dates,” Yoongi tells him, trying to keep his lips away from Jungkook’s. The combination of the pet name and the thought of going on dates with Yoongi does nothing to make him slow his kisses, once again attacking his mouth, needing more of him.

Jungkook finally leans back a few inches, coming back to kiss him a few times before he gets up and sits in the gaming chair, keeping his laptop on his lap as a distraction. He can’t take his eyes off of Yoongi; there’s so much physical attraction burning between them it adds another dimension to their relationship.

Yoongi tells him, “I’m an old fashioned kind of guy, Jungkook. It seems like we like each other, and it’s now obvious we want each other, too. But I need to get to know you, and you need to get to know me, before we sleep together, share that. Because once we do…. (he pauses as Jungkook’s eyes surge with lust and he himself needs to swallow down a moan)... once we do… I won’t be able to ever let you go.”

Jungkook just sits there watching him, trying to still his heart, because Yoongi’s confession has him wanting to beg him to take him to his bed now , to wreck him, destroy him, even though he’s not one to sleep around either. And he knows he’ll deny him, because Yoongi has a point; they don’t really know each other at all. But now he wants to spend all his free time with him, get to know him better, find out what makes him so intriguing, because he can’t wait for Yoongi to finally take him, make him his.

“So, are you free tomorrow?” Jungkook asks, making Yoongi laugh, ready to start getting to know each other, go on their first date, immediately… They exchange phone numbers, wanting to be able to text and call, needing to be able to see each other soon.

Meanwhile… in the other bedroom down the hall...    

Jin closes the door behind him softly, “Sorry, I didn’t ask you if you wanted to come to my room.”

Namjoon smiles tightly, “It’s okay.”

Jin sets the bear in the corner of his room smiling at it in affection. Namjoon looks around the room trying to keep himself busy. He notices that there’s a lot of books around Jin’s room. He walks over to one on Jin’s bed, picking it up.

“Oh sorry, I forgot to clean up all the books,” Jin apologizes.

“It’s okay. The Last Days of Socrates?” Namjoon says, reading the cover.

Jin’s eyes widen and he looks anywhere but Namjoon’s eyes, “Oh, uhm, yeah. I found it in the library when I was working and wanted to give it a shot.”

“What’s it about?” Namjoon asks wanting to know if Jin has already read it.

Jin looks at Namjoon confused before slowly saying, “It’s about... the last days of Socrates?”

Namjoon chuckles rubbing his forehead, “Yeah I should’ve known that. I meant like what have you read so far.”

“Oh, well there’s so much information in there, it’s kind of overwhelming at times. I don’t really understand why they took so long to kill Socrates,” Jin said, sitting on his bed.

“Well, because they couldn’t,” Namjoon explains, setting the book down on the nightstand.

“They couldn’t?” Jin asks puzzled.

“No- do you mind if I sit?” Namjoon asks hesitantly.

Jin shakes his head, patting the space next to him, wanting to hear Namjoon explain further. Namjoon sits down so he’s facing Jin, keeping away a good distance further than Jin would like.

“So why couldn’t they kill him?” Jin asks.

“Well the Athenians were at war with Sparta and it delayed his trial. They couldn’t try him for about four years, and by then Socrates just wanted the trial to be done,” Namjoon explains.

“Socrates didn’t seem to mind death,” Jin points out.

“No, he didn’t. Which is why many consider it a suicide,” Namjoon says.

Jin looks at the book on his nightstand, “I guess I don’t have to read it anymore.”

Namjoon laughs, “There’s a lot more going on in there than my 30 second summary. Were you reading it for a class?”

Jin bites his lip, “Sure let’s say that,” rather embarrassed to be caught reading something just because he knows Namjoon has an interest in the topic.

“You work in the library?” Namjoon asks, realizing he doesn’t know much about Jin.

Jin nods, “Yeah, it’s actually pretty fun and I get to read as many books as I want.”

“You like to read? What types of things do you enjoy most?” Namjoon asks, trying not to sound too surprised, truly curious about what interests he has.

Jin nods shyly, “Yeah I guess I have to since I read a lot for my major. In the little free time I have I enjoy reading anything that isn’t law. I want to be open minded and give anything a try, even if i don’t like it.”

“I don’t think I’ve asked you what your major is. I’m so sorry, all this time we’ve just been talking about me,” Namjoon says feeling guilty.

“It’s okay I didn’t mind, isn’t that what dates are for? To get to know each other? Besides I’m sure there’s still a lot about you I don’t know,” Jin says smiling.

“So why did you choose law?” Namjoon asks wanting to know more about Jin.

Jin gets a sad but angry look on his face, “When I was a child my mother was murdered and they said my father did it. It was a really brutal murder so he got the death penalty and was killed. A few years later they discovered that a woman in the next town over was killed in the same way. Turns out there was a serial killer and no one caught him until his fourth victim. I was placed into foster care because of it, so now I want to make sure that never happens again. No innocent man should have be to killed.”

Namjoon grabs Jin’s hand, softly running his thumb over Jin’s knuckles. “I think what you’re doing is amazing. You’ll really make a difference . ”

Jin blushes, looking down at the ground. Namjoon always knew what to say. He never made him feel uncomfortable and he was incredibly cute too. He was really different from all the other people he’s dated; he was kind and shy and it made Jin feel fuzzy. Jin looks at their hands intertwined; he lifts Namjoon’s hand to his lips, kissing it softly.

Namjoon smiles and with his other hand he caresses Jin’s face. Jin leans into his touch bringing his own free hand to the back of Namjoon’s neck. He brings their faces closer until their foreheads are touching. Namjoon slowly pulls away clearing his throat awkwardly. Jin closes his eyes disappointed.

“I’m sorry, I thought that’s what was going to happen just now,” Jin says, not daring to open his eyes.

Namjoon reluctantly takes his hand away from Jin’s but he instead places both his hands on Jin’s face before slowly leaning in. Jin holds his breath, feeling how close Namjoon is, his heart fluttering at finally feeling Namjoon so near. Namjoon touches his lips with his own, the kiss soft and innocent, Jin loving that he’s finally getting to kiss him, taste him, feel him. Jin is so excited to finally be with him he can’t help himself; he grabs Namjoon’s shoulders while Namjoon takes hold of his waist, their legs tangled together now, hanging off the bed, pulling each other nearer.

Jin licks Namjoon’s bottom lip gently, tempting his lips to open. Namjoon slowly opens his mouth letting Jin have a taste, moaning at the first gentle touch. Jin whines and slowly starts to get on the bed, crawling into his lap, pushing Namjoon down until he’s against the bed, Namjoon letting him take the lead, do what he pleases with him, getting swept away in the sensations of Jin on top of him. He’s tempted to run his hands all over him, needing to touch him, but he refrains himself for now, knowing this is the first time they’ve touched, not wanting to make him uncomfortable. Namjoon grabs tightly onto his hips as Jin straddles him, their tongues becoming desperate to taste all over each other’s mouths, their breathing getting heavier the longer they kiss.

Namjoon grabs Jin’s thighs, squeezing them tightly in his strong, muscled hands, keeping him firmly pressed against him, and Jin whimpers loudly, loving the pain and the feeling of his hands holding him so close. Namjoon’s hips lift up with a mind of their own, Jin’s sounds sending need rushing through him, needing more contact. Jin runs his hands down Namjoon’s chest, feeling the muscles quiver as he loves the feel of him touching him like this, so intimately, something he hasn’t felt in a long time. Jin eventually slips his hand underneath Namjoon’s shirt; his skin is slightly cold but flawless, Jin wishing he could see it as well as feel it, or even better run his lips over him, teasing his nipples, making him moan for him. He does decide to take a chance and tease his nipple with his nail, just lightly playing with it, making Namjoon gasp in surprise, Jin’s mouth catching the need passed through the kiss.

Namjoon pulls away from the kiss, panting hard, his body quaking in need, so turned on by just their touches. He begins to kiss Jin’s neck, using his teeth and tongue and lips to make him a whimpering mess, sending white hot need shoot through Jin, not yet marking him but loving the taste of him, the sound of his blood running through his veins, his arousal making him moan louder the longer he torments his skin. When Namjoon thrusts up Jin gets more lost in the sensations running through him, grinding down on Namjoon, feeling how rock hard he is, laying down fully against him now, needing to feel him against his own body.  Namjoon smells Jin’s arousal now, the sweet scent invading his nose, making his body quiver in need. The more they continue their grinding, their kissing, Namjoon feels how hard Jin’s pulse is with his burning want and excitement, and the feeling becomes too much.

As Namjoon continues to kiss and torment Jin’s neck, loving the scent and taste of his body, Jin is grinding down on him more seductively, losing track of where he is, what he’s doing, both getting lost in the moment. But then the unthinkable happens: Namjoon feels his fangs coming out. He quickly opens his eyes and gently pushes Jin off him, sitting up quickly, trying to separate from him before he inadvertently hurts him. Namjoon breathes heavily, panting, trying to pull himself together, calm himself down. He covers his mouth, not wanting Jin to see anything.

“Are you okay?” Jin asks worried.

Namjoon places his hand over his face, “Yeah, I’ll be okay.” He feels the fangs retract and he licks his lips, still tasting Jin’s wonderfully enticing flavor.

“I, uh, I think we should move more slowly. This is the first date and everything. I don’t want to move too fast. I still want to see you again and get to know you better,” Namjoon says, still trying to catch his breath. “As a matter of fact, if you don’t mind, I’d really like to officially ask your permission to court you.” He looks very nervous, uncomfortable even, their previous activities making him unsure of his actions.

Jin sighs, “Court me? That’s a little...old school don’t you think? I mean, I really didn’t bring you in here to sleep with you. I was just hoping we could talk more and kiss a little bit.”  

Namjoon smiles, taking Jin’s hand into his, “Kissing is fine, I don’t mind that at all. In fact,...” Namjoon pulls Jin closer to him again, gently cupping his face, placing a teasing kiss on his lips, starting over the way he wanted to kiss him in the first place. He gently nips on his lip, sucking his lip into his mouth, nibbling on it gently, making Jin whimper. The noises he makes drive Namjoon crazy, loving that he can make him sound like that when he was the one kissing him senseless moments ago.

Namjoon pulls away, kissing him softly a few times before he rests his forehead against him. Jin then sighs, lost in his thoughts over the dreamy kiss, “So, courting me? What does that even mean?”

“Well, we’ll be together, officially. We’ll go on dates, and I’ll buy you gifts and spoil you,” Namjoon tells him, sweetly kissing his lips and cheeks while he talks to him, gently murmuring soft thoughts to him. “B-but you can only date me, since we’ll be an official couple,” he adds nervously, not sure if Jin really wants that level of commitment just yet.

“So, that means you can only date me too, right? Like, you’ll be mine and I’ll be yours? I’d really fucking love that,” Jin tells him, excitedly, hoping that Namjoon is actually serious about him.

Namjoon answers him, his eyes heated now as he realizes Jin wants that same commitment from him, “Yes, it means I would only be dating you as well. Why do you think I would want to see anyone else when I can be with you?”

Jin nearly swoons, laughing to himself as he thinks of that old-fashioned term, but that’s exactly what he’s feeling as he hears Namjoon’s last comment.

“If you’re courting me, does that mean we can kiss all the time?” Jin asks, wanting to know exactly what he’s limited to doing with him. “Are you ok kissing in public, or holding hands, or do you not like pda?”

“I would be disappointed if I couldn’t hold your hand and show off that you’re mine. As for the kissing...I don’t think I’ll be able to not kiss you every moment of the day,” Namjoon smirks as Jin’s jaw drops in surprise by his straightforwardness, his cheeks turning a beautiful shade of red.

“Can we seal our courtship with another kiss?” Jin asks, his eyes sparking with hunger, hoping Namjoon isn’t opposed to kissing often while they’re courting.

Jin smiles, running his hands down Namjoon’s shoulders, “So… do you want to watch tv or something?”

“Yeah, I’d love to,” Namjoon replies smiling, his dimples showing.

Jin smiles, gently poking Namjoon’s dimple, causing him to laugh, and then Jin can’t help himself but to lean over and kiss them sweetly, tracing over them teasingly with his tongue, making Namjoon inhale his breath sharply. Jin grabs the remote turning the tv on, flipping channels to find something they’ll both like. Namjoon lays against the headboard getting comfortable with some pillows, and Jin snuggles into his side.

They hold hands as they watch the history channel, and Namjoon tells Jin about the history of the Mayan ruins and the people that once lived there, knowing more details about them than the show they’re watching. Every so often Jin kisses Namjoon, telling him it’s because he’s too cute, causing Namjoon to blush, shyly. When Jin is watching tv Namjoon will occasionally kiss the top of his head making Jin squeeze their hands a little tighter as he squeals internally, unable to believe the date turned into such an amazing night.

“What do you think Yoongi and Jungkook are doing?” Jin whispers.

“I don’t know if Yoongi stayed or just went home. But if he did stay, maybe they’re talking? Getting to know each other or something,” Namjoon whispers back.

Little do they know their two friends are also now dating as well…..

Chapter Text

Back at Jin’s and Jungkook’s Apartment, after the date…  (end of January)

Namjoon walks with Jin to his apartment door, stopping to hold his waist gently, leaning down to give him a sweet good night kiss, fairly innocent but still getting Jin’s heart racing, loving the way he takes his time, making Jin feel so important and cherished. Namjoon whispers “good-night” before he bends down to pick up his shoes, grabs his jacket from the hook by the door, and goes across the hall to his own apartment.

Jin shuts his door after he sends a final soft wave to Namjoon, secures all the locks, and then spins in circles while he does a happy dance in the kitchen, singing out for Jungkook to come out of his room. When he turns around the next time he sees Jungkook standing there with a huge shit eating grin on his face, Yoongi standing there next to him, their hands gently linked, taking in the sight before them.

Jin just stops mid-twirl, too caught up in his excitement over being courted by Namjoon to have realized Yoongi’s shoes and coat are still by their door. As much as Yoongi still wants to dissuade them from dating, he can’t help but think Jin’s affection for Namjoon is cute. If Namjoon makes Jin this happy, and if Namjoon is also this over-the-top about Jin, he’s going to have to step back and just let them be. Because he and Namjoon have never had this kind of happiness in their lives before, and for once he thinks they’re entitled to more than the bleak, lonely existence they’ve been living. They just have to be so very, very careful.

That doesn’t mean Yoongi can’t give him some shit about his excessive excitement though. “I need to record this, keep it as blackmail. I’m sure it’ll come in handy,” he says as he reaches for his phone, Jungkook just laughing at his torment of his brother.

“Yeah, but it’s too late now. I promise I’ll capture some good footage later once you leave,” Jungkook tells him, Yoongi squeezing his hand tighter in agreement. Jungkook walks Yoongi to the door, not letting go of his hand, knowing it’s getting late and needing to get them out of his bedroom but wishing they could keep talking and kissing all night.

Jin quietly leaves the room as Jungkook wraps one hand tightly around Yoongi’s back, pulling him in, lowering his head to kiss him good-night, pushing him up against the door, placing his other hand on the door near his head, framing him in. Yoongi now tightens his hands on Jungkook’s waist, trying to hold him back from flattening his body up against him even though that’s what they both want. Their kiss starts getting more heated again, the two having a hard time not taking things further when they have such a spark between them, Yoongi moaning when Jungkook starts kissing down his neck, nibbling on his chin.

Jin had initially left them alone to kiss good-night but had returned to the kitchen for some water, thinking Yoongi had already left; he’s surprised to see how heated the two are, kissing against the kitchen door, Jungkook turning Yoongi into a whimpering mess. Jin decides it’s time for a little payback, clearing his throat before he tells them, “Looks like we might all have some good footage pretty soon.”

Yoongi just lifts a hand and flips Jin off, Jungkook catching the motion behind him and laughing, pulling himself from Yoongi’s neck, then returning to kiss Yoongi good-night once again.

Jungkook softly asks, “Text me later?”

Yoongi hums in response, reaching up to kiss him again before he leaves, telling him, “I’ll miss you baby.”

After Yoongi grabs his own shoes and jacket and lets himself into his apartment with a final soft smile and wave, Jungkook closes the door and leans back against it, sighing so dreamily. He looks up at Jin who is staring back at him, Kook telling him, “Don’t you dare say a word. You were out here pirouetting in the kitchen for fuck’s sake,” laughing at the recalled image he has of his brother.

Jin just laughs, telling him, “I don’t think I’ve ever seen you making out with anyone before, certainly not like that. Fuck, that was hot, Kook, and I don’t mean that in a gross brotherly way. Like in a shit, you guys are fucking hot together.”

Kook just sighs, his cheeks pinkening as he remembers their kisses from tonight, still so innocent but with the implied need that both of them have for each other. “All we’ve done is kiss, and I mean that’s all we’ve done, like we’ve not even touched lower than our necks, but fuck, do we want each other. I think I’ll be taking cold showers for a long time until I persuade him to do something more about it. You know me, Jin, I’ve never slept around but God, do I want him. And of course I fall for the guy who’s old fashioned and wants to take it slow, get to know each other first.”

Jin laughs, telling him, “I’m gonna be fighting you for the cold showers. Namjoon’s the same way, he’s actually courting me, believe it or not,” his eyes lighting up with excitement even though he’s going to be just as frustrated as his brother.

Kook looks surprised, asking him, “Courting you? What the hell? Who the hell does that anymore? What does that even mean??””

Jin giggles, he actually giggles, telling Kook, “I know right?? We were getting hot and heavy and I thought I’d have my way with him when all of a sudden he pulled back. I thought I blew it and he was going to leave but he said he wants to court me, date me, kiss me, take it slow.”

“That’s so bizarre that both of them are like that. Namjoon told me he’s old school, wants to take our time, but we can kiss and stuff. And Yoongi told you he’s old fashioned, wants to get to know you first,” Jin considers as he thinks about the guys across the hall.

Kook tells him, “Well it kind of makes sense they’re similar like that, they’re friends and all. Wouldn’t work well if one was more introverted and the other outgoing, secure in his sexuality.” They both are silent for about five second before they burst out laughing, since Jungkook just perfectly described their own relationship. Jin doesn’t sleep around, but if there’s someone he wants he’s confident enough to go after him, and he’s often the desire of many others. Jungkook is quieter, more shy, much more selective on who he’s comfortable enough to be intimate with, only having had a few partners.

Jungkook grabs a water bottle out of the fridge, lifting his in a toast to Jin, telling him, “To celibacy, and old-fashioned boyfriends. And cold showers.” They both laugh as they take a drink from their bottles, heading to their rooms for the night.

**

By the time Jungkook gets to his room he surprisingly already has a text from Yoongi:

Yoongi: Night baby. Can’t wait to get to know you better.

Jungkook is surprised, never thinking he would text him so quickly, if at all, after fighting their own and the others’ attraction for days now.

Jungkook texts him back:

Jungkook: I’m glad we went out today. I had a lot of fun. Can’t wait to get to know you too. <3

Yoongi: Wanna hang out tomorrow at the library? Do homework together?

Jungkook is amazed that Yoongi is already asking him to get together again; he’s afraid to be hopeful, concerned that Yoongi is going to disappear and pull back once he gets a chance to reconsider what they’re doing. He’s torn if he should just hold back, take his time, not get too excited about his response. He decides to take a cautious approach, trying to protect himself:

Jungkook: That works, I’ll be there at 4 if you can make it.

Yoongi: Great! C u then! Night baby <3

**

Namjoon actually calls Jin to say goodnight, their phone call a bit more personal:

Namjoon: Hey Jin, I know I just left but i forgot to ask you if you work tomorrow?

Jin: yeah I do actually, after all my classes. I get off at 10, Mondays are my busy days.

Namjoon: it’s okay don’t worry about it. I might drop by to study and get homework done

Jin: Want to makeout behind the bookshelves?

Namjoon: W-what? Won’t you get in trouble?

Jin: Not if we don’t get caught, and I’m not hearing you say no.

Namjoon: W-we agreed to take it s-slow.

Jin: I was joking Joonie, but I don’t mind flirting with you. I can even recommend you some really great books to read.

Namjoon: I’d really like that. I can stay in the library until your shift is over, if you want.

Jin: You really don’t mind doing that? You don’t have to.

Namjoon: I want to.

Jin: Okay. thank you for tonight by the way. I had a lot of fun, i think it’s one of the best dates i’ve ever had.

Namjoon: You’re just saying that because I won you a bear.

Jin: Well that too, but you were so kind to me and such a gentleman it made me feel really safe.

Namjoon: Good i’m glad.

Jin: We should’ve just had a sleep-over.

Namjoon: On the first date?

Jin: Too soon?

Namjoon: Yeah a little. But maybe really soon i’ll be sleeping over.

Jin: Good. I want to cuddle.

Namjoon: Okay, we’ll cuddle all night.

Jin: Can’t wait.

Namjoon: Me either. It’s getting late go to sleep, i know you have classes tomorrow. I’ll see you in the library in the evening.

Jin: Okay sounds good. Goodnight Joonie.

Namjoon: Night Jin.

**

After Namjoon and Yoongi say goodnight to their boyfriends they meet in the lounge, both just a bit tired after their busy day. Yoongi talks to Namjoon, asking him how their date went.

“Do you really want to know, or are you just going to tell me to leave him alone, that it’s not safe to date him,” Namjoon asks, weary after the past few days, not sure what he’s going to tell him to do next.

“I really want to know. I saw Jin after you left, he really likes you a lot. I don’t know what you guys did or talked about but he was goddamn dancing in the kitchen,” Yoongi tells him, not keeping Jin’s confidence at all.

“Serious? Because I really like him too. He started off moving too fast though, I had to stop him. I felt bad but that’s not who I am or want to be with him. I told him I want to court him and get to spend time with him properly. I thought he was gonna laugh at me…. But he agreed. He seemed surprised that I want to date only him, that it goes both ways. I don’t think anyone has ever taken care of him the way I want to,” Namjoon tells his best friend.

“Just be careful Joon,” Yoongi tells him. “We don’t really know them or know how this is going to go. I agreed to see Jungkook too, but I told him we need to take it slow as well.”

“What changed your mind?” Namjoon asks, totally surprised he is going to date Jungkook.

“I’m not really sure. After spending the whole day with them, I just really had a good time and I like him; I didn’t want the night to end. We kissed a lot and I wanted so much more but we’re waiting. You and I haven’t been happy like this in forever, Joon. I want us to be happy for a change,” Yoongi tells him, sounding sad and lonely. “I’m just so afraid it’s all going to come crashing down on us, and them.”

Namjoon is quiet, not able to promise him it will all work out because there’s no guarantee that they won’t be found out, that they won’t need to move yet again. He just hopes for once they can all have some happiness in their lives, that no one gets hurt.

They’ve both ended the night on a much more somber note than when they finished talking to their boyfriends, and Yoongi wishes he could call him up, or go across the hall to see him, to remind himself why he was willing to risk it all, the reasons dimming as their time apart grows.

**

While Jungkook is busy doing homework at the library, arriving earlier than planned so he could actually get some work done before Yoongi shows up, Tae stops by his table, throwing down his bag and saying hi. Jungkook looks up with a smile, surprised to see his friend when he doesn’t usually run into him here.

“How’s it going Tae? Whats up?” Jungkook asks, smiling at him.

“Nothing really. I’m heading out of town tonight for a few days, just wanted to see if you could take my Chemistry class notes for me tomorrow while I’m gone. I have all my other classes covered,” he asks.

“Oh, maybe, what time is your class?” he asks, seeing if it fits in his schedule, already having taken that class last year.

They work out the details, Jungkook happy to cover for his friend, and then Tae casually asks if Jin managed to get the mafia guy to go out with him.

“Yeah, we actually doubled last night. They’re both really good guys, Jin seems really happy,” Jungkook tells him, his eyes taking on a lost, faraway look for a few moments.

Tae’s surprised, knowing Kook doesn’t really date. “How did you wind up doubling with the short moody one? You’re not one to date just anyone.”

Jungkook feels a bit defensive but lets it slide, telling him, “Jin asked Namjoon out, and Yoongi insisted on tagging along, so Jin asked me. It was fun, they both loosened up a lot by the end of the night.”

“That’s weird a grown-ass man would insist on third-wheeling his friend’s date,” Tae continues, not letting the subject drop.

“I don’t know, they’re new to the area and don’t really know anyone. Maybe it was just a way to get to do something, make some new friends,” Jungkook counters, getting tired of this conversation.

“Anyway, Yoongi should be here soon. We’re going to do some homework together, maybe grab some food after, get to know each other.,” he tells him, then asks Tae, “Where are you heading off to? I swear you’re gone more than you’re here, I’m surprised you manage to pass any of your classes.”

“Just some family stuff to deal with out of town, same as always. Sometimes I think I should have stayed and gone to school around them so I wouldn’t need to keep going back. Other times I’m relieved I don’t have to deal with them every day,” he answers vaguely, not really telling him anything.

“Where are you from? You’ve never really said. Do you at least get to enjoy some warmer weather?” Jungkook asks, keeping the conversation going, happy it’s not focused on him for a change.

“Nah, I’m from the East coast, we get colder weather and more snow than even here. Hopefully it’s a quick trip this time,” he tells him, again not really telling him much about his family. Jungkook is always curious about others’ families since he didn’t have his own while growing up, but Tae doesn’t provide much insight.

“So do you have plans on seeing those new guys again? Did it seem like they’re hiding from the mafia? Do anything suspicious on your date?” Tae prompts again, steering the conversation back to them in a teasing manner but persistently as well.

“We don’t have anything definite planned, just taking time to get to know each other better.  Why are you so curious?” he asks.

“You guys are getting kind of famous, being the only ones the mysterious mafia men have even spoken to yet alone dated. Everyone’s curious about them,” Tae responds, setting Jungkook’s nerves humming, not one to ever enjoy being in the spotlight and now being protective over their new friends as well.

“They’re sweet old-fashioned guys and I’m sure they’d love it if all this attention and speculation would just go away already,” he tells him pointedly, trying to end the conversation.

“Old-fashioned, huh? Don’t tell me they want to date you, court you, before they sleep with you,” Tae tells him, his eyes widening when he sees Jungkook’s hand freeze as it was moving up to move his hair out of his eyes. “Oh my god! They do! What the fuck Kook?  

“Why is that a problem Tae? You know I don’t sleep around or date much. Is it wrong to want someone who’s looking for more than just a quick fuck?” Jungkook responds heatedly, upset his friend is giving him such a hard time over this.

“I can see you going for this, but not Jin. I’m not saying he sleeps around but I don’t see him as the type to want to wait months to sleep with someone,” Tae continues, suprised how defensive his friend is about them.

“They’re different, they care, it’s like they’re more mature than all the idiots here that are just looking to get drunk and fuck the nearest body. It’s nice to have someone actually want to get to know you first. I guess that makes me kind of old-fashioned too,” Jungkook tells him, so done with this conversation. He’s just about to tell Tae to drop it when he sees Yoongi entering the library, looking around as he tries to find him; he starts to head over before hesitating for just a split second when he sees Tae at the table. Yoongi’s eyes harden a bit, not really having any reason to distrust him, but he’s always listened to his hunches before, and they haven’t failed him yet.  

Jungkook has been at the library for most of the day when Yoongi finally shows up, now over an hour after their planned meeting time, and Yoongi looks like hell. His eyes look tired and puffy, his hair is a mess and crammed under a beanie, his lip is red and puffy as if he’s been biting on it all day.

He says hi to Jungkook, leaning down and pressing a soft kiss to the top of his head without even giving it a thought, making Jungkook’s heart swoon, then he looks at Tae, wondering how long he’s been here and if he’s planning on staying. Tae reaches across the table to shake his hand but once again Yoongi doesn’t take it, just nodding his head in greeting as he says his name.

Tae looks perturbed but Yoongi ignores it, telling Jungkook if he’s busy he can come back later. Before Jungkook can answer Tae grabs all of his belongings and says, “Oh no, we were just catching up, Kookie’s gonna take some notes for me while I’m gone. I need to head out anyway. Enjoy your night. Later Kook, and thanks for the chem notes,” Tae says as he leaves, Jungkook not having a chance to even reply before he’s gone.

Yoongi sits down across from him and Jungkook instantly reaches for his hand, holding it tight, looking into his eyes for a minute then asking him, “What’s wrong?”

Yoongi squeezes his hand tight, looking into his eyes, then tells him, “It’s scary how well you read me,” then pauses, gathering himself, before he continues. “I was being stupid, and insecure, and scared. And I wish I could promise that it won’t happen again, but I can’t.”

Jungkook listens to his worries; Yoongi’s not really sharing any details but at least he’s opening up to him, being honest with him, and Jungkook’s willing to do what he can to help him. “Can you tell me what you’re afraid of?” he asks softly, the library providing a chance to talk privately.

“Namjoon and I haven’t been with anyone in a really long time, and I’m afraid we’re going to hurt you both without trying, no matter what we do. And that’s the last thing we want,” Yoongi tells him vaguely, sounding ominous, looking down at the table when it becomes too difficult to maintain eye contact.

Jungkook squeezes his hand, asking him, “Why do you think you’re going to hurt us?”

“I can’t tell you that yet, I wish I could, so bad. Just know that we really like you both, no matter how things turn out,” Yoongi tells him cryptically. “The smartest thing was for both of us to stay away from you and Jin, not get involved. But we’re being selfish, we both want to get to know you, have fun for a change, have a chance for more. You’re both the first time we’ve taken a chance, that we’ve wanted to.”

Jungkook is frustrated he still doesn’t know what he’s talking about, but for some reason Yoongi doesn’t feel like he can fully open up, which is part of the “getting to know you” that they’re supposed to be starting. So he has to trust that eventually he’ll confide in him, trust him, believe that he won’t judge him.

“Do you like me? Still want to get to know me?” Jungkook asks slowly, waiting until Yoongi lifts his eyes from the table to look directly at him. “Aside from the being afraid you’re going to hurt us, do you want to spend time with me?”

“Hell yes, it’s all I thought about all night long,” Yoongi confides, explaining his bloodshot eyes, at least so Jungkook thinks.

“Then let’s start with that. Get to know each other, spend time together, see if eventually you can trust me enough to let me in on why you’re so afraid for us. In the meantime how about we go grab a coffee or a smoothie and walk around for a while?” Jungkook asks him, hoping to relax him and get him smiling again like last night.

“Only if I can treat you tonight since we’re officially dating now,” Yoongi tells him, a soft smile appearing for the first time today. “It was killing me to not pay for things yesterday.”

“Deal. As long as i get a good-night kiss at the end of this unofficial date,” Jungkook replies, squeezing his hand tight. Yoongi squeezes his hand as a reply, telling him it’s a deal, already smiling as he thinks of Jungkook’s sweet lips on his later tonight. Jungkook packs up his bags as they leave the library, waving good-bye to Jin who is managing the check-out desk.

**

As they’re walking out Namjoon is walking in, coming to see Jin and planning to spend some time on his homework. He spots Jin loading a couple of books on the small cart, getting ready to put them back in their place. Namjoon keeps his eyes on Jin as he rolls the cart over to the history section. He goes the other direction to surprise Jin, who has his back facing Namjoon as he puts some books on the shelf where they belong. Namjoon goes behind Jin and kisses the back of his neck, softly.

“Jiraiya, I already told you. I’m not interested, please stop,” Jin says annoyed. He doesn’t bother to turn around, but only puts his shoulder up to block anymore kisses.

“Who the fuck is Jiraiya, and why is he kissing you?” Namjoon feels the anger and possession coursing through him.

Jin laughs as he turns around putting his arms around Namjoon’s neck, “I don’t know. I made that all up.”

“You did?” Namjoon stares at Jin confused.

Jin nods smiling, “Yeah. i just wanted to see what your reaction would be.”

Namjoon pouts, putting his hands on Jin’s waist, “That was mean. I don’t want to fight anyone for your attention, because then I’ll get really sad. Then I’ll cry, and then Yoongi is gonna get mad and try to hurt you and then Jungkook will get mad at Yoongi and then Yoongi will get sad.”

“Okay, I get it” Jin laughs softly, shaking his head at Namjoon’s ramble. “I won’t give my attention to anyone besides you.”

Namjoon smiles giving Jin a kiss on the tip of his nose, “Good. By the way I brought you something.”

Jin’s eyes lighten up, surprised, “You got me something? What?”

“I left it for you at the front desk where you sit,” Namjoon looks down at the floor shyly.

Jin smiles at Namjoon’s cute reaction, but wants to see him all flustered. “Okay, but before i go back, can I get a kiss?”

Jin smirks as Namjoon’s eye widen and he avoids looking Jin in the eyes.

“Y-You won’t get in t-trouble?” Namjoon stutters.

“Let’s live on the side of danger for just a moment,” Jin giggles.

Namjoon purses his lips together, rubbing them. He quickly leans in and kisses Jin briefly. When he pulls away Jin is pouting, upset at the shortness.

“That was child’s play! I want a real kiss!” Jin complains, stomping his foot lightly.

“What are you talking about, that was a real kiss!” Namjoon says flustered.

“A real kiss lasts longer than three seconds! That’s the rules!” Jin fights back.

Namjoon tilts his head, confused, “I’ve never heard of that rule before?”

Jin rolls his eyes grabbing Namjoon’s head, pressing their lips together. Namjoon’s eyes widen, surprised by Jin’s attack. As Jin begins to move his lips against Namjoon’s, he slowly closes his eyes, melting into Jin’s soft lips. Jin smirks against Namjoon’s lips, deepening the kiss even more. Namjoon’s grasp on Jin’s hips tighten a slight bit making Jin smile from the pressure. When Jin finally pulls away, Namjoon still has his eyes closed and is smiling softly.

“See that wasn’t so bad,” Jin whispers running his fingers through Namjoon’s hair.

“We’re lucky no one caught us,” Namjoon says opening his eyes.

“Please, people have done much worse that make out behind the bookshelves,” Jin rolls his eyes at the memory of the librarian chasing some students out.

Namjoon shakes his head, disgusted by some of the actions people do.

“Well I should get back to my seat before the librarian comes looking for me,” Jin looks at Namjoon with sad eyes.

Namjoon kisses Jin one more time, “I’ll wait for you to get off. Go get your present that I left for you.”

Jin smiles happily skipping over to his seat. He sees a coffee and picks it up seeing a little note on the back. Jin turns the cup reading the little message. “I like you a latte.” Jin covers his mouth as he laughs, trying to stay quiet. He looks up and sees Namjoon staring at him with a smile on his face. Jin blows him a kiss before getting back to work, enjoying his coffee more than usual.  

**

Jungkook and Yoongi walk around campus that night, stopping in the coffee shop for a while, Yoongi ordering an Iced Americano even though it’s freezing cold outside, Jungkook selecting a Hot Chocolate with Caramel, topped with whipped cream, a sweet treat on this freezing cold night. Yoongi insists on paying for their drinks, wanting to treat Jungkook like a proper date. They sit inside for a while, thawing out, talking about their classes this semester, their professors, and their homework load. They’re sitting in two separate comfy stuffed chairs, their knees bumping while they talk, Jungkook rubbing his leg closer the longer they sit there.

Yoongi has rested one of his hands on top of the arm of the chair and is simply tracing over a seam with his finger, staring at it distractedly while they talk, the sound of Jungkook’s voice relaxing him, calming him in a way nothing has for a very long time. Jungkook has now placed his hand on top of Yoongi’s, holding onto it lightly while he runs his fingers over the top of it, admiring how large and strong they are while he traces his beautiful veins, squeezing it occasionally, Yoongi turning his hand over and clasping it firmly. Jungkook looks up, smiling at the touch, staring longingly into his eyes, much more intensely than a simple hand-hold should trigger.

Yoongi just chuckles softly, telling him, “None of that staring deeply into my eyes, Jungkook. We’re still in the “getting to know each other phase” of this relationship.” Jungkook doesn’t know Yoongi can hear his heartbeat increasing its pace, getting slightly aroused from his touch.

“That’s what I’m doing. All I’m doing is holding your hand and talking about our classes, finding out more about each other’s school studies. I’m not doing anything wrong,” he pouts, pretending his heart isn’t racing at the thought of holding his hand and kissing him later.

“Yeah, I’m sure hearing about my criminology class is what has your eyes all aflutter,” Yoongi laughs, not letting go of his hand though, if anything squeezing it tighter.

“Can I help it if I love hearing your voice; it gets even lower and hotter when you talk about things that you’re passionate about,” Jungkook tells him, still staring into his eyes, not willing to break off their intense gazes. “I can’t wait to hear what it’s going to sound like when you finally take me, when you tell me what you want to do to me.”

Yoongi’s eyes flash so dark, so intensely, as he licks his lips seductively, and Jungkook is so happy he was able to arouse him; he had been unsure if Yoongi still had those feelings for him after pulling back to just kisses at the end of their date last night.

“Baby, you’re being bad talking about these things, especially in public,” he growls out, biting on his lip, driving Jungkook insane with want. Yoongi loves that Jungkook wants him like this, he’s so unused to this kind of flirting, not really sure how to deflect it without making him think he doesn’t want him.

“Fuck, Yoongi, can we go back to my place? I need you, but if you won’t let that happen I at least need to kiss you for a few hours,” Jungkook moans, extremely turned on.

“You know that’s not a good idea yet. We’ve only been dating for a day,” Yoongi tells him, running his fingers temptingly over his hand, teasing him back while pretending to be innocent.

“Ok, so if we stay up all night talking that would count for at least six dates, right? Average date is 4 hours, so over 24 hours we cover 6 dates. That’s like 6 weeks. By 6 weeks I should at least be able to do a bit more than kiss you, right?” Jungkook negotiates, trying to get his hands on him before he combusts.

Yoongi just laughs, his eyes excited by Jungkook being so eager to be with him, loving that he wants him so badly. “We’ll talk about it after six dates, how about that?” Yoongi teases, loving this playful interaction they share, hoping it continues and Jungkook doesn’t get tired of waiting for him.

“Something tells me that’s the best offer I’m going to get tonight, and I better take the deal,” Jungkook laughs, leaning over to kiss his lips gently, using his teeth to pull on the bottom one, making Yoongi shudder when he nips it, leaving a little sting behind. Yoongi kisses him back gently, running his tongue on his lip, then nibbling on his in return, not drawing blood this time even though he badly wants to.

They decide to head home, Yoongi distracted and standing on the wrong side of Jungkook, wanting to walk along the outside of the sidewalk as his protector; he doesn’t realize until too late he’s now on Jungkook’s left side, hissing as his hand squeezes tightly on his silver rings. He can’t maintain his grip for long so he unfortunately tells him his hands are really cold, that he needs to put his gloves on, noticing immediately the sad expression on Jungkook’s face. There’s no way around it other than switching sides, and that’s just too obvious.

They walk back to the apartment much quieter now, the playful banter from before dwindling, neither able to reclaim the laid back atmosphere of their coffee date.

They finally arrive at Jungkook’s door and he asks if Yoongi wants to come in, but neither are really eager to continue the conversation any longer. Yoongi reaches up with his gloved hands and frames Jungkook’s face, leaning up and kissing him so sweetly, slowly taking it deeper, gently licking his lips until Jungkook’s tongue joins his, and the kiss finally gets more sensual. Jungkook sighs into the kiss, Yoongi able to feel the smile breaking free, relaxing again and enjoying their time together.

Yoongi wishes he didn’t have all these secrets he had to keep, that he could just explain it all to him and not have all these misunderstandings; he’s aware Jungkook was disappointed at not being able to hold hands on the walk home, that he took it personally. But he’s only known him a few days, he simply can’t trust him with this critical secret, as badly as he wishes he could.

The kiss starts getting heated and Yoongi pulls back once more, wanting it to end before they both get turned on again. He kisses his cheeks and then his forehead, wishing him sweet dreams, that he can’t wait for their next date. He walks back to his apartment, waving at Jungkook who’s standing at his door, a dreamy look in his eyes, waving good-night before he slips inside.

**

Namjoon is outside of the library waiting for Jin to come out since the library was now closed. It was a pretty cold night and Namjoon just stood there playing with the condensation as he exhaled. Jin finally came out holding the empty coffee cup in his hands looking around for Namjoon.

“Why are you keeping the cup?” Namjoons asks as he walks towards Jin.

“It’s a memory. Don’t worry the cup is clean, i just wanted to hold onto it,” Jin smiles as he looks at the cup with its message.

“Why don’t we go get something to eat, you must be hungry,” Namjoon says holding out his arm.

“Why give me your arm when i can just hold your hand?” Jin pouts.

“Well because it’s cold and you don’t have gloves. I’m offering my arm because that way your hands can be warm,” Namjoon explains giving Jin a small smile.

Jin blushes a small bit and reaches to touch Namjoon’s cheek affectionately. Namjoon flinches a small bit and pulls away from Jin’s touch. Jin stares at Namjoon slightly shocked, and surprised.

“Sorry, your ring shocked me,” Namjoon said rubbing his cheek.

Jin stares at his ring, “Oh, I’m sorry. It’s probably from all the books that were on the carpet.”

“It’s okay,” Namjoon takes Jin’s wrist placing it on the inside of his arm, making sure he covers Jin’s hands to keep them warm.

“So where do you want to go?” Jin asks snuggling himself closer to Namjoon.

“You pick. I don’t mind where, I just want to be with you,” Namjoon says as he kisses Jin’s forehead gently.

“I’m in the mood for pizza,” Jin smiles.

“Let’s go get pizza then,” Namjoon begins walking tugging Jin along before stopping. “I hope you know where they sell pizza because I don’t.”

Jin laughs shaking his head, “Come on, there’s a place nearby. We need to go out more so you can learn where everything is at.”

When they reach the pizza parlor, Namjoon pays for a pizza of Jin’s choice and two drinks. They sit down and wait for their food to arrive, shrugging off their jackets and enjoying the aroma of the pizza spices. Jin reaches across the table and holds Namjoon’s hand, but he flinches again.

“Sorry, your ring keeps shocking me,” Namjoon chuckles lightly, rubbing his hand.

Jin frowns, “Sorry. I should just take it off.” Jin removes his silver ring and puts it in his pocket smiling at Namjoon. Namjoon smiles back holding Jin’s hand tightly now.

When the pizza finally arrives Jin grabs himself and Namjoon a piece, setting it on their plates. Namjoon takes the pizza in his hands, trying to imagine what it would taste like. He takes a bite, wishing he could be normal and enjoy the pizza with his boyfriend. He surprisingly ends up eating three slices. Jin smiles at him, reaching over and wiping Namjoon’s lip with his thumb, taking off some sauce and causing Namjoon to smile shyly, pressing a soft kiss to it before he pulls away.

As they walk home Jin has one hand in Namjoon’s in his coat pocket and the other in his own coat pocket.

“So when do I get to pay for a meal?” Jin asks looking at Namjoon.

Namjoon pretends to think before answering, “Never.”

Jin huffs throwing a little fit, “But why not?”

“Because I said I was going to spoil you and that’s what I’m planning on doing,” Namjoon says smiling at Jin.

“Maybe I don’t wanna be spoiled,” Jin stomps his feet, mumbling.

Namjoon raises an eyebrow at Jin, jokingly, “Really? Because I know a lot of people that would love to be spoiled.”

“I feel bad though! I don’t want to take advantage of you or anything!” Jin pouts again showing his worry.

“It’s not taking advantage if I’m offering,” Namjoon shugs.

“Okay fine, but if I throw a tantrum when you don’t buy me something it’s not my fault!” Jin explains.

“I’ll be sure to keep that in mind when the time comes,” Namjoons laughs shaking his head.

Jin only smiles holding onto Namjoon a little tighter. When they finally arrive to Jin’s apartment Jin was pouting trying to hold onto Namjoon’s arm longer. Namjoon smiles at Jin’s poutiness and kisses his forehead.

“Why don’t you come in?” Jin tries to give Namjoon his best puppy eyes.

“You want me to come in?” Namjoon says in a baby voice making Jin’s puppy eyes grow even more.

Jin nods, his pout grows even more, “Please?”

Nanjoom shakes his head, “Sorry babe, I can’t. You have class early tomorrow, and I have projects to finish up. Next time, I promise.”

“But I don’t want to wait until next time!” Jin complains with sad eyes.

Namjoon smiles softly and gently takes Jin’s face in his hands, caressing his cheeks. Jin sighs, leaning into Namjoon’s touch while closing his eyes. Namjoon leans in and takes Jin’s lips softly in his. Jin grabs him by the hair pulling him closer, Namjoon moaning slightly as Jin tugs on his hair. Namjoon moves his hands down to Jin’s waist pulling him in closer, pressing their bodies tighter together. Jin wraps his arms around Namjoon’s neck, deepening the kiss, trying to grab a hold of Namjoon’s tongue. Jin pulls himself and Namjoon back until his back is flush up against the door of his apartment. Namjoon grunts while trying to regain his balance, forced instead to lean his weight into Jin. Jin runs his hands down Namjoon’s back until he’s grabbing his ass, squeezing softly, holding him firmly against him. Namjoon laughs against Jin’s lips, not daring to pull away. Jin continues sucking and biting Namjoon’s lip and tongue, taking the kiss deeper, pressing himself even closer to Namjoon’s body. Namjoon finally pulls away, both breathing heavily.

“Goodnight babe. I’ll see you tomorrow, sleep well,” Namjoon pants against Jin’s lips, leaving him disgruntled and extremely turned on as he watches Namjoon enter his apartment with a final wave...

**

Jin enters the apartment looking like he’s floating on a cloud, Jungkook sitting on the couch watching him for the longest time before Jin finally notices him sitting there.

Jungkook laughs at him, telling him, “Boy, I’m glad I’m not an intruder, I could have emptied this place out while you sat there daydreaming, slipping right past you.”

Jin just smiles, telling him, “You’re no better when Yoongi’s around. Remember I saw you last night after your dreamy goodnight kiss?”

Jungkook’s smile fades a bit, and Jin instantly notices. “Hey, what’s going on? Is he pulling back again?” he asks in a concerned voice, hoping that Yoongi was going to keep seeing him.

“Yes and no. He still showed up tonight at the library but he was late after thinking of not showing at all. I mean I’m glad he’s being honest with me, he’s definitely conflicted still on whether we should be seeing each other. But has Namjoon said anything strange to you?” Jungkook asks.

“You mean aside from wanting to court me and take it slow? No, not really. Why?” Jin replies, curious what Jungkook is asking.

“Yoongi opened up a bit and said while they both really like us a lot, they’re afraid of hurting us. That the smartest thing to do would be to stay away from us, but that they’re being selfish and want to get to know us and have fun for a change. That this is the first time they’re taking a chance on being happy. I can tell he really wants to get to know me and take a chance, but something is making him afraid to do it, makes him keep pulling back,” Jungkook shares.

“Hmmmm, no Namjoon hasn’t said anything like that, aside from taking it slow. Maybe they just don’t want us to get attached, that they might hurt us since they haven’t done relationships in a while,” Jin suggests, not really knowing what they’re thinking.

“No, it was more of a real fear, like for us, our safety. He was a mess, I could tell something was worrying him. He didn’t look all put together; his hair was stuffed in a beanie, his eyes were bloodshot, he’d been chewing on his lip all day. You saw him when we left the library, he looked totally different than the guy we’ve been seeing on campus,” Jungkook continues.

“I guess, I just figured maybe this was his weekend look, you know when no one is gonna see you. Though I never look like that, I’m always perfectly ready and beautiful all the time,” Jin teases, trying to lighten up the mood.

Jungkook gives him a half-hearted smile, just not up to giving Jin the reaction he’s looking for. Jin asks him, “How did you guys end tonight?”

“We were finally ok after we left The Beanery, but then walking home was weird, he wouldn’t hold my hand all of a sudden, said his hands were cold. So he put on his gloves before he would hold them and things were weird for a while. Then when we got home he didn’t want to come in, which disappointed me, but after that he kissed me goodnight and things seemed to kind of shift back to normal,” Jungkook tells him.  

“Just be careful, Kook. It sounds like he’s still fighting himself, not letting himself get too close. I hate to agree with them but maybe the best thing is to take it slow, give it a chance to get to really know him before you sleep with him. If you really like him it’s gonna hurt if he ends things,” Jin tells him, throwing an arm around his shoulder as he shares his thoughts.

“I’m afraid it’s gonna hurt regardless. There’s something about him that’s just pulling me in,” he ends almost mid-sentence, lost in his own thoughts.

Jin hugs him to his side, telling him, “I know what you mean,” lost in his own thoughts about Namjoon.

**

A month passes…. (end of February)

Time goes by, all four getting busier with their class assignments, all having less time for casual impromptu dates with each other during the week but they stay in constant contact with texts and calls, still also going out on weekends. Yoongi seems to be more accepting of them dating, not showing any outward evidence anyway of his emotional turmoil.

Jungkook and Namjoon start talking more during their photography class, and they actually spend a little time outside the classroom alone together, capturing the photos they need for their assignments while the others are busy. Both are fairly quiet, keeping to themselves more often than actually speaking to one another, but one afternoon they’re both a bit more talkative. It’s during a lull in the conversation that Namjoon asks about Jin’s favorite flavored ice cream, and cookies, and colors, and Jungkook just looks at him with a “what the fuck??” expression, making Namjoon laugh.

“I’m trying to surprise him with little things, items he likes, and if I ask him it completely ruins the surprise,” Namjoon tells him, looking down as his cheeks redden in embarrassment. He goes back to looking through the viewfinder as he tries to steer the conversation away from this awkward subject.

Jungkook just mumbles, “Fudge brownie, white chocolate chip macadamia nut, and I haven’t got a clue, but I’d go with pink since he went so crazy over that stuffed pink teddy bear you won him that he rambles on about All.The.Time. .”

Jungkook then continues in an even quieter voice, “What about Yoongi?”

Namjoon’s head snaps to look over at him so quickly Jungkook thinks he must have hurt himself. Jungkook doesn’t look up from his camera but Namjoon knows how mortified he must be to have asked. “You really like him, don’t you?” Namjoon asks softly, this being the first time they’re alone and talking about something besides photography.

“Yeah, I really do. I just don’t know what to do to make him trust me more, be more open,” he tells him, now looking up, this conversation deserving more attention.

“He trusts you or he wouldn’t be seeing you. He’s just trying to be careful, be sure he doesn’t hurt you, same as me with Jin.  I don’t know what he’s told you and I don’t want to betray his confidence, but he really cares for you, a lot,” Namjoon tells him seriously.

They’re both quiet after that, lost in their thoughts, and out of nowhere Namjoon tells him, “Espresso ice cream, Vanilla Biscotti that are great dunked in coffee, and I haven’t got a clue but he lives in black.”

Jungkook looks up with a smile on his face, thanking him quietly for the answers, and more importantly, the conversation that reassures him that Yoongi is actually interested.

**

Later that week Jin and Jungkook are in the cafeteria waiting for their boyfriends to arrive when Tae bounces over and sits with them. He’s just back from another trip he took to see his family, this time missing two weeks of the semester, and he didn’t even ask Jungkook for help with his notes this time. He’s busy catching up on his assignments, stopping by to quickly say hi and let them know he’s back in town.

“So what’s new with you guys? Anything fun happening on campus? Still seeing the mafia boys?” he asks.

Jungkook just tells him, “Yeah, we’re still seeing them, nothing really new. How was your trip? Where’d you go?”

“I went to Florida, had to get my grandparents settled into a new condo. You can imagine how much fun that was,” Tae answers.

Jin comments, “At least it was warm, you got away from this awful winter weather.” Tae just hums in agreement, not really talking about the trip.

Just then Jungkook notices some bruises along Tae’s arms and neck that are starting to fade but still look painful. “Hey, how’d you get hurt?” he asks, worried for his friend.

“Oh I tripped moving them in, took a stumble down a few stairs with the boxes and furniture. Luckily nothing broke, either the furniture or me,” he teases, laughing while he says it, Jungkook feeling like it’s a bit forced. He could swear the bruises on his neck look like a handprint, shivering at the thought of Tae being hurt like that and then lying about it.

“Do you have any plans of going back, maybe enjoy spring break there this time?” Jungkook asks, thinking it sounds like a perfect change from this never-ending winter.

“Break? Where?” Tae asks, sounding confused, losing track of the conversation as he was busy watching their boyfriends entering the cafeteria.

“Hello??? Tae??? Maybe you bumped your head when you fell, you should have it checked?” Jin laughs, leaning his cheek up at an angle for Namjoon to kiss when he walks up to him just then.

Namjoon sits down next to Jin and puts an arm around his shoulder, squeezing him tight, and Yoongi kisses the top of Jungkook’s head, never failing to make his heart flutter, before he sits down next to him. Tae is just kind of sitting there on Jin’s other side in a daze, forgetting where the conversation was headed.

He shakes himself, asking Jin what they were talking about. He tells him, “I was asking if you were going to go back to Florida for spring break to enjoy the weather?”

“Why would I go there for spring break?” he asks, still confused, and Jungkook tells him, “Maybe you did hit your head. You just told us your grandparents live there, it’s a perfect free place to stay if it’s close to the beach or has a pool.”

“Oh, nah, it’s a retirement community. Not where I want to spend my time,” he responds.

Yoongi asks him now, “Oh what part of Florida? We’ve vacationed there quite a few times; it’s really nice, the weather can’t be beat.”

Tae just looks at him, suspicious as to why he’s joining in their conversation all of a sudden but decides to keep it friendly. “They’re in Orlando; it’s busy with Disney and all the kids but their condo is in a retirement community so it’s quiet. Lots of restaurants and shopping and stuff to do close by.”

“That sounds nice. We’ve never been to that part of the state or to Disney. How far is it to the beach from there?”

Tae hesitates for just a split second as his eyes lower to the table then back up to meet Yoongi’s. “Only about 15 to 20 minutes so it’s perfect. I was able to get away some afternoons after moving them; they would take a nap and I could go to the beach for an hour or two to escape before I had to go back and help them unpack.

“Surprised you didn’t get more tan,” Yoongi says, looking at the bruises all along his neck, surprisingly not covered by either makeup or a tan if he just spent afternoons at the beach. No matter how well you sunscreen your neck is going to some color with the reflective properties of the sand and water. And the fact that the nearest beach is over an hour away makes him instantly more suspicious of Jungkook’s friend, now more worried than ever about his safety, and for the first time it’s not fear from himself that he’s worried about.

Tae just says, “It was overcast most of the week, just spent time laying around more than anything.”

Yoongi decides to be pleasant, not call him out on his obvious lies just yet, telling him, “Sounds like the perfect vacation, laying around for a week. Just skip the heavy moving part.”

“At least I’m done. No need to go back there anytime soon. What about you guys? Where are you from?” Tae asks casually, wanting to get to know more about them.

Yoongi’s hackles are up but he just kindly responds, “West coast. Just came from California, transferred here for their Forensics program, one of the top in the country. What about you?”

“East coast, kind of up and down the coast. My family moved around a lot, no one place is really home. How long do you plan on staying here?” Tae asks, keeping the conversation going.

“At least until we finish school, then it’ll depend on jobs. I want to get into a good Police Department, and there’s a lot of opportunity around here,” Yoongi answers, trying to dispel the fact that they’re running from either the law or the mafia.

“Hi I’m Namjoon…” he jumps in, trying to make the inquisition more like a conversation, all of them laughing awkwardly at the attempt to warm the atmosphere a bit. Jin and Jungkook are just sitting there, trying to figure out exactly what’s going on between the three others sitting at the table with them.

“So Namjoon, what are you studying?” Tae asks, Namjoon kicking himself for stepping into the middle of the mess.

“Philosophy major, also two years to go, planning on continuing on to my Master’s and probably Doctorate before maybe teaching. Haven’t decided exactly yet. What about you?” he turns it around smoothly, knowing full well Tae is trying to find out whatever he can and hoping to trip them up on something. He’s way too inquisitive to simply be participating in a casual conversation. They’re used to it with how often they relocate, everyone wants to know about their backgrounds, but something seems especially off with his line of questioning.

“Science Major, most likely chemistry, not really sure if I want to work in a lab or teach high school yet, but I need to decide by next semester,” Tae responds, not breaking eye contact with Yoongi across the table throughout his whole response, even though it was Namjoon who asked.

“That’s good, teaching the youth. I don’t have the patience for that, all the games kids play,” Yoongi laughs. “I prefer hard facts, cutting to the chase, looking for evidence, solving the case.”

Jungkook’s hand is below the table and he gently squeezes Yoongi’s thigh in warning, not sure what’s happening but needing things back to normal. The only problem is, Jungkook has never had his hand on his thigh before, or much of anywhere yet, and Yoongi LOVES his touch. He lowers his hand under the table and places it on top of Jungkook’s, squeezing it harder, pressing it even further into his thigh, sliding it a bit higher, making both of them breathe deeply; Yoongi is better at curbing his outward reactions after years of practice, but Jungkook… Jungkook actually whimpers a bit, loving his hand on his thigh, wishing he could do this in private instead of at an awkward lunch date.

Namjoon sees Yoongi’s eyes flicker with a bit of amber and realizes something must be happening under the table, so he reluctantly steals the attention again, asking Tae, “We need to get back to class soon; do you maybe want to grab dinner tonight or tomorrow with all of us?”

Yoongi wants to glare at him from across the table but Tae would see his reaction, which is unacceptable, so he stomps on his foot silently, able to put considerable force into it without making a sound. Namjoon is silently clenching in pain, Yoongi knowing what he’s putting him through but smirking anyway. Jungkook is still lost in the excitement of touching Yoongi’s thigh so he’s unaware of what’s happening around him, and Jin is sitting there with his mouth hanging open, trying to figure out what got into his boyfriend that he asked a stranger to dinner with them.

Tae is amazed that he’s working his way into the group of friends so easily, able to spend more time with them and find out more. They decide to meet at 8 tonight at In ‘N Out, a local hamburger place, loud and bright and a quick place to get a meal.

Namjoon drives the four of them there directly from school and Tae parks next to their car and heads inside, everyone standing in line to place their orders. Yoongi orders and pays for Jungkook; Namjoon orders and pays for Jin and Tae, feeling like he invited him along so he should treat.

They grab a booth in the corner, everyone managing to squeeze in with an extra chair at the end for Tae, at first no one really talking as they all enjoy their meals. Namjoon and Yoongi eat their single hamburgers slowly while the others manage to plow through their doubles quickly, all growing college boys. After they’re finished they talk about their classes, then Tae asks if Jungkook wants to go workout some night since it’s been months since they went together. He agrees and they make plans to go later this week, Tae offering if anyone else wants to join them.

Jin just laughs, saying “I don’t hit the gym, I work out a different way,” Namjoon embarrassed for what he’s insinuating.

Namjoon and Yoongi just kind of look at each other with a smirk on their faces, Yoongi telling Tae, “I have an awesome metabolism, I can eat anything and never gain an ounce,” Namjoon now choking on his fry.

Jungkook looks over at Yoongi with a heated glimmer, leaning over and whispering in his ear,

“I’ll just have to help you work up a bigger appetite. I’d love to see you at the gym with me, getting all sweaty, see those muscles I just felt for the first time today.”

As Jungkook looks into Yoongi’s eyes he could swear he swears just a hint of amber burning bright, making them the most beautiful color, as he gets mesmerized by his gaze.

That is, until Jin interrupts as he looks at Jungkook and tells him, “Who the fuck are you?!””

The spell is broken, Jungkook now wadding up his napkin and throwing it at him, hitting him right between the eyes, high-fiving Yoongi at his aim.

Namjoon sticks up for Jin, by throwing his own napkin but misses, hitting Taehyung instead.

They’ve kind of been ignoring Tae as the couples were occupied flirting, and this pulls him back into the group. He uses his napkin and throws it back at Namjoon, hitting him directly in his eye, Jin yelling at him for hurting his baby.

Namjoon blushes profusely and wishes he could hide under the table, Yoongi picking up on the comment and realizing it was meant in more than just a sweet way. It wasn’t meant in the way he says it to Jungkook, this was deeper, sexier, more dominant.

“Fuck, Jin, we’re at dinner,” Jungkook moans, “keep it PG13 at least.”

“Me!? You’re the one talking about plumping up Yoongi so you can watch him work out!” he yells, loud enough for the neighboring tables to hear, making Jungkook hide his face in Yoongi’s shoulder. Yoongi is laughing, running his hand through Jungkook’s hair, loving that he got so embarrassed about watching him work out, and he can’t wait to go to the gym with him to see what he looks like in a tank top, showing off those arm muscles of his.

Everyone finishes snacking on their fries while they refill their drinks, Namjoon and Yoongi eating the plain ones since they can smell garlic on the loaded ones. Tae tells them to try the  ones that are covered in the secret sauce, that they’re to die for, but they say they’re not interested, they prefer just plain ones instead. His comment does not go unnoticed, though, as Yoongi can feel Jungkook flinch next to him after he speaks, and Namjoon taps him under the table, making sure he’s aware of the veiled threat.

Tae starts tapping his hand on the table to the music being played in the restaurant, a current song that he likes and is singing along to. Jin notices that his ring is catching on each tap; he comments on it now, asking if it’s new since he hasn’t seen it before. He tells them he bought it in Florida, that he found a jewelry shop that specializes in pure silver pieces, not the kind that are made with other filler metals.

Jungkook says it’s pretty but doesn’t really take much interest in it, but Jin asks to see it. Tae removes it and hands it to Namjoon to pass down to Jin. Tae is watching expectantly as Namjoon grabs a napkin to hold Tae’s ring, passing it down to Jin. Jin stares at Namjoon in confusion.

“Sorry my hands are still greasy from the food, I didn’t want to get your ring dirty,” Namjoon says.  Yoongi wants to look at him, thinking “nicely played”, mentally high-fiving him across the table, but he’s unable to even make eye contact with him, now knowing without a doubt they’re being watched closely.

Jin is excited over how nice the ring is, and Tae tells him, “I can order one for you, I just need your ring size. Consider it a gift for helping out all the times I’ve had to leave town unexpectedly, how you both covered my classwork. I can get one for each of you, if you’re interested.”

Namjoon instantly tells him, “Thanks, but I don’t really wear jewelry. You should get one if you like though, Jin.”

“Yeah, it is really pretty, but I don’t want it to keep shocking you like my other ones do,” Jin answers, passing it back to Tae in a napkin so Namjoon doesn’t get it dirty. “Thanks anyway Tae.” Tae looks at Namjoon, waiting to see if he makes eye contact over that comment, but Namjoon just ignores it while he munches on the few fries that remain.

Tae looks at Jungkook, asking if he wants to see it, but he says, “That’s ok, I only wear them on special occasions, I don’t want you spending your money on that. I have a few I can wear when I feel like it.”

Before Tae can ask, Yoongi tells him, “Sorry, I don’t wear rings, and if I do they’re special family heirlooms, or keepsakes. Thanks for offering to get them for us, though,” he tells Tae, seeing his forehead clench in frustration that none of the four would be wearing a full silver ring, the most pure and strongest out there.

They clean up their table after that, everyone grabbing their jackets and drinks, and as they head to the cars they say their farewells, Jin noticing a large box of silver knives sitting out in the open in Tae’s backseat. He laughs loudly, telling Tae, “Do I wanna know what you’re going to do with all those silver knives? I’m not sure you should just have them laying there in your back seat where anyone could steal them.” Tae looks up immediately into Yoongi’s eyes that are blank and unemotional, waiting to see what his reasoning is going to be.

Tae just shrugs it off, telling them all, “My grandmother had to get rid of them all when she moved. She’s a bit of a hoarder and shops quite a bit; they really don’t cook anymore and she couldn’t just have a few dozen knives laying around her condo. So she gave them to me to try to sell. They’re all still in the original boxes, never been used. Perfect silver knives.”

Jin asks how much he wants for one, since he cooks so much, but Tae just give him one as a gift, still in the box. Before he hands it over he opens it up so Jin can see it up close, bringing it near Namjoon since his arm is around Jin; Namjoon holds steady, doesn’t even flinch, internally clenching, wanting to pull away but keeping his face masked and unemotional.

Yoongi is watching Tae, whose attention is focused on Namjoon even though he’s talking to Jin about the knife. While this has been going on Yoongi takes the opportunity to make a mental note of his license plate, figuring it will be good to know which car is his. Jin puts the knife back in the box, thanking Tae again, and they all head home from there, Namjoon internally relaxing from the unspoken intimidation that Tae was just exerting, testing him.

Their dinner ends then, everyone heading home, but not before Tae reminds Jungkook they’re hitting the gym this week. Namjoon drives while Yoongi keeps glancing over his shoulder, looking out the back window, noticing for a while that Tae is following them a few car lengths’ back. Yoongi casually asks Jungkook, “Have you ever been to Tae’s place before?”

He makes it sound informal and casual but Jungkook looks at him carefully, saying, “No, I’ve never been. I guess he’s never asked me over. Why?”

Yoongi says, “Just curious. Does he come to your place often?” and Jungkook answers, “Not much, usually just to game once in a while. We don’t hang that much outside of school, usually we hit the gym together if anything. At least not until Namjoon invited him out tonight, which was kind of weird,” he adds, laughing at Namjoon, who shrugs after meeting his eyes in the rearview mirror.

Namjoon mumbles, “Just trying to be friendly,” making Jin smile and ruffle his hair affectionately.

“Jin, what did you think? Did Tae seem off tonight? Was it just because of the guys being with us?” Jungkook asks.

Jin tells him, “I know he’s more your friend than mine but something seemed strange tonight. He made a few offhand comments that didn’t really seem like him. Who knows what’s going on in his head.”

**

Tae and Jungkook hit the gym, working out together but not really talking at first. They’re both running on the treadmill, headphones in, setting their own pace, kind of oblivious to the other one even being there. From there they head to the machines, working out near each other but not really talking much, each having their own personal favorites and order for their time there. Tae leaves for a minute to refill his water bottle, Jungkook focused on his reps and not really paying attention.

They finish their workouts and hit the showers, both feeling tired but glad they exercised, feeling better and energized now. They decide to grab a quick meal at Panda Express, Tae’s favorite fast food restaurant, Jungkook ordering a healthier meal as he’s trying to start getting more in shape again.

Tae can’t help but give him some grief about it. “So… what’s with the sudden interest in working out again and eating healthy?”

“If I’m gonna bust my ass for an hour I don’t want it to go to waste and eat calories that are going to sabotage all my hard work,” Jungkook tells him around a mouthful of vegetables and steamed rice.

“And I’m sure it has nothing to do with the silent brooding munchkin that you’re dating,” Tae laughs, ready to duck from the napkin he’s currently crumpling up.

“I’d be careful if I were you, I think that silent brooding munchkin can kick your ass,” Jungkook replies, thinking back to the thighs he felt in the cafeteria earlier this week. “And would, if he heard you calling him that.”

Tae just laughs, grinning a bit evilly, telling him, “I’m pretty sure I can take him.”

“Whatever. I’m just trying to get back in shape, eating healthier after all that college junk we put away. And I feel better whenever I start working out again,” Jungkook says, going back to the original conversation.

“Yeah, I guess. It’s just so much work,” Tae complains before asking, “You guys have plans for the weekend?”

“We’re doubling, going to see a movie and then I’m not sure after. The week’s been crazy, we just need some downtime. How about you?” Jungkook responds.

“The usual, homework, maybe going to a frat party on campus, hooking up with someone if anyone good comes along,” he tells him, Jungkook not understanding that type of life.

They finish their meals, Yoongi texting right as they’re walking back to Tae’s car, asking if he’s back yet. Jungkook instantly smiles, Tae laughing at him telling him to say hi to the munchkin.

Jungkook laughs, texting, “Tae says I should say hi to my munchkin” to Yoongi, waiting for the answer. He sees the “...” of a response being written, but it takes a minute before it comes through.

Finally it pops up, a simple message: “Tell Tae I’m gonna kick his scrawny ass the next time I see him lmao”.

Followed by one more: “Did I happen to mention I have a black belt?” followed by the emoji of the face with the tongue sticking out.

Jungkook is rolling now, telling Tae, “I told you not to piss him off, that he could take you.”

“Fuck, this is gonna be even harder than I thought,” he replies, smiling but looking a bit concerned now.

Tae drives him to his apartment, Jungkook texting to let Yoongi know that he’s heading home. Yoongi asks him to stop by for a minute before he goes inside, that he wants to see him for a minute.

Tae drops him off outside, pulling away as Jungkook heads to Yoongi’s place, knocking at the door when he arrives. He drops his bag outside in the hall, planning to leave it out there by his own apartment door when he goes into Yoongi’s place. Yoongi opens the door almost instantly, pulling him inside and pushing him up against the wall, Yoongi devouring his mouth in greeting. He’s running his hands all down his chest, just needing the contact, missing this after all week. When he finally pulls away Jungkook just says, “Guess you missed me,” smiling so big, his eyes alight at the feelings Yoongi has burning in him within seconds of touching him.

“Always, baby, can’t wait for our date tomorrow. Just needed to see you before you went to bed tonight, kiss you goodnight,” Yoongi murmurs, kissing down his neck, gently sucking on the skin, not hard but just enough to have his pulse racing.

“How do you do that? Have me turned on and ready to go with just a touch?” Jungkook moans, wanting to thrust his hips up into Yoongi’s but he’s frustrating him again, holding him back against the wall.

“I’m right there with you,” he moans back, nibbling on his neck and lips but not breaking skin, forcing himself to hold back. “But it’s still too soon, there’s still so much you don’t know.”

Jungkook drops his head to Yoongi’s shoulder, trying to catch his breath, telling him, “So when are you going to tell me? I’m never going to know if you don’t tell me.”

“Soon, I promise. I just hope it doesn’t change anything, that I don’t lose you for good,” Yoongi says softly, looking so sad as he says it, resting his head now on his chest.

He kisses Jungkook’s neck once more before pulling back, telling him, “On another note, I hope you’re not too attached to Tae as a friend cuz I’m gonna beat his ass the next time I see him,” his eyes sparkling with humor but also with an underlying hint of darkness.

“Yeah I warned him you were gonna kill him, kick his ass, but he still told me to text it to you,” Jungkook laughed. “Don’t worry, I’ll find a new friend, help you hide the body.”

Yoongi laughs along with him but he clenches a bit internally, Jungkook not having any idea how serious things might become if Tae continues to question things.

He kisses him again before walking him back to his apartment, telling him, “Looking forward to our date tomorrow, baby. It’ll be fun to snuggle up and watch a movie with you.” He leans him back against the door and kisses him again, Jungkook’s toes curling with the want that shoots through him, Yoongi looking just as affected as he pulls away.

**

The couples have been seeing each other in the cafeteria some afternoons at school, and they’ve gone out every weekend now with a few scattered dates in between, a few times as double dates as well as a few private ones, always ending afterwards with heated, passionate kisses either on the couch, or a bed, or at their door. Tonight all four went to the movies together, snuggled up and cuddly through the show, coming back to Jin and Jungkook’s apartment to play Mario Kart and order takeout.

Jin pulls out their pile of menus, asking the guests to select dinner, so they agree to pick the restaurant but have the others select the meals since they know what’s good. While they wait for the food they play the game, Jin and Jungkook obviously very experienced and talented at it, while Namjoon and Yoongi have never played.

“How could you have never played Mario Kart? It’s been out forever!! Even our foster grandparents know how to play! And they’re almost 90 years old!” Jungkook teases, snuggling closer into Yoongi on the couch, wrapping his arm around him. They’re just getting ready to start a new game when the food arrives. Namjoon goes to the door to pay, insisting that even though they’re in Jin’s apartment he’s still treating for the meal, part of his courtship.

He brings the mountain of food to the coffee table, all four sitting comfortably on the floor, Jungkook stretching his long legs out so they’re touching all up against Yoongi’s, while Jin gets silverware to use for dinner.  He just sits down and passes out the forks first to Jungkook, and as he stretches his arm out to pass one each to Yoongi and Namjoon, Namjoon hops up from the floor and runs across the hall, muttering they need chopsticks for Chinese food, that you can’t use regular forks, that it’s a sacrilege.

Yoongi tries to make small talk while they wait for Namjoon to return, needing to cover up the weirdness of bolting out of dinner; he’s now running back into the apartment as he kicks off his shoes, carrying four sets of chopsticks, sitting down while he passes them out to everyone. Namjoon tries to just ignore the tension, pretending it’s an everyday occurence to snub the host’s offer of silverware and replace it with your own utensils.

When he sits back down and they start eating awkwardly, Jin just says, “You’re right, it’s a lot more fun eating Chinese food this way and it tastes better too! Kookie, we need to start doing this too!”

Jungkook looks at him like he has two heads, knowing he’s just trying to smooth out the tension, so he just says, “You’re right Jin! We need to do this more often!” not sounding at all serious, Jin kicking him under the table not so discreetly, Jungkook smirking at his action.

The meal goes well enough; eventually they finish eating, Namjoon and Yoongi pushing their food around more than anything, only clearing half their plates while the others take seconds, telling them they ate right before the movie. Jin tells them, “We need to discuss our plans for date nights ahead of time so you guys quit eating before hand all the time!”

They play a bit more Mario Kart; this time teams of Namjoon and Jin vs Yoongi and Jungkook are created, and a bet is made as usual. Today Jin suggests that whichever team loses has to play two rounds of truth or dare. Neither team outwardly wants to play and grumbles about the bet, but secretly they’re all excited at the chance of learning something through the truth or dare punishment. Jin first goes to the fridge and pulls out drinks for everyone, shots of tequila being passed around first before everyone starts drinking a beer, wanting to loosen up before they start this round.

They play the game, a series of 3 separate races, and no matter how well Jin plays he just can’t compensate for Namjoon’s last place finish each round. They decide to go in Jin’s room for more privacy, not willing to play in front of the others even though they keep begging them to.

“So truth or dare. I haven’t played that in a while, have the rules changed?” Namjoon asks as Jin closes the door, locking it behind them.

“Don’t think so? Depends on how you play. Since we aren’t drinking we don’t have to take our clothes off or anything,” Jin shrugs as he sits on his bed.

Namjoon stares at Jin as if he’d grown a second head, “Why would anyone take off their clothes during truth or dare?”

“Well in a drinking game if you don’t want to do the dare or answer the truth you have to remove an article of clothing,” Jin explains. “It makes things interesting and everyone gets drunk faster since most people need the courage.”

“I don’t think I want to play the game like that ever,” Namjoon shakes his head as he sits next to Jin on the bed.

“We don’t have to play you know,” Jin said holding onto Namjoon’s shoulder.

“No it’s okay, this could be fun. I haven’t played truth or dare in a really long time,” Namjoon smiles at Jin only slightly nervous.

“Okay, then do you want to start first?” Jin asks nervously.

“S-sure. So truth or dare?” Namjoon looks at the ground while distractedly playing with Jin’s bedsheet.

Jin is also nervous not knowing how the game will turn out, so for now he wants to keep it safe, “Truth.”

Namjoon nods trying to figure out a question, “How...how many partners have you had?” he asks nervously.

Jin furrows his eyebrows trying to think, “Sexual partners, four. Boyfriends i’ve had maybe like...eight?”

Namjoon nods, “Okay. Your turn.”

“Wait, you don’t think that’s a lot? It doesn’t make you think bad of me?” Jin looks at Namjoon worriedly.

“No? It’s your life, I don’t know what you’ve been through. I shouldn’t judge you, I’m just glad I can be with you now and take care of you,” Namjoon looks Jin directly in his eyes, proving to Jin that he’s serious.

Jin smiles as pure happiness fills his chest. He smiles at Namjoon, his eye glistening with tears, “I really hope you mean that because I’ve never had someone think that way when I tell them.”

Namjoon takes Jin’s hand, kissing his knuckles, “I mean every word of it. I would never make you feel bad for your past, I don’t care about that. I just want to be in your future and I worry about staying in it.”

Jin leans over pressing his lips against Namjoon’s softly. When he pulls back Namjoon is smiling so brightly his dimples show.

“Okay, my turn. Truth or dare?” Jin says playing this his hands.

“...dare?” Namjoon looks at Jin, questioning if that was the correct answer.

Jin nods, “i dare you...to...mmm...sit on my lap.” Jin looks away shaking his head, scolding himself for such a lame and basic dare, but it was all he could come up with.

Namjoon stand up before sitting back down in Jin’s lap wrapping his arms around Jin’s neck. Jin holds Namjoon’s waist pulling him closer. They stare into each other eyes, their breathing beginning to pick up.

“Truth or dare,” Namjoon whispers continuing to stare into Jin’s eyes.

Jin gulps but not from nervousness, “Truth.”

Namjoon rolls his eyes thinking Jin was going to chose dare, “Why do you like me?”

“What do you mean?” Jin looks at Namjoon confused by his question.

“Why did you choose me? You can have anyone on campus, i’ve heard people say it, so why did you chose me?” Namjoons looks away from Jin’s eyes, his insecurity showing.

“Well… I’m not too sure. I think you’re incredibly attractive and it caught my attention. I always tried to get your attention by doing stupid things like tripping, or making sure I passed by you in the hall, really I was making a fool out of myself. Even then you didn’t pay any attention to me. I really thought about giving up because I’d never tried so hard to get someone’s attention, you’re a challenge. But then, when I gave you my number and you didn’t call I thought you weren’t interested. After we started texting, I was incredibly happy and excited because I just wanted to know you better. When you finally agreed to go out with me I couldn’t believe all my hard work paid off. I don’t know, I guess you just really caught my attention from the start. I never had to chase after someone for so long, and then when we finally went out you...you were perfect. I’ve never had someone treat me the way you do, and I know I’m very straightforward. I guess after being with guys before that just wanted something quick I became that way,” Jin rambles not realizing how much he’s said until he looks at Namjoon who’s waiting for him to finish.

Namjoon runs his hands through Jin’s hair massaging his scalp, comforting him. Jin closes his eyes and loses himself in Namjoon’s touch. Jin feels something he’s never felt before spreading all throughout his body as he holds Namjoon close to him.

“Truth or dare?” Jin whispers keeping his eyes closed.

“Dare,” Namjoons whispers back pulling himself closer to Jin.

“I dare you to kiss me,” Jin brushes his lips against Namjoon’s. “Actually I want you to mark me.”

Namjoon pulls away slightly, he stares at surprised, “Mark you?”

“Right on my neck so everyone can see,” Jin shifts Namjoon so he straddles him, running his hands down Namjoon’s back.

“I don’t want to hurt you,” Namjoon replies cautiously.

“You won’t. I’ll let you know if you do,” Jin pleads with his eyes.

“What if I don’t want to do the dare?” Namjoon challenges.

Jin pushes Namjoon away until he’s on the bed in his original position, “Why don’t you want to mark me? Why don’t you want to do anything sexual with me?”

Jin looks away from Namjoon. his eyes glistening with tears, his mouth set in a straight line.

“Jin,” Namjoon tries to take Jin’s hand into his but Jin pulls away. “It’s not that I don’t want to do anything sexual, it’s just that I don’t want to hurt you.”

“How are you gonna hurt me? Every couple gives each other hickeys! By now people are having sex and here we are just kissing and hand holding? Am I not enough or something? Do you not find me attractive? What is it?!” Jin lets his frustrations out wanting to know why Namjoon hasn’t sexually touched him yet.

“I didn’t mean hurt you as in sexually hurt you, I meant hurt you emotionally,” Namjoon says with his head down.

“What are you talking about?” Jin asks annoyed.

“You said you’ve had sexual partners before that always wanted something quick. Jin I’m not looking for something quick, if I was I wouldn’t have gone out with you. I don’t want to move quickly because I want to show you how valuable and amazing you are. I want to take my time with you. I really care about you, and I’ve never had this before either so I guess I just want to take my time and appreciate what we have,” Namjoon doesn’t look up from the ground feeling guilty about having Jin think he doesn’t care.

“That doesn’t mean we can’t do more. I want more!” Jin stares at Namjoon angry, his voice becoming deeper and more serious.

“I know you want more, but I don’t want to move too fast,” Namjoon tries to stay as calm and he can.

“Move too fast? All we do it kiss and hold hands! How is it moving too fast if you kiss my neck!” Jin raises his voice slightly, he knows he should stop but there’s too much frustration inside of him.

“Why is this so important to you?” Namjoon feels himself becoming impatient as the argument continues.

“Because I want to feel like you want me! I want to feel your hands on me, and let me know that you want me just as bad as I want you!” Jin’s tears begin to slowly fall down his face as he angrily wipes them away.

“But I do want you,” Namjoon’s voice is small as he tries to step closer to Jin.

“But I want to show off to the world how much you want me and that no one can have me. I want everyone to know who’s behind the marks on my neck,” Jin’s voice is think and cracks at some points, still not looking at Namjoon.

Namjoon walks over to Jin holding his face between his hands trying to get him to make eye contact, “Jin look at me. Look at me.”

Jin reluctantly looks into Namjoon’s eyes.

“I do want you,” Namjoon stares deeply into Jin’s eyes. “I just don’t think we know each other all that well to know if it’s okay to touch you in that way or to mark you. I want to know everything about you Jin. I want to build a trust between us that’s so strong no one will be able to break it. Jin you are absolutely tempting to me, I want you more than I’ve ever wanted anyone. So I’ll tell you what, I’ll sleep over tonight and we can cuddle. We can talk about anything you want including all the sexual things we like and don’t like until y-we fall asleep. And little by little I’ll start to do more sexual things with you, sound okay?”

Jin looks up at Namjoon with sad, wide eyes, “We can cuddle all night?”

Namjoon smiles kissing the tip of Jin’s nose, watching him scrunch his nose. “Yes, we can cuddle all night. I’ll even throw some kisses in there.”

Jin bites his lip softly, his eyes looking all over the room. “So then...can we go to bed right now?”

Namjoon laughs kissing Jin quickly before nodding, “I’m gonna need to borrow clothes, unless you want me to run over to get some?”

Jin shakes his head pulling Namjoon towards his dresser getting him an oversized shirt and sweats. He pushes Namjoon into the bathroom to let him change before changing himself and pulling the blankets back so they can get underneath.

When Namjoon comes back into Jin’s room he sees that Jin is already laying on the bed waiting for him to join him. Namjoon chuckles and shakes his head before getting into Jin’s bed.

“So do you want to be the big spoon or the little spoon?” Namjoon awkwardly asks.

Jin rolls his eyes, moving closer to Namjoon until they’re face to face,”I want to be like this for now so i can see you blush when you tell me all the things you like.”

Namjoon purses his lips together, “Let me text Yoongi really quickly to tell him i’m spending the night.”

Namjoon texts Yoongi the message before turning his phone on silent so it doesn’t bother them, but he can hear the small ping coming from Jungkook’s room. He wonders what he might have just interrupted in the room down the hall, surprised that Yoongi is still there. He doesn’t worry about it long, however, with Jin lying there next to him, looking up at him with stars in his eyes.

Jin runs his hands down Namjoon’s back as he waits for him to turn back around to face him. When Namjoon finishes texting Yoongi he turns around and holds Jin’s hands, kissing them.

“Do you like feeling my back?” Namjoon narrows his eyes, playing with Jin’s fingers.

Jin nods smiling, “You have a great figure. You have muscles and great shoulders.”

Namjoon laughs, “You’re one to talk about shoulders!”

Jin laughs with him,”Do you want to feel?”

Namjoon bites his lips before bringing up a hand to caress Jin’s shoulders. He slowly moves his hand across Jin’s chest first then goes back to his shoulder, gripping it. He rubs slow, lazy circles on the small area where his shoulder and neck meet.

“I like when someone bites my lip hard and then sucks the pain away,” Jin whispers.

Namjoon blinks, not expecting Jin to say that. “Like hard enough to draw blood?”

Jin ponders the question, “i’ve never had someone bite me that hard. I think it would hurt unless there’s a lot of pleasure happening too.”

Namjoon nods keeping that in mind, “I liked when you tugged on my hair when we were making out outside of your apartment.”

“Yeah?” Jin whispers getting closer to Namjoon.

Namjoon wraps his arm around Jin’s waist pulling their bodies close together, “Yeah.”

Jin leans in and captures Namjoon’s lips. He reaches up and tugs on Namjoon’s hair gently, teasing. Namjoon laughs against Jin’s lips before biting down carefully on them, sucking on them lightly. Jin pushes Namjoon away.

“Was that okay?” Jin whispers resting his forehead against Namjoon’s.

“That was more than okay. I loved it,” Namjoon has his eyes closed, trying to catch his breath.

Jin continues to run his hands along Namjoon’s chest, stomach, and waist, wanting to feel his body.

“I don’t like being tied up during sex. I tried that once and I felt unsafe having it done,” Jin says playing with Namjoon’s shirt.

“I hate...I hate rushing through the prep process. I feel unsafe doing it and having it done like that; it should feel good, too, part of the moment,” Namjoon confides as he brushes the hair away from Jin’s eyes.

Jin nods moving his hands lower on Namjoon’s stomach, “I hate that too, especially if I’m bottoming.”

“I like back kisses, a lot,” Namjoon says as he squeezes Jin’s hips lightly.

“Those are the best! And the back of the neck when you’re getting pounded from behind!” Jin smiles excitedly. He moves his hands up to Namjoon’s collar bone stroking softly.

Namjoon laughs shaking his head, “I wouldn’t have said it like that but you’re right.”

Jin puckers his lips slightly before looking into Namjoon’s eyes, “Can I kiss you right here?”

He points to Namjoon’s collar bone, begging Namjoon with his eyes.

Namjoon nods licking his lips and closing his eyes, waiting for Jin to kiss him.

Jin leans his head down and kisses Namjoon’s collar bone, making him sigh. Namjoon tilts his head back giving more access to Jin. He licks Namjoon’s neck slightly, and he bites back a moan as Jin continues to lick and kiss, the touch getting more passionate. As Namjoon feels Jin’s body heating up in pleasure, he pulls back slightly, leaning in and kissing Jin.

As they continue to whisper to each other, Jin’s hands slowly begin to go lower down Namjoon’s chest until he’s playing with the waistband of his underwear, running his fingers all along the elastic, trying to slip a finger underneath unnoticed. As he tries to slip his hands down lower Namjoon grabs them, pulling them back up to his chest.

They keep kissing and playfully teasing each other with the things they like, making sure to not go too far. While Namjoon is talking about his worst sexual experience Jin’s hands wander back down to Namjoon’s waistband, trying to slip his hand inside his underwear once again. Namjoon again moves Jin’s hands away while giving him a warning look, but Jin only smiles innocently, not fooling Namjoon even a little. By Jin’s third attempt Namjoon’s had enough. He takes hold of Jin’s wrists, pinning them above his head as he rolls him onto his back, getting between his legs, bracing himself over him, most of his weight balanced on his knees and elbows but his legs are brushing against Jin’s, their lower bodies teasingly close. Jin’s eyes widen as he stares up at Namjoon, surprised by his actions, loving the way he feels beneath him, safe and protected in Namjoon’s arms for the first time.

Jin leans up and licks behind Namjoon’s ear making him groan, his grip tightening. Jin smirks upon hearing Namjoon’s sounds, loving that he’s affected by his touch. When Jin tries to kiss Namjoon, he moves his head to the side avoiding Jin’s lips. Jin whines and he tries again, but Namjoon keeps avoiding him, keeping a firm grip on his wrists, keeping himself out of reach. Jin huffs loudly, annoyed, and bites Namjoon’s collarbone carefully, trying not to hurt or mark him but needing to reach some part of him, needing to taste him. Jin licks his lips as Namjoon finally makes eye contact, now seeing that Namjoon is definitely affected by their activities, his eyes dark and stormy. He slowly leans in and captures Jin’s lips, gently nibbling on them, Jin moaning softly, loving the way their lips move together and their tongues taste each other, the way he’s taking him apart with just a kiss.

Jin lifts his body and tries to press himself up against Namjoon, trying to feel more of him, needing his touch. Jin arches his back, moaning, and Namjoon bites down on his lip, Jin moaning from the rougher touch. He grabs Jin’s waist with one hand, pressing him down into the mattress, trying to keep him still. He whimpers as he feels Namjoon holding him down and he tries to wriggle free but Namjoon places more of his weight on him to keep him from moving. Namjoon pulls away from Jin’s lips reluctantly before going down to his neck, rubbing his nose against it. His scent has become sweeter and filled with lust; Namjoon closes his eyes, savoring the smell that he’s caused, taking a moment to absorb it, let it soak into him.

Namjoon barely kisses Jin’s neck, not wanting to overwhelm himself like before. He gives soft butterfly kisses all along Jin’s neck, sucking softly but not leaving any marks behind just yet. Jin tries to free his hands from Namjoon’s grasp, wanting to run his hands everywhere, feel Namjoon’s body and pull him in closer.  Namjoon growls, squeezing Jin’s wrists together with one hand, letting him know not to try to break free. Jin groans, wrapping his legs around Namjoon’s hips, trying to pull him down to get some type of friction against his cock, already hard and throbbing with need after just a few kisses. Namjoon runs his hand down the outside of Jin’s thigh, gripping the flesh tightly through the sweats with just a hint of pain, holding him down and driving him crazy, Jin wanting even more of a touch, preferably without any clothing in the way.  

Namjoon lifts his head, watching Jin breathe heavily, his eyes hooded, his lips puffy from biting on them, desperate for more of a touch. He leans back down and kisses Jin, this time with more desire and want. This kiss is messy, their tongues sweeping all through each other’s mouth, their teeth clashing together. Namjoon finally releases Jin’s wrists and he instantly takes Namjoon’s hair into his hands, running his hands through it, pulling on it almost painfully, unable to not touch after being restrained for so long. He continues to move his hands down Namjoon’s body, gripping his shoulders, his neck and waist, wanting more. With both hands now on Namjoon’s waist Jin pulls him down onto him, rubbing himself against him, both groaning from the friction. Jin desperately tries to flip them over but Namjoon pushes himself up a little to look into Jin’s eyes.

“I want to be on top now,” Jin begs, trying to catch his breath.

Namjoon smirks back at him, his eyes sparkling in delight, shaking his head, “Not yet, I wanted to show you how much I want you.”

Jin whines, trying to hide his smile, looking into Namjoon’s beautiful amber colored eyes, “I still don’t know. It wasn’t enough.”

Namjoon smirks, leaning in closer to Jin whispering, “Really? Because I think your dick is saying something else.”

Jin blushes, trying to hide his face behind his hands, making Namjoon laugh.

“You’re harder than I am! Don’t think I didn’t notice!” Jin mumbles through his hands.

“Well of course I am. I have a beauty under me hard as shit,” Namjoon smirks, watching Jin groan and hide his face even more.

“What happened to my sweet and flustered Joonie?” Jin exclaims, pouting, unsure of where Namjoon’s confidence came from.

Namjoon laughs squeezing Jin’s thigh again, sending another surge of desire through him, telling him in a deep voice husky with need, ”He’s not here at the moment.”

“Well if he’s not here then can I be on top now?” Jin asks, trying to give Namjoon his best puppy eyes as he grinds himself on him, wanting him to give in, but Namjoon only chuckles and shakes his head.

“No, I like having you under me,” Namjoon pants out, trying to sound more confident than what he felt with Jin grinding up on him.

Jin continues to whine and pout as he runs his hands down Namjoon’s back placing them just right above his ass, asking him, “Please baby? Shouldn’t you be a good boy for...me?”

Namjoon’s eyes widen as he stares at Jin, “Baby? Good boy? We...were you about to call yourself daddy?”

Jin scoffs looking at Namjoon, “What the fuck? No!...shut up!”

Namjoon laughs watching Jin turn red, “I think it’s cute. Is that why you want to be on top?”

“Shut up, it slipped out,” Jin mumbles, embarrassed about letting his kink show.

“I promise I’ll let you top next time... daddy ,” Namjoon bites his lip feeling his confidence slip as he sees how Jin’s eyes darken.

“Next time? Does that mean more sleepovers?” Jin rubs Namjoon’s back playing with the end of his shirt.

“Of course more sleepovers. I wouldn’t want daddy to be by himself all the time,” Namjoon teases kissing Jin’s cheek.

“Stop!” Jin whines, kicking his legs, pouting.     

He kisses Jin one last time before rolling over onto his back. Both Jin and Namjoon stare at the ceiling not saying anything, just lazily holding hands. Jin eventually rolls on his side laying his head in the space between Namjoon’s neck and pillow. He wraps his arms around Jin pulling him closer running his fingers down his back lightly. Jin closes his eyes, sleepy now since the adrenaline has gone away. He snuggles into Namjoon more, trying to get comfortable, Namjoon kissing his forehead gently. Soon Jin falls asleep feeling more than just safe, he feels like he’s finally found a home. Someone to come back to and love romantically, someone that will protect him no matter what.  

**

While Namjoon and Jin are playing truth or dare, Jungkook decides to challenge Yoongi to another round just between the two of them; the winner gets the chance to do whatever he wants, within reason. This time he takes the slowest and worst handling car to play against Yoongi, to whom he gives the fastest race car. It’s a much closer race this time, and in the final lap Yoongi inches him out in the last few seconds, taking the series. No one is more surprised than Jungkook, unable to believe Yoongi actually beat him, the expression on his face sending Yoongi into spurts of laughter he can’t contain.

Yoongi stands up and takes Jungkook by the right hand, turning off the tv, and leads him to Jungkook’s room, softly shutting the door and locking it. It’s been over a month now, the six dates already completed, and he had promised he would move things along a bit by now. He just hopes he’ll be able to stop himself when things get more heated, for there’s no doubt they’ll both get more excited before the night is through.

Yoongi leads them to Jungkook’s bed and he slowly sits him down on the edge, crawling into his lap, and right before he wraps his arms around his neck he asks if he would mind taking his rings off, that he doesn’t want them to get in the way. Jungkook doesn’t even question it, he slips them off and puts them on his nightstand, eager to get his hands back on him. Yoongi tells him, “Since I won, I’m claiming my prize tonight. I get to do what I want to you, waist and up. And you have to keep your hands on my waist or shoulders, nothing in between. Deal?”

Jungkook groans loud and filthy, telling him, “Fuck, after a month I can’t promise I’m not gonna come in my pants if you touch me. Just saying. Cold showers can only do so much.”

Yoongi’s cock pulses hard at the thought of Jungkook being that worked up for him. He wonders if he is really that turned on, or if it’s just talk.  “Serious?” he asks in a low, deep voice, needing to know if he’s just teasing about how he feels…

“Yeah I’m serious. You kiss me after every date like it’s foreplay, getting me all hot and bothered, and then you leave me like that. You’re telling me you haven’t gotten worked up at all from our dates?” Jungkook asks, kind of worried now his attraction is one-sided.

“No, I’ve been turned on just as bad as you. I didn’t know if it was just me, though, since I haven’t been with anyone for a really long time. I never wanted to be.” Yoongi confides. “But I really like you,” he adds shyly.

Jungkook’s heart flutters at his confession, and then he asks him, “Can I ask how long it’s been since you’ve slept with someone? You don’t need to tell me if it’s none of my business.”

Yoongi looks deeply into his eyes and just whispers out, “Years, baby, it’s been years,” before crushing his mouth to his, pouring all of his emotions into the kiss.

Jungkook wraps his arms around his shoulders, twisting his hands in his hair, angling his head to the side so he can sink in quickly to the erotic kiss, no preliminaries this time, just passion and heat and white hot need. They both moan at the feelings burning through them, Yoongi able to feel how hard Jungkook already is for him, his hips pressing against him seductively while they kiss. Jungkook can’t believe Yoongi hasn’t been with anyone for so long, and his heart is racing at the thought that he likes him enough to consider being with him at some point in the future.

Yoongi gets a text just then, the phone buzzing loudly in the quiet of the room, and he apologizes to Jungkook, telling him it could be important. He presses a sweet kiss to his forehead before he grabs his phone with unsteady hands and unlocks it, surprised to see a text from Namjoon, who is in the next room over if he’s not mistaken. He opens the text and reads the message, that he’s staying with Jin tonight for a sleepover. At first he’s pissed, because they aren’t supposed to get close to them. But then he sees where his own heart is leading him, and he can’t really say much, or warn him away anymore. He simply responds, “Stay safe, be careful. Have fun.”  

He sets his phone aside, now on silent, and Jungkook looks into his face, asking “Is everything ok?”, purposefully not reading his message.

“Yeah, Jin convinced Joon to sleep over tonight,” he says, a mix of emotions running through him, with envy and jealousy at the top, wishing he could have that as well.

“You‘re ok with that?” Jungkook asks, knowing how he would have felt about it just a few weeks ago.

“Yeah, to be honest I’m jealous that he can do that, that he has that chance,” Yoongi responds, as honestly as he’s ever said anything in his life, looking down as he’s afraid to face him with that truth.

Jungkook’s amazed by his reaction, touching his finger to his cheek to lift his gaze before softly telling him, “You know I’d love it if you slept over with me. I never imagined you would agree, so I didn’t let myself hope for that.”

“Maybe soon,” Yoongi tells him, “I know if I’m in a bed with you right now I’m going to ravish you.”

“And you’re not staying over why???” Jungkook asks, partially teasing but also knowing they probably wouldn’t be able to keep their hands off each other. “Wanna hold onto you all night long, Yoongi,” he murmurs as he kisses him again.

Yoongi’s heart bumps hard in his chest, Jungkook’s comment making him wish for the stars, wanting everything with him. The conversation leads them back into heated kisses, the images of sleeping together burning strongly into their imaginations, both wishing they could finally be together but also have the comfort of holding each other all night. Their kisses are getting more passionate again, and soon Yoongi is rocking into Jungkook’s hips again, making them both moan wantonly.

Yoongi realizes belatedly that he’s teasing him below the waist and he pulls his ass back, knowing he wasn’t being fair but wanting so badly to touch him too. Jungkook moans as he pulls away briefly from the kiss, holding his waist tight, pulling him back more firmly in his lap to tell him, “Come back Yoongi, need to feel you.”

“Baby, we promised to take it slow. I shouldn’t have sat in your lap like this and teased you, it’s not fair to you,” Yoongi apologizes. “I just wanted my chest up against yours tonight, to feel you nearer to me. I promised we would do more after some time passed, after we got to know each other better.”

“Come sit back in my lap, Yoongi, I wanna feel you. I promise I’ll keep my hands locked firmly around your waist. But please touch me, I need to feel your hands on me,” Jungkook begs, making Yoongi’s eyes flash so dark, so urgently, and he has to make a conscious effort to keep his fangs buried deep, to not claim Jungkook as his own now . He scoots his ass back closer to the top of his lap, pressing up tight to his already hard cock, making Jungkook whimper from the feeling, Yoongi biting on his lip to hold in the moans.

Yoongi rests his forehead up against his, trying to collect himself after Jungkook just fucking begged him to touch him, but Jungkook is impatient, finally getting something more from him tonight, even if it’s going to kill him to hold back. He nudges Yoongi’s head up and takes his mouth in such a deep sensual kiss, gripping tight to his waist, thinking he’s probably leaving bruises as he desperately holds on, battling with himself to not touch him.

As they kiss Yoongi slowly runs his hands up under Jungkook’s shirt, running his palms all across his stomach, loving the muscles that quiver under his touch. He continues higher, palming over both nipples, pressing firmly onto his chest, a shudder running through Jungkook’s body at finally having his hands on him, but Yoongi needs more, he needs to finally see him, taste him. Yoongi pulls back from the kiss as he puts his hands on the edge of Jungkook’s shirt, silently asking if he can take it off, and Jungkook moans, “Fuck yes,” and Yoongi keeps his eyes on his as he lifts it oh so slowly over his head, Jungkook hating that he has to take his hands off his hips while he does.

When the shirt is finally discarded Yoongi takes a thorough, excruciatingly slow perusal of his now half-naked body, his hands on his waist while his eyes devour him. Yoongi’s eyes are so dark, so devilish, and he’s biting on his lip while he fantasizes about all the way he wants to devour him, moaning out his approval as he just murmurs, “So beautiful, baby, can’t wait to make you mine.”

Jungkook actually cries out from just the look in his eyes and the tone of his voice when he tells him that, so turned on before they started but now a shaking mess, needing Yoongi more than he’s ever felt with anyone before, so much more than just a physical need. “Touch me, please,” he begs again, his eyes shimmering with need, not knowing how he’s ever going to wait even longer to finally be with him.

Yoongi slowly puts his hands on his shoulders and kisses him first, both lost in the touch, the pleasure burning through it, Yoongi biting and nipping and sucking his tongue into his mouth, nipping all along it; and when he breaks the kiss he traces his tongue down his neck, feeling his pulse racing impossibly fast under his mouth, tasting the blood that’s rushing beneath his skin, moaning while he kisses him roughly, asking him, “Can I mark you?”, literally growling when Jungkook moans out an anguished “yes…..”

Jungkook wraps his hands in his hair, pulling Yoongi’s mouth impossibly closer, his own mouth falling open in wonderful disbelief when Yoongi sucks his tender flesh in his mouth, using his lips and teeth and tongue to leave him a beautiful bruise behind, a reminder of the night when Yoongi finally let go of his always carefully maintained control. Yoongi continues destroying his neck turning Jungkook into a moaning mess, grinding his hips up into Yoongi, already so close to coming from the sensations he’s sending through him, loving the feelings he’s giving him.

Yoongi runs his hands down his chest, pulling back from his neck and the numerous marks he’s left behind, staring at his body while he plays with his nipples, running his hands over him, palming them; he slips his thumb into Jungkook’s mouth, his own hips thrusting into Jungkook’s as he sucks it in deep, teasing him, biting him, just a bit of payback for all the sensations he’s making him suffer through. It took everything Yoongi had to not bite into Jungkook’s neck, to pierce the skin, to taste the sweet blood that’s thrumming through his body.

Yoongi uses that wet thumb to tease a nipple, blowing on it after it’s damp, then scrapes his nail over it before he presses Jungkook back over his arm and leans down to use his mouth to torment it, Jungkook a moaning mess now, pulling Yoongi’s mouth even closer as he uses his lips and teeth to pull on it, suck it deep into his mouth. Jungkook’s now grinding his hips up into Yoongi, so close to coming, his nipples always sensitive but this…. this is more than he’s ever felt before, and he knows he’s within seconds of coming when Yoongi pulls away, looks up with his heated eyes and his puffy reddened lips from working his neck and tit so well, and he blows on the glistening nub that’s swollen and tender and Jungkook explodes, thrusting up into Yoongi while he kisses him again so erotically, trying to catch his breath from the climax that just ripped through him.

Yoongi can’t seem to stop kissing him, holding his hips up tight against him, letting him use him to grind against, to ride out his orgasm. Jungkook’s embarrassed he came in his pants but there was no way he was going to be able to control himself after the way Yoongi touched him, took care of him.

“Fuck, that was so hot, wanna do it again,” Yoongi says as he starts leaning down to start teasing the other side, Jungkook pulling away a bit, telling him, “I wanna take care of you now, Yoongi, make you feel good, too.”

Yoongi tells him, “No, baby, I want to wait until I finally take you, I want to save everything up for that night.”

Jungkook moans, telling him, “But you’re never gonna last long enough to make sure I finish if you don’t come between now and then,” kind of of embarrassed by the conversation but knowing he needs to be open with him if they’re going to be together.

“Don’t worry, I’ll be able to take care of you many times that night. I won’t leave you disappointed,” he promises, his eyes so heated, and Jungkook’s not sure what he’s trying to say, how he’s going to take him multiple times after waiting months to be together.

They spend more time together, Jungkook letting Yoongi have his way with him but they keep it lighter now, Jungkook not wanting to come again if Yoongi’s not going to even take his shirt off tonight. Yoongi senses a change in mood within Jungkook and asks him what’s wrong, and he bites on his lip a while before he finally confides in him. “I know we both really like each other, but I can’t help but feel like this is more one sided, that while you say you like me it’s not the same,” he shares, wanting to be honest but not wanting to upset him.

“I’m sorry if I haven’t clearly shown you how I feel. It takes a lot for me to open up, to let people inside. But I really haven’t let myself get close to anyone, or liked anyone, or even touched anyone yet alone shared what we did tonight, in years, baby.  You saw what I was like when you first met me at school; you’ve broken through my shell, Kook. Now I can’t wait to get a text from you or to see you between classes. I look forward to talking to you, I wonder what you’re doing all the time. I wish I could always be with you, every moment of every day. Does that make you feel any better about our relationship?” Yoongi asks after laying his heart on the line for him, feeling awkward at sharing such things but needing Jungkook to understand he really does care about him.

“Yeah, that makes me feel a lot better, Yoongi. I’m sorry if I forced you to tell me what you’re thinking. It just seems like you’re always so reserved, and you don’t seem bothered by not having sex, or at least fooling around with me,” Jungkook tells him, not sure if he should be this blunt about things between them but forcing himself to be honest.

Instead of saying anything Yoongi takes Jungkook’s hand and lays it over his zipper, pressing down where his cock is, wrapping his hand around him, cupping him tightly, Jungkook’s eyes heating instantly when he feels how hard and huge he is, pulsing in his hand. “Yoongi”, he moans out in need, biting his lower lip before stealing Yoongi’s mouth in a deeply erotic kiss, squeezing his hand down on his cock while he does, wanting to feel him in his mouth.

Jungkook’s getting so turned on by just touching Yoongi like this, and he can’t wait to actually do so much more. He tells him, “I can’t wait to touch you without all these layers between us, Yoongi, taste you deep in my mouth, feel you thrust into my throat, wreck me.” He feels Yoongi’s cock throb under his hand, Yoongi now moaning as Jungkook squeezes him tighter again, wanting so badly to unzip his pants and touch him more intimately, even if it’s through his briefs.

Jungkook pulls back just a bit, asking him, “Can I just unzip you, touch you through your briefs? I want to feel you, I’m dying here imagining what you look like, taste like?”

Yoongi is torn, knowing it’s going to be harder and harder to hold back the more they do. He looks deep into his eyes, seeing that Jungkook is seriously turned on from just touching him like this, and he knows he’s really interested in him, that it’s not just sex to him. Yoongi just bites on his own lower lip as he nods so minutely that Jungkook would have missed it completely had he not been watching so deliberately.

Jungkook’s face breaks into the brightest smile, his eyes still so turned on, but he’s genuinely happy that Yoongi agreed to this he’s smiling from ear to ear, his precious teeth shining bright. He uses both hands to unfasten Yoongi’s belt and then struggles a bit with the button, his hands inadvertently rubbing up against him making Yoongi moan, before he finally manages to unfasten the button and oh so slowly lowers the zipper, each tooth an audible click that has Yoongi tensing in anticipation.

Jungkook has finally managed to open the zipper and separated the material as wide as he can in the position they’re sitting in. He would love to lay Yoongi back on the bed so he can really see him and fit his hand in better, but he’s afraid he’ll bolt if he attempts to delay this in any way. He looks carefully into Yoongi’s eyes, asking him, “Are you still ok with this? I don’t want to force you into anything,” and Yoongi takes Jungkook’s hand and lays it on top of his cock, still tucked in his briefs, both of them moaning at the contact.

Jungkook at first just holds onto him, gently touching him, running his hand over him, not wanting to make him so uncomfortable that he tucks himself away and goes back home. He carefully runs his hand along his length, finding he’s still tucked up in his briefs, and he carefully adjusts him, letting his cock straighten, difficult to do with his tight jeans restraining him. Yoongi moans in satisfaction, glad to finally be free of the confines of his jeans and being slowly stroked now instead. But Jungkook is staying so gentle, so careful, and while Yoongi loves that he’s being cautious to be sure he’s ok with this, now that his hand is touching him he wants him to be more active in his touching.

Yoongi moans out “harder” in an anguished voice making Jungkook freeze right where’s he at, his heart skipping a beat at the thought of Yoongi wanting more. He stares into Yoongi’s eyes and sees nothing but arousal, enough so that Jungkook runs his hand up and down his length, squeezing at the head gently, teasing his slit with his finger, Yoongi throwing his head back and moaning at the feelings running through him.

That’s all the encouragement Jungkook needs; he was trying to remain cautious but now he’s set on making sure Yoongi enjoys this, hoping he sees they can build their relationship while also having a little fun at the same time. Jungkook goes back to kissing Yoongi sensually, then sets to destroying his neck, biting all along it, sucking in the skin but not leaving any marks, not wanting to break the mood by stopping to ask. While he’s kissing him he continues stroking him, teasing him, reaching his hands as far as the jeans will allow and cupping his balls, squeezing them gently, wishing he could get a taste of him, whimpering at the thought.

Yoongi hears his noises, loving that he’s getting so worked up just by touching him, and he starts thrusting his hips up into Jungkook’s hand, loving the feel of his touch, wanting to ask him to touch him without his briefs but afraid that’s taking things too far tonight. If only he knew what Jungkook wanted to do….

Jungkook is still kissing him but he breaks away for a moment, asking Yoongi, “Can I touch you? Inside your briefs? Need to feel you…”

Yoongi lifts his hips, shimmying out of his briefs and jeans without hesitation, lowering them both down his thighs a bit, enough that Jungkook will be able to run his hands everywhere. Yoongi moans in excitement at what’s going to come next, something he hasn’t had the pleasure of thinking about for a really, really long time , the anticipation almost as exciting as the actual touches.

As much as Jungkook wants to taste him he holds off, saving that for another night, knowing it took a lot for Yoongi to do this, to bare himself to him. Jungkook is literally drooling, loving the sight before him; Yoongi is so long and thick, Jungkook already knows he’s going to need to be stretched well to be able to take him. Yoongi’s already dripping and so hard, flushed an angry red, pulsing in need, and Jungkook realizes he’s just been sitting there, staring, dreaming, biting down on his lower lip, when Yoongi touches a hand to his cheek, asking, “Are you ok?” thinking maybe he shouldn’t have taken his briefs off after all.

Jungkook just moans, finally meeting his intense, burning gaze, swearing his eyes have taken on an amber brightness, glowing in the dark room, telling him, “Fuck, Yoongi, you’re beautiful. I can’t wait to taste you, for you to fuck me, stretch me out, make me burn,” while he starts stroking him with one hand, using the other to play with his balls, squeezing them gently, touching him even just along his stomach, his marble skin so perfect, flawless.

He sets up a firmer motion, knowing Yoongi is close to coming from all their teasing all night, and he goes back to kissing him deeply, moving his hand faster, harder, palming over the head, teasing his slit, twisting at the top, Yoongi’s hips now thrusting faster, his climax getting closer, his moans getting louder while he tries to keep kissing him. Jungkook uses his other hand to squeeze his balls a bit, and after he swipes his finger in the pre-cum that is just dripping out he tucks that hand even lower and plays underneath, just teasing his little puckered rim a bit with his wet finger, not able to see it but by touch he can tell it hasn’t been played with in a really long time, if ever.

Yoongi’s hips lurch at the touch and he’s groaning so loud, Jungkook realizes he’s really sensitive there, that he really likes being touched like that, so he keeps circling him gently as he strokes him harder, faster, and as he presses gently on his opening Yoongi’s climax rips through him. He needs to tear his mouth away from Jungkook’s as he bites down on his neck, not breaking the skin but needing the contact, the taste of him, as he comes harder, longer, than he ever has before.

Jungkook strokes him through it but realizes he’s stayed hard, that he’s ready to go again, making Jungkook moan now, his own cock throbbing in need again. “Fuck, Yoongi, I want you to take me, make me yours,” he says before he kisses him roughly, urgently, knowing once they start they’re both going to be insatiable.

Yoongi kisses him back for just a moment before he pulls away, telling him, “Baby, we need to stop. There’s still too much we don’t know about each other, things I need to tell you before we sleep together. Maybe this was a mistake.”

“No Yoongi, it wasn’t a mistake, don’t say that. I wish you would take me now, but I understand if you want to wait. Just promise me you won’t push me aside again, like you don’t want me. I can’t handle it if you change your mind again,” Jungkook tells him honestly, still not sure what all of his secrets are or what’s so important he thinks he might change his mind.

Yoongi pulls him closer again, smearing the mess between them all over both of them now, neither one caring, hugging him tight while he tells him, “I’m not going to push you away, I care way too much for you, more than I should for your own good. I tried holding back but it’s useless; somehow you’ve wormed your way inside my cold, lifeless heart.”

Jungkook kisses him urgently, telling him, “Don’t say that Yoongi, you’ve shown you care for me more than anyone I’ve ever dated before,” not wanting him to think poorly of himself.

They kiss gently for a few minutes before Jungkook goes to get a towel, helping clean off Yoongi, and he can’t help but notice he’s still fully hard, sensitive, looking very interested in fucking him senseless. He gently runs his hand down his length, cheekily asking him, “You sure I can’t interest you in a round 2?” his eyes lighting up as they tease him.

“Listen brat, just because you made me come doesn’t mean you have control over me,” Yoongi tells him, trying to look serious but failing miserably.

“Whatever you say, Yoongi,” he mumbles, unable to take his eyes off of his cock while he zips himself back inside his tight jeans, moaning at the restriction, clearly able to still see how hard he is.

“You know you staring at me like that isn’t exactly helping my situation,” he gripes, making Jungkook smile that much larger, his eyes lighting up in excitement.

“You’re welcome?” he replies, loving their bantering and how flustered Yoongi’s getting.

“I should have known this was going to turn you into a bigger brat. I’m not sure how I’m going to keep you in line now,” Yoongi grumbles.

“Punishing me might work, if you’re looking for ideas. Just saying,” Jungkook offers in a breathy tone, his eyes alight with desire at the thought of Yoongi’s large, strong hands on his ass.

Yoongi moans, unable to stop the vision of his naked boyfriend spread across his lap while he spanks him, his cheeks getting pinker and warmer, the blood flowing so distractedly to them, the need to nibble on them becoming unbearable.

Jungkook is sitting on the bed next to him, still shirtless, now pressing on his own cock as the need is pulsing through him, the thought of being spanked combined with Yoongi’s eyes now so dark, so hungry , for him, are making his cock throb urgently again.

Yoongi pulls his hand away, kissing him urgently white he runs his hands down his chest, then across his sculpted abs, tells him, “No more touching yourself. The only hands on you are mine from now on. Deal?” he asks, his voice controlling and raspy with need, making Jungkook whimper.

“Depends. Are you going to start touching me more from now on?” he asks in return, knowing he’s pushing his luck but wanting him to know how badly he wants him. Jungkook doesn’t usually take care of things himself anyway, just lets himself burn horribly, but Yoongi doesn’t need to know that.

Yoongi just looks at him for a long time, both staring intently at the other, getting lost in the depth of emotion that can be seen. “Yeah, baby, I can’t help but touch you more. You’re driving me crazy. But we need to talk more, share, learn about each other too. I’m still not sleeping with you until we really know everything about each other.”

“Fine. Then we better make more time for dates. I’m not going to wait a year before I finally have my way with you,” Jungkook mumbles, pouting, still disappointed it’s taking this long to get anywhere.

Yoongi runs his thumb along his pouty lip, waiting until he looks up at him, then tells him, “There’s no way I can wait a year, baby. Every day is killing me.”

Yoongi finishes putting himself back together and Jungkook puts his shirt back on and they walk to the apartment door, Yoongi pushing him up against it this time, leaning his hard cock into him while he kisses him goodbye, letting him feel how he’s still wanting him, ready for more. “That’s so not fair, Yoongi,” he moans out as he backs away, nippiing down his neck in a final farewell kiss before he leans down for his shoes.

“I’m going to tell you something you don’t know about me, one fact every date, and you do the same if you like. I hope we’ll learn a lot on our dates but this is extra bonus material that we probably wouldn’t cover in normal conversations,” Yoongi tells him. He leans in and nibbles on his ear, tracing his tongue along it making Jungkook whimper, and then he whispers, “No one has ever touched me where you touched me tonight,” as he kisses his cheek and then says, “And I really liked it, baby,” letting himself out of the apartment with a wink, but not before telling him good-night.

Jungkook stands there for god knows how long, his cock throbbing, his heart racing, loving the little tidbit of information he dropped on him, excited to pursue that more on a future date. And then he goes to take what must be his 20th cold shower since he’s met Yoongi, not mattering in the least that he already came once tonight.

Chapter Text

(End of March)

Another month passes, time going by too quickly as the four are busy with projects, assignments, photography portfolios to create, and crime scenes to visit. It’s finally starting to warm up at night, hoodies and sweatshirts now enough to enjoy an evening outside. Jungkook and Jin feel like they’ve been cooped up all winter; Jin is skipping backwards and Jungkook is bouncing around while they cross the parking lot, excited to finally be able to enjoy the fresh air for a change.  

Yoongi and Namjoon just smile at their obvious pleasure in the weather, glad they can enjoy a different kind of date tonight. They pay for the miniature golf game for each of them, heading to the first hole, looking forward to trying something new. Jin has the pink ball, of course, matching his favorite pink hoodie that he’s wearing, and Namjoon is holding him around his waist as they wait their turns, letting Jungkook go first so he can demonstrate to Yoongi the best way to stand and hold the putter.

At first Jin and Jungkook were flabbergasted that the others had never played before, but they quickly stopped teasing them and instead planned on ways to turn it into a fun night for them. Just before Jungkook is about to hit his ball for the first time Jin calls out, “Wait!! Wait!! What’s our bet? And is it team bet or individual?”

Namjoon just groans, knowing with Jungkook on the other team odds are he and Jin will lose again. But then he remembers Yoongi’s struggles with controlling his strength at the ping pong ball game; they just might have a chance.

Yoongi just says, “Obviously team bet, we’re playing as teams. And if I’m going to lose and pay a price you better be damn sure Jungkook is going to have to pay, too,” he says, smiling evilly at Jungkook, the look worrying him greatly.

“Hmmmmm…..  What if …….we turn things around, and make this me and Jungkook against you and Namjoon?” Jin asks Yoongi, smiling wickedly at Jungkook, figuring they should be able to win easily if the other two have never played.

“How is that fair? They’ve never played before, and now we lose the fun of teaching them,” Jungkook asks, figuring he’s going to lose cuddle time with this plan.

“You can still cuddle, and distracting each other is the goal here, obviously,” Jin tells everyone, laughing as no one seems to be figuring this out.

“So what’s the punishment?” Namjoon asks, afraid to hear what they’re going to be subjected to.

“How about loser has to eat a whole small raw onion, giving them the worst breath and taste,” Jin asks, smirking as he thinks about the others with that flavor stuck in their mouths, even toothpaste not working to eliminate it.  

Yoongi just laughs, knowing they’ll for sure lose the bet but it won’t matter, since they can’t taste food anyway.

They all shake hands on the bet, luckily no silver rings to deal with, the others leaving them home at Namjoon’s suggestion so they wouldn’t interfere with the game. They start the game, everyone planning to tease the others mercilessly.

Jungkook takes his turn and it takes three light taps to sink his ball in the hole; he picks it up and then walks over to where Yoongi is waiting to begin, penciling his score in on the scorecard, Yoongi already teasing him he’s going to lose. Jungkook walks up to him and asks him quietly, “Can I show you the right way to stand, to hold the club?” nibbling on his ear as he pulls away.  Yoongi quickly turns his head and meets his lips in a fast, heated kiss, telling him, “Only if your hands are on me instead of the club.”

He demonstrates how lightly you need to hit the ball, using a gentle stroke, leaning his body tightly up against Yoongi’s, wrapping his arms around him, making it hard for him to concentrate. He breathes on Yoongi’s neck as he says, “Just like this… feel how to hold it? How gentle you need to be?” and Yoongi wants nothing more than to turn around and pull him tight up against him. They carefully line up their shot and get a hole in one, Jungkook disappointed since now he won’t need to have his arms around him again.

It’s Namjoon and Jin’s turn now, and they step up to the starting point. As Namjoon is bending down to put the ball in the correct spot, Jin grabs a handful of Namjoon’s ass, squeezing tightly. Namjoon quickly stands up, swatting away Jin’s hands, as he looks around to see if anyone saw what Jin had just done. Jin giggles behind his hand, winking at Namjoon before blowing him a kiss.

Namjoon shakes his head; he grabs the club in his hands, swinging it gently back and forth. Jin stands behind Namjoon, holding his wrist. Namjoon turns his head smirking at Jin, wanting to know how he’ll help him.

“Don’t give me that look baby, I’m not going to help you. I just wanted to give you a bit of information,” Jin whispers.

Namjoon raises an eyebrow waiting for Jin to continue.

“Golf isn’t the only time i can get a hole in one,” Jin whispers and he gently bites down on Namjoon’s earlobe.

Jin moves back laughing loudly this time, watching Namjoon struggle while trying to focus.

While Namjoon and Jin are busy playing their first hole Yoongi has lifted himself up onto a brick wall, resting in his usual preferred position, but he spreads his legs wider as Jungkook comes up and leans into him, wrapping his arms around his shoulders, kissing him teasingly since there aren’t many others around. He nibbles on Yoongi’s bottom lip, so badly wanting to bite, and he whispers into his ear, “Do you consider yourself pretty strong, Yoongi?’

Yoongi has no idea why he’s asking, but he holds back the urge to boast, telling him, “Yeah, I’d say so. Why?”

“I was going to share something with you, since the other night I didn’t have a chance. You’re one up on me,” Jungkook tells him in a sensuous, turned on voice, Yoongi knowing he’s about to be teased mercilessly, needing to just sit here and take it. Jungkook leans his body weight more into Yoongi’s, wrapping his arms around his waist now, running his hands up onto his shoulders, licking his ear suggestively, then whispers, “No one has ever fucked me up against a wall before. I really want you to take me like that. Do you think you’d be able to hold me up and take care of me?”

Yoongi inhales sharply, his eyes taking on that breathtaking amber color whenever he’s aroused that Jungkook has come to love. “I’ll always take care of you,” Yoongi rasps out before kissing him roughly, forgetting for a minute there are others around, neither wanting to back away.

It’s Jungkook’s turn again and this time he gets a hole in one, the ball timed perfectly between the windmill blades, making him squeal and high-five Jin, making Yoongi scowl. Yoongi goes up for his turn next and he uses up all five of his turns to get it past the stupid obstacle, swearing and muttering about stupid windmills as he walks away, still envisioning Jungkook held up in his arms while he falls apart.

Jin is up now, confident that Namjoon won’t be able to do much to distract him. Jin grabs his pink ball, setting it down. Namjoon comes up behind him and gives him a back hug, kissing the side of his neck.

“Oh babe, that’s not gonna work,” Jin says smirking.

Namjoon continues to kiss the side of Jin’s neck, slowly beginning to move his way to the back. Namjoon licks the back of Jin’s neck causing him to arch his back, biting back a moan as children run by.

“Good luck, show me how well you can get a hole in one now... daddy, ” Namjoon squeezes Jin’s hips before stepping back.

Jin feels the chills still running through his body, wanting more of Namjoon’s touch. Jin misses his hole in one, his jaw dropping in shock. It takes him another three tries for the ball to finally go into the hole. Jin glares at Namjoon as he walks by him, frustrated in more ways than one.

Jungkook tries to snuggle into Yoongi’s shoulder while he waits for Jin and Namjoon to be done with their turn, but he’s starting to pull away, making Jungkook first pout and then giggle uncontrollably, the thought of a silly bet making him upset he’s losing. “Yoongi, don’t be mean, we’re supposed to cuddle on our date,” Jungkook tries telling him. Yoongi tries to stay serious but he’s right, there’s no way to stay upset; he’d much rather snuggle his boyfriend than waste the evening. His better option is to start teasing Jungkook, make him lose focus on his own game.

The game progresses; Yoongi and Namjoon’s team score is actually really close to the others’, mostly due to the fact that it’s really easy to distract Jungkook from his game. Yoongi has a knack of nibbling his neck just right, or running his hand down his back and resting it low on his hips, just above his ass, right before it’s his turn, and he’s so distracted he looks like he almost isn’t even trying to win.

Jin by now is getting concerned they’re going to lose, Jungkook turning into a blushing mess by the 16th hole. Namjoon decides he needs to make Jin suffer a bit more now as well, sharing the “blame” as much with him as Jungkook for losing.

Namjoon knows what Jin loves and what drives him crazy, and while the conversation they had was very informative, Namjoon can’t do half of those things in public. When they get to the darker and emptier part of the course Namjoon starts stepping it up more than Jin could ever imagine. He first has his hands on Jin’s waist holding him close, kissing his cheeks or face every chance he gets. Once he notices there aren’t any people around he slowly makes his hands slide down Jin’s back with his fingertips. Jin straightens his back as he tries to keep a serious face.

“What’s wrong daddy?” Namjoon whispers in Jin’s ear.

Jin glares at Namjoon, biting his lip as Namjoon gropes his ass, “Nothing.”

Namjoon stands behind Jin now grabbing his ass with both hands, kissing the back of his neck lightly, “You sure daddy? Am I being a good boy?”

Jin turns his head to the side, “No, you’re not. I don’t think I gave you permission to touch me.”

Namjoon purses his lips together trying to hide his smile, “I am being a bad boy. What’s daddy gonna do to me?”

Jin bites his lip as he pushes himself more into Namjoon’s hands, “Bad boys get punished,” he whispers brokenly.

“Daddy’s gonna punish me?” Namjoon whispers, his voice becoming deeper with lust. “I promise I’ll be a good boy from now on.”

Jin whimpers, closing his eyes, telling him softly, “Joonie please don’t tease me this way if you’re really not ready for this. I don’t want this kind of teasing if you’re gonna take it back once the game is over.”

Namjoon turns Jin around, pulling him close to his chest, telling him in a deep husky voice rough with need, “Who says I don’t mean it? I just want daddy to take care of me since no one’s done it before.”

Jin looks up at Namjoon, the sincerity showing in his amber, glazed eyes, “Daddy will take great care of you baby.”

Namjoon smiles shyly as he leans down to kiss Jin’s sweet lips.

They finally finish the game, Jin and Jungkook losing by 3 points, Jin unable to yell at Jungkook since the last 3 holes Jin took all 5 strokes, Namjoon’s discussion of Jin taking care of him proving too distracting. Everyone has gotten aroused, the teasing getting more and more blatant as the game wore on, all four struggling, pulling their sweatshirts lower to cover their problems.

They stop on the way home at a local market, buying two small onions, the owner peeling them for them, looking at them strangely at their requests. They all go back to the car and stand outside, Namjoon and Yoongi prompting them, heckling them, telling them they need to eat them already, that they’ve stalled long enough. They did buy a loaf of bread as well, hoping to help get rid of the taste once they’ve finished their punishment.

Yoongi wraps an arm around Jungkook’s waist, holding the onion up to his mouth, telling him, “Open up, baby. The sooner you finish the sooner we can go back to our place.” That comment has Jungkook biting into the onion, his face in the most ugly grimace as he attempts to swallow it down. Jin does the same, being harassed by Namjoon, both winners just laughing at the losers, trying to make them take their punishments. They take pity on them, letting them stop at half an onion each, but then the losers look at each other with a spark in their eye, winking at one another, and then pressing big sloppy open mouth kisses to their dates.

At first Yoongi and Namjoon don’t even react, not able to taste the onions, but then the smells come through too clearly, since they are even more sensitive to smell than most others. Yoongi runs off as does Namjoon, Jin and Jungkook surprised by the speed with which they disappeared. Jungkook manages to finally catch up to Yoongi and kisses him again, breathing in his face deliberately, not sexy at all as he laughs hysterically, and just then Jin catches up to Namjoon, breathing in his face as well.

They’re all grimacing by the time they’re done, each of them wanting a toothbrush even though they know it won’t help much. They all have some bread, hoping to dispel the taste and smell, chewing some mint gum until they can get home and brush their teeth.

“Whose stupid idea was this? We just ruined the whole night for all four of us,” Yoongi grumbles once they’re back in the car, knowing all of them will suffer the onion smell and taste for hours, if not days now. Jungkook is resting his head on his shoulder but carefully keeping his breath away from him, tracing his hand down his muscled thigh, lost in the feel of him.

Jin leans over and whispers to Namjoon, “I just need to do other things with my mouth, away from yours,” running his hand up his leg while he drives, squeezing his inner thigh seductively. He slightly swerves in the lane, Yoongi looking up from the backseat and asking him what the hell is wrong.

“Nothing, Yoongi, we just figured out a way to get around the The Onion Debacle ,” Namjoon tells him, looking all smug in the rearview mirror, knowing they’re still going to have a good time tonight, not providing any hints to the other couple.

**

They all head to Yoongi and Namjoon’s apartment, this surprisingly being the first time the others have spent any time there. They stopped and picked up a pizza and salad along the way, and Jin and Jungkook stop in their own apartment quickly to brush their teeth and gargle but it still doesn’t do much to help their predicament. As they sit around the kitchen table Jin hops up to get silverware, forgetting to get some with their takeout meal.

He opens at least six drawers but all he finds are chopsticks and plastic silverware, along with some towels and napkins; Yoongi is watching him with annoyance as he rummages through the entire kitchen, but Namjoon finds it endearing, his curious little boyfriend taking this opportunity to poke around. In the cabinets overhead he finds four glasses and a few plates, but nothing more. Jin is laughing, saying they are truly living the college bachelor life, not even owning silverware. Namjoon looks a bit shy, telling him, “We never really eat here, we usually grab food on campus before we come back home.”

He opens the fridge to get water bottles and that’s literally all there is; no milk, juice, soda, beer, or even the staples like ketchup, mustard, or hot sauce. Jin asks, “Do you guys even eat or drink at all? You literally have nothing here,” shaking his head at the emptiness. “I’m going to have to stock you up on basics if we’re going to hang out here more often.” Jin runs back across the hall to grab some iced tea and beer and wine, not sure what anyone wants to drink.

Namjoon catches Yoongi’s eye, smiling softly at the thought of having them spending time there, becoming a part of their lives. But he also knows all the challenges it will bring, including eventually confiding in them, not knowing how both will react. What will happen if one accepts them but the other doesn’t? Will they need to run again? Build another life, just when this one was actually becoming rich and fulfilling, having actual relationships and a future with them distinct possibilities for the first time in 600 years?

They enjoy their meal, Namjoon and Yoongi pretending to taste the pizza, both genuinely loving the time golfing and now as well, relaxing around the table, getting to know their boyfriends even more intimately as the night progresses.  Jungkook has heaped his plate with salad with one tiny piece of pizza, and Yoongi can’t help but tease him. “A few extra pieces of pizza isn’t going to make a difference,” he tells him, now whispering into his ear, “I’ll still be able to lift you.”

Jungkook goes red from his ears all the way down his chest, disappearing into his tight v-neck t-shirt, the hoodies removed now that they’re inside where it’s warmer; he can’t help but once again picture Yoongi holding him up against the wall, slamming into him repeatedly, making him cry out in pleasure. He’s squeezing Yoongi’s thigh hard again under the table, running his fingers teasingly along his leg, creeping higher until he’s within a centimeter of touching his cock. Yoongi finally reaches down and squeezes his hand, interlacing their fingers, bringing it up over the table to kiss it soft and sweet while his eyes are promising so much more.

While they’re busy dreaming about Yoongi’s strength, Namjoon and Jin are playing footsies underneath the table. Jin is sitting close to Namjoon, their thighs repeatedly brushing against each other. As they’re eating their pizza, Jin slowly begins to tap Namjoon’s foot with his. Namjoon smiles softly as he eats, tapping Jin’s foot a little harder in return. They continue to do this until Jin decides to take it further by running his foot up Namjoon’s calf; Jin smirks as Namjoon tenses, trying not to make a sound or move too much, giving themselves away. Jin shifts a slight bit running his foot further up Namjoon’s leg until it’s now resting on his lap. Namjoon brings his hand underneath the table and massages Jin’s calf, running his hand sweetly over it; Jin smiles, loving how gentle Namjoon is with him.

Jin bends his leg further and now has his foot rubbing teasingly against Namjoon’s cock, causing his hand to freeze for a moment in shock. His chewing slows as he squeezes Jin’s calf, warning him to calm down but Jin just smirks behind his pizza, winking flirtatiously at Namjoon. He decides to tease Jin back by slipping his hands underneath his pants, brushing his fingers softly around Jin’s ankle. He lightly begins to scratch at Jin’s calf, running his fingers over him, making him move his leg away as he tries to stop Namjoon from tickling him. Jin sits up putting both his legs on Namjoon’s thigh now, leaning over and kissing his cheek. Namjoon smiles, giving Jin’s thigh another small squeeze.

They all clean up the mess at the table, putting the leftovers in the fridge for probably the first time ever, before they all walk into the living room. Jungkook and Jin are somewhat taken aback by how few personal items are found in the apartment; there aren’t any photos or keepsakes anywhere out in the open. Yoongi notices their glances and tells them, “After our move this time somehow a few boxes got misplaced, unfortunately the one with all of our personal stuff. So we lost all the pictures of our friends and family, and all our little keepsakes. We haven’t had time to try to replace anything yet.”

“That sucks,” Jungkook tells them, coming to stand behind Yoongi, wrapping his arms around his waist and nuzzling into his neck. “You have two awesome photographer friends; we should take a trip one of these weekends and take some cool photos, make some new memories to hang on your walls.”

Jin jumps in excitedly, “That sounds amazing! Are you guys into camping? We haven’t gone in years but it would be so much fun to go with you both! Cozy campfires, eating s’mores, taking hikes, snuggling in the tents at night trying to stay warm….”

Jin trails off, thinking about the fun they could have in their tents, and Namjoon notices the heated gaze he’s sending his way, Jin now biting his lower lip in concentration as he looks at him. Namjoon offers his hand to him across the room, and Jin walks up to him and takes it; Namjoon’s now leading him to his bedroom, shutting and locking the door.

**

As soon as the door is closed Jin jumps on Namjoon wrapping his legs around him, holding him close. Namjoon’s back hits the door as he tries not to fall with Jin in his arms. Jin’s tongue ravages his mouth, tasting every part of him. Namjoon holds the back of Jin’s thighs walking them towards the bed, gently laying him down. Jin’s hands are in Namjoon’s hair tugging lightly on it, pulling him closer, trying to feel more of him.

Namjoon runs his hands down Jin’s body, feeling the warmth from his body grow, the smell of his blood becoming sweeter and more lustful. Namjoon bites down on his bottom lip hard causing Jin to cry out and arch his back. Namjoon flips them over grabbing Jin by the hips. He puts his hands underneath Namjoon’s shirt feeling his soft skin.

Jin pulls away from Namjoon’s mouth, still keeping their lips brushing together, “Should I punish you for what you did tonight? Or should I be good and give you a little reward just because?”

Namjoon moans holding Jin closer to his body,”You’re gonna let me pick?”

Jin laughs almost sadistically, “No, of course not. It was more of a rhetorical question.”

Namjoon pouts as he looks at Jin through his lashes, “Be gentle with me daddy.”

Jin groans and grinds down on Namjoon making them both a little harder. He continues to slowly grind down on him, taking his time, watching Namjoon’s eyes become a beautiful shade of amber. He grabs Jin’s hips tighter, wanting to change the pace, but Jin laughs pushing his hands away. When Jin rolls his hips down, they both moan from the feeling of them being so hard.

Namjoon tries to move his hands again but Jin tightens his hold on his wrists, putting Namjoon’s hands above his head. Namjoon groans, bucking his hips which pushes Jin forward, and he he leans up and presses his lips against Jin’s, desperate to taste him. Jin moans softly, feeling Namjoon’s tongue on his, loving the feeling and caressing his tongue. Namjoon moves his hands, wanting Jin to let him go but he only leans forward putting more of his weight against Namjoon.

“Oh poor baby. You really want to move your hands, don’t you?” Jin whispers against Namjoon’s lips.

Namjoon tries glaring at Jin but can’t help but admire his beauty. His red puffy lips, glistening with saliva, his hair messy from moving around the bed, his eyes dark and filled with want and desire.

“Daddy,” Namjoon whispers brokenly.

Jin smirks, finally letting go of Namjoon’s wrist, telling him, “Be a good boy and don’t move your hands.”

Namjoon nods as Jin begins to kiss his neck. Namjoon moans, moving his head to the side letting Jin suck on his neck. He slowly puts his hands down Namjoon’s shirt, lifting it to his chest. Jin moves down to his chest licking down Namjoon’s throat making his groan from pleasure. Jin looks at him through his eyelashes, smirking before taking Namjoon’s nipple into his mouth. Namjoon gasps, feeling the warmth of Jin’s mouth on him, forgetting what it was like.

Namjoon continues to buck his hips against Jin’s trying to get more friction against his cock. Jin laughs while lapping Namjoon’s nipple, playing with the other between his fingers, hardening it.

“Fuck,” Namjoon whispers closing his eyes. The feeling of Jin’s mouth is too much for him.

Jin continues to kiss down Namjoon’s body licking his belly button, sucking on the skin above. Namjoon moves his hands into Jin’s hair trying to push him lower. Jin stops what he’s doing, grabbing Namjoon’s hands, placing them back above his head.

“Everytime you move your hands, I’m gonna have to start all over,” Jin warns.

Namjoon huffs, smiling as Jin begins to kiss his neck again. He doesn’t mind having Jin’s mouth on his cool skin, sucking softly on him. Jin begins to suck lower and lower until he’s unbuttoning Namjoon’s pants. Namjoon sighs feeling the tightness go away slightly, finally being able to breathe easier. Jin lowers himself down and mouths Namjoon through his briefs making him thrash in the sheets. Namjoon grabs onto the bed trying to keep his hands still, not wanting Jin to start over again. Jin rubs his nose all along Namjoon’s cock, breathing in his sweet scent. Namjoon watches Jin, panting and licking his lips waiting for Jin to continue.

Jin looks into Namjoon’s eyes as he plays with the waistband of his underwear, slowly pulling Namjoon’s underwear down. Namjoon lifts his hip helping Jin take his underwear down. Jin licks his lips slowly staring at Namjoon’s cock, his mouth watering. Jin leans down, taking Namjoon into his hand giving him a few pumps to see if he would last. Namjoon groans from the feeling of Jin’s warm hands, pumping him lazily.

“As much as I would love for you to cry out and moan, I don’t think Yoongi would appreciate it all that much, so try being quiet. Okay baby?” Jin says as he continues to pump Namjoon.

“I’ll… I’ll be good, I promise. Just please...taste me,” Namjoon pants.

Jin leans up taking Namjoon’s lips into his, slipping his tongue inside his mouth. When he pulls back Namjoon pouts.

“Jin that’s not what I meant,” Namjoon complains.

Jin squeezes the tip of Namjoon’s cock making him cry out and throw his head back on the mattress, “That’s not what baby calls me,” Jin says in a deep and commanding voice.

“Daddy, please taste my cock. I want to feel your mouth on me,” Namjoon whines, trying not to move his hands from their spot.

“Want to feel my mouth?” Jin teases, pumping him again.

“Please daddy. Please...put your mouth on me,” Namjoon begs thrusting into Jin’s hand.

JIn licks his lips before slowly taking Namjoon into his mouth. Namjoon gasps, Jin’s mouth is so warm and slick, his tongue is soft against him, his teeth graze him a little bit, sending shocks of pleasure through Namjoon’s body. He grabs the sheets tightly, trying to obey Jin’s order, but desperately wanting to thread his fingers in Jin’s hair.

Jin bobs his head at a very slow pace, his eyes locked on Namjoon’s face trying to remember every detail. The way his eyes are tightly shut, but his mouth is open panting, his tongue running along his lips and teeth, moving around his mouth, his hands clenching and unclenching, the way his chest moves with every breath. Jin knows he wants to savor this moment, have it burned into his mind, to never forget this beautiful man coming apart because of him.

When Jin begins to run his tongue against the slit, Namjoon thrashes, his hands instantly lower hovering above Jin’s head before going back to their position above his head. Jin smiles at his obedience, loving the way he listens so well. He continues to torture Namjoon’s slit, licking roughly before going back to licking gently. He repeats this until Namjoon breathing begins to pick up too fast, his orgasm near. Jin pulls away sucking on Namjoon’s hip letting the orgasm fade. Namjoon is whining trying to move his hips to get himself back into Jin’s mouth. Jin chuckles slapping his thigh, warning him to behave.

Jin takes Namjoon back into his mouth, lowering himself until his the tip of his tongue is touching Namjoon’s balls. Namjoon has his mouth wide open, never before feeling the back of someone’s throat. He carefully tries to stay still not wanting to hurt Jin. Jin begins to bob his head on Namjoon, sucking slowly. He looks up at Namjoon, reaching out to him. Namjoon stares at Jin confused until his eyes point to Namjoon’s wrist. Namjoon brings his hand into Jin’s letting him grab his wrist bringing it down to his hair. Namjoon threads his fingers in Jin’s hair, gently scraping his scalp. Jin moans at the feeling and Namjoon holds Jin’s head down moaning loudly loving the vibrations from Jin’s mouth.

As Jin continues to bob his head, Namjoon bites his lip hard and guides Jin to the pace he wants, and Jin complies. He groans as the feeling in his stomach starts to grow, no longer being able to control his hips, bucking into Jin’s mouth. Jin continues to moan, loving the way Namjoon hits the back of his throat repeatedly. Just as Namjoon’s about to cum, Jin pulls away. Namjoon whines throwing his head back as the feeling starts to fade. Jin pouts out of pity knowing Namjoon must really be ready to burst.

“Such a good baby boy. So good for me, don’t worry baby I’ll let you finish soon,” Jin teases as he pumps Namjoon in a slow pace.

Namjoon moans looking at Jin with sad and desperate eyes, “Please daddy...please let me come.”

Jin hums, lowering his head taking Namjoon’s cock fast and rough into his mouth. Namjoon is biting his arm trying to keep quiet, trying not to cry out. The only sound in the room is Jin’s mouth moving on Namjoon, his slurps and kisses, and Namjoon’s whimpers. The feeling returns in Namjoon’s stomach and his moaning gets a little louder.

Jin pulls away, “Okay baby, since you’ve done so good, you can come whenever you want.” He goes back to sucking Namjoon’s cock, his head moving at a fast pace loving the sounds Namjoon’s pretty mouth is making. With a final whimper, Namjoon comes, spilling everything into Jin’s mouth. Jin simply licks it all up moaning at the taste of his cum. When he pulls away, Namjoon is breathing heavily and his eyes are closed. Jin stares at him with a smile on his face, forgetting about his own problem.

Namjoon sits up grabbing Jin by the neck pulling him forward until their lips are pressed together. Namjoon groans as he tastes himself on Jin’s tongue; he sucks on his tongue trying to get all of the taste, never before having this experience. Jin whimpers holding on to Namjoon’s shoulders, his own cock throbbing with need. Namjoon reaches down and unbuttons Jin’s pants, pulling them down with his underwear with help from Jin.

Namjoon reaches down and roughly fingers Jin’s slit spreading all the precum over his head. Jin whimpers against Namjoon’s hips, arching his back in pleasure, trying to press himself more on Namjoon’s body. Namjoon pulls away spitting into his hand before pumping Jin’s throbbing cock. With his other hand he grabs Jin’s head pressing their foreheads together, both panting into each other’s mouths. Jin grabs Namjoon’s biceps, closing his eyes as the heat in his stomach begins to grow. Namjoon watches Jin’s face twist in pleasure as he cries out louder and louder. With his other hand, Namjoon tugs on Jin’s hair until his head is pulled all the way back exposing his neck. Namjoon licks his lips before moving forward and sucking on Jin’s adam’s apple. Jin whines and groans from the feeling, knowing he’s close. The sharp pain from Namjoon sucking on him and his hand pumping him at a fast pace becomes too much for Jin and he finally comes with a soft cry, his fingernails digging into Namjoon’s biceps.

As Jin is catching his breath, Namjoon lifts his hand to his mouth licking off the cum. At first he expects to taste nothing, but when Jin’s cum hits his tongue a wave of different flavors burst into his mouth. The taste is addicting and he continues to lick his hand clean, Jin staring at him amazed and turned on all over again. When his hand is clean Namjoon looks into Jin’s eyes, smiling shyly.

“That was hot,” Jin comments running his hands through Namjoon’s hair.

“Let me go get a towel,” Namjoon says starting to stand up.

Jin jumps on his back wrapping his arms and legs around his waist, “No! Don’t leave me!”

“Jin! I have to get something to clean up,” Namjoon says as he tries to regain his balance.

“Don’t you have issues or something in here? I want to cuddle and makeout!” Jin pouts as he whines.

Namjoon chuckles before sitting on the bed, “Okay fine, you win.”

Jin cheers as he lays down on the bed opening his arms, waiting for Namjoon, telling him., “come here baby.”

Namjoon smiles softly before crawling into Jin arms, sighing happily, feeling completely safe in his arms.

**

After Namjoon and Jin left the living room Jungkook wrapped himself tighter around Yoongi’s back, breathing on his neck, nibbling on him, asking him, “Would you like to go camping with me? We could have a lot of fun together; it’d be a good chance to see how well we get along out in the wild.” Yoongi groans at the thought of them running in the forest together, both finally being free without any secrets between them, wishing more than anything it could be true.

“I’d love any chance to be with you, even if it’s just snuggling on the couch. But camping sounds amazing. We’ll have to get some tents…” Yoongi stops talking as he is starting to think about the things they’ll need to get to make the weekend perfect. While he’s busy thinking about camping supplies Jungkook is nibbling more seriously down his neck, sucking at that sensitive spot where his neck meets his shoulder, mumbling roughly, “Can I mark you? Want everyone to know you’re mine.”

Yoongi moans loudly, telling him, “Let’s go in my room first. Want to get comfortable in my bed, lay you down on my pillows, see what you look like tangled up in my sheets. I want to smell you on them come morning.”

Jungkook groans then, afraid all the neighbors are going to hear him tonight, unable to keep quiet if just the thought of being in Yoongi’s bed is already destroying him like this. Yoongi leads him down the hall to his room, holding his hand tight in his own, turning on the light on his nightstand so he can see him, locking his door before turning to him.

“Baby, you’re so beautiful,” Yoongi tells him, Jungkook’s eyes glowing with his need burning bright. He takes his mouth in a heated, desperate kiss, breaking only long enough to ask if he can remove his shirt, Jungkook nodding yes so quickly that Yoongi can’t help but smile. He peels it off of him so slowly, tracing his fingers over his skin as he goes, rubbing teasingly along his stomach, his nipples, his shoulders, Jungkook shuddering from the touch.

Before Yoongi can kiss him again Jungkook asks if he can remove his, and Yoongi’s eyes flare so dark, the amber shining bright, knowing this is the first time he’ll see him. Yoongi moans as he nods his head, Jungkook removing his shirt much faster, ripping it off of him, catching it on his chin while they both chuckle at his haste in getting him undressed.

“In a rush? Take your time baby, we have all night,” Yoongi reminds him, though he’s just as eager to finally get his hands on him.

“Need to finally see you, touch you, taste your skin,” Jungkook moans, tossing the shirt aside and just standing a step away, looking at him openly, running his hands down his perfect marble skin, so toned, so strong and solid, biting on his lip while he holds himself back. Yoongi is looking at him hesitantly, unsure if he likes what he can now finally see, but when Jungkook’s eyes meet his they are almost black with his desire, his pupils so dilated the color is almost a solid color now.

“Fuck Yoongi, you’re so beautiful,” he says before he steps closer and devours him, his mouth biting and sucking everywhere, taking extra time on that perfect spot at the base of his throat, his collarbones, his nipples, his waist. Yoongi has wrapped his hands in Jungkook’s hair, gripping so tight it’s almost painful, pulling him even closer.

“Can we lay down?’ Jungkook asks, his hands wrapping around the back of him, tracing his back muscles, slipping down to touch his ass for the first time, pulling him close as they get lost in a kiss. Yoongi had worn a thinner pair of slacks today for their date rather than jeans, and Jungkook can feel the curve of his ass, the space in between, the way it flares from the small of his back, clearly seen through the material.

“I fucking love these pants on you, I need you to wear these all the time, your ass looks amazing in them. Can’t wait to touch it, taste it, eat you out someday if you’d let me,” Jungkook tells him, infatuated with the feel of him in his hands.

Yoongi whimpers, and he would be mortified by his reaction but the sound makes Jungkook go wild, squeezing his ass between his strong hands, biting all along his shoulders, grinding his cock into him, both of them so hard already from just a few kisses and touches.

“You’re so responsive,” Jungkook tells him. “I’ve always been the one taken before, but I hope someday you’ll let me devour you, make you mine as well.”

Yoongi looks into his eyes, telling him, “I’ve never been taken, never wanted to be, but with you I can’t wait, I want to know what it would be like to be cherished, needed, wanted like that.”

Jungkook holds him tight, taking a moment to try to show him how much he means, that he’s not just a casual hookup, that he’s starting to mean everything to him. Jungkook looks down into his eyes, framing his cheeks in his hands, kissing him softly, telling him, “You’re really starting to matter to me. You’re more than I ever could have hoped for.”

Before Yoongi can respond, afraid to hear his answer, or worse yet his denial, Jungkook steals his lips again in a kiss, trying to pour his emotions into it, distracting him from arguing that his feelings can’t be real. When they separate for just a moment Jungkook nibbles all along his shoulders, stepping back for a second and leading Yoongi to his bed, crawling in first and pulling Yoongi down on top of him, letting his hands run from his hair, down his sculpted back, to finally cup his ass, pulling him down tight onto him.

They both moan at the feeling of their bodies rubbing tight against each other, Jungkook’s grip tightening as they rock harder together, their kisses constant, completely forgetting about the onion and it’s intended effects. Yoongi takes a breath and rolls them over, Jungkook now on top, Yoongi’s hands tracing over his back, shoulders, ass for the first time. He can’t get over Jungkook’s body, so strong and muscular from working out, his ass so firm and full beneath his hands, the need to sink inside him making him grind him down even harder.

“I think you should be the one fucking me against the wall, these muscles are killing me here, Guk,” Yoongi moans, squeezing his ass almost painfully in his large, strong hands, the nickname slipping out without restraint. Jungkook loves that he called him that, almost as much as he enjoys “baby”, and the grip he has on his ass is sending need burning through him, his cock aching for him.

‘I’m up for trying it, I just usually don’t top. I may have to practice in regular positions in bed first, make sure I can make you feel good before we try something that challenging,” Jungkook confides, not making eye contact with him now.

Yoongi lifts Jungkook’s chin so that they’re looking at each other again, telling him, “I don’t care who tops or how long we take before we actually have sex. None of that matters to me, I just want to be with you, ok? I don’t want you worrying that you can’t make me feel good. I know we’re going to be amazing together, whenever it finally happens. We both get so turned on with just a kiss, I can’t begin to imagine what it’s going to feel like to be buried inside you, your heat making me melt, or when you take me, the first to ever touch me like that. I want it all with you, whenever it happens. There’s no rush.”

Jungkook kisses him softly, telling him, “I’ve only had two partners, and I’ve always bottomed except once, and none of it was very good. I’m more turned on just kissing you than I ever was with them, sometimes just the way you look at me has my heart racing, and I’m always dreaming about being with you. So I’m not afraid to share that with you, I honestly can’t wait for it; I just need to be sure you’re serious about me before I can give myself to you. Because you really matter to me, and I hope I do to you, too.”

Yoongi crushes his mouth in a kiss, knowing he’ll forever be ruined for anyone else after this. The soft doe-eyed man with the sweet smile has made his dead heart come alive again, and he’ll never allow himself another after him. He needs to somehow confide all his secrets, the horrifying truth, and hope that he’ll still want him after that. Because it’s not fair to keep burrowing himself deeper and deeper into Jungkook’s life, and his heart, without being completely truthful.

When they break apart Yoongi looks up at him with so much love in his eyes, and he whispers, “You’re the most important person I’ve ever had in my life, and every day it gets harder and harder to picture a life without you in it. I still can’t tell you everything, I wish I could. But I promise it’ll be soon, it’s just that it’s not my secret alone to share. I just hope you’ll still want me once you know everything.”

Jungkook kisses him again, telling him, “I can’t make any promises since I have no idea what your secret is, but I don’t believe you’ve done anything wrong, nor hurt anyone, to where it would keep me away. But for now let’s enjoy each other since you can’t tell me anything more tonight. Though I would love another little fact, if you’d like to share.”

Yoongi thinks about it for a bit, teasing him in his delay, finally telling him, “Maybe later,” then drags his mouth down to his in a messy, erotic kiss, all teeth and tongue and lips set to destroy him, distracting him from thinking about little facts or the seriousness of his secret, Jungkook’s chuckle eventually turning into moans.

He rolls him onto his back as his mouth moves down Jungkook’s body, biting along his collarbones, his chest, moaning “mine” as he leaves a large bruise at the sensitive skin right where his skin disappears into his jeans, right on his beautiful v, wishing he could see all of it, all of him. Jungkook has his hands wrapped tight in his hair, whispering “lower”, wanting Yoongi to keep going, not hold back.

He looks up at Jungkook and asks, “Can I lower them, see you, touch you?” his eyes blazing with need, the amber now fully replacing his natural color, so beautiful in their intensity.

“Yes, fuck yes,” he replies, helping lower them and actually kicking them off the side of the bed, wanting Yoongi to be able to see all of him, run his hands everywhere.

“God, baby, you’re beautiful, I can’t believe you’re mine,” he says, running his hands all around his chest, stomach, abs, his muscular thighs, avoiding the spot Jungkook wants him most.

“Please touch me, I need to know what it feels like to have your hands on me,” Jungkook begs, Yoongi’s heart clenching at the need evident in the tone of his voice.

“Anything, Guk, anything for you,” he replies, finally running his hands down him, slowly stroking him, learning his shape, size, texture, tracing over the veins that are throbbing in need, the pre-cum already dripping down the sides. Yoongi gently runs a finger through it, lifting it to his own lips to taste him, closing his eyes, so thankful he can actually taste and savor this moment.

Jungkook is watching him, unable to believe he appears just as lost, as needy as he is, but the way he’s almost adoring him, cherishing him, making him wish he could do it in return, has made him suddenly realize something: he’s falling head over heels in love with Yoongi. He knows it’s too soon, that there’s so much he doesn’t know about him yet, but he can’t help it; there’s no rational way to talk himself out of this. Yoongi looks up at him just then, and when their eyes meet he knows it’s not one-sided anymore.

Jungkook drags him back up to him, pouring his heart into the kiss, knowing it’s too soon to say the words but unable to hold back the sentiment, the feeling, showing him in all the other ways he knows how. Yoongi pulls back from the kiss so he can see his eyes, and his are just as lost, as intense, as he realizes Jungkook’s feelings for him, and his in return. So much is said in that moment without words even being spoken.

Yoongi kisses him again, a bit gentler this time but still so emotional, and Jungkook has pulled him closer again, breaking away finally, telling him, “Can you take your pants all the way off this time, too? Wanna see all of you, feel you against me…”

Yoongi bites hungrily at his lips, his tongue, wanting to devour him, holding himself back from claiming him as his own. Jungkook is trying to get his hands between them to unfasten his belt, Yoongi finally getting the hint and moving his hips far enough back for him to sneak his hands in, struggling with his belt as he curses under his breath.

Yoongi chuckles, lightening the mood a bit, but Jungkook is as determined as ever, finally slipping it open and cupping him through his pants, loving how he feels through this thin material. “Yoongi, fuck, I seriously love these pants on you. You feel so good in them, love touching you like this,” he tells him as he continues to stroke him through the fabric.

“I can leave them on all night if you’d rather,” Yoongi teases, his eyes sparking with humor as he looks at him, loving that they share this lighter bantering as well.

“Fuck, I’m torn. Give me a minute here,” Jungkook answers, actually serious as he runs his hands over him everywhere for a moment, adoring his ass and stroking his cock until he’s fully hard through his pants ; he then finally unbuttons and unzips them slowly, slipping his hand inside to tease. Yoongi is groaning in frustration, loving his hands on him but thinking he was much closer to having his touch on his bare skin by now.

“Why are you torturing me, making me wait so long?” Yoongi bursts out, unable to take this torment any longer.

Jungkook laughs, surprised at his impatience and wish to move things along, telling him, “I promise it’ll be worth the wait.” He leans down and presses a soft kiss to his cock through his pants, and he can feel it pulse against him in response, Yoongi wanting so much more.

Jungkook gets up to remove Yoongi’s pants and briefs, his hands following the same path as the clothing, touching him everywhere he can reach. He slowly works his way back up, his eyes taking in every precious inch of Yoongi, loving his perfect skin, the firm toned body making his own thrum in need.

He comes all the way back up to kiss Yoongi again, their kisses now deep, moving, their tongues taking the other apart, needing more and more of their taste, their touch. Jungkook is now stroking Yoongi, playing with him gently, both lying on their sides now, running their hands everywhere they can reach, both exploring and touching each other openly like this for the first time.

As their kisses get more heated so do their touches, both starting to move their hips in response, whimpering into the kiss as their hands move in an especially perfect way, learning how the other likes to be pleasured.

Yoongi pulls back from the kiss for a moment, both running their hands down their chests and stomachs now, teasing their nipples, both responsive, both wanting to spend more time on them later. Jungkook leans down and sucks one into his mouth, nibbling on the bud, using his tongue to play with it, Yoongi moaning at the sensations burning through him, thrusting his hips against him, trying to get more .

“So good, Guk, your mouth is so good,” Yoongi moans, already close to coming from his touch. Jungkook switches sides, telling him, “I can’t wait until we have hours alone, without them in the next room. There’s so much I want to do with you, it’ll take weeks.”

Yoongi groans so loud when he hears him say that, telling him, “Baby, you can’t say that to me, I want you to show me now.”

Jungkook joins their hands, telling him, “I’ve been fantasizing about these hands, how your fingers will feel opening me up, stretching me out, making me burn. Or how they’ll feel wrapped around me, making me come.” While he scoots his lower body closer he takes their joined hands and runs them over the top of their cocks, spreading the pre-cum all over their palms, both of them just dripping wet, then wraps them snug around their cocks, lining them up, stroking them together, rubbing them up against each other firmly.

Yoongi throws his head back and growls at the feeling of Jungkook’s cock rubbing up tight against his with their hands together stroking them so hard, twisting at the top just right, palming the tips, playing with their slits. He takes Jungkook’s mouth in another blistering kiss, sucking his tongue into his mouth, nibbling on it, wanting to nip it so bad, the smell of his arousal and blood racing through his veins close to pushing him over the edge.

Yoongi breaks away and sucks at his neck, bruising him beautifully, letting his mouth hum at the pulse he feels beating so erratically; he then takes Jungkook’s mouth again as he struggles to hold back from coming, nipping his lip, sucking at the blood and using his tongue to soothe the ache, heal the wound, kissing him roughly again before he moans, “So close, baby, about to come.”

Jungkook’s been holding off for minutes now, the strong sucking and nibbling on his neck almost pushing him over but the bite on his lip…. that had his cock pulsing in their joined hands, so close to spilling, Yoongi’s need obvious by his lack of control.

Jungkook just moans Yoongi’s name as he comes just a moment later, shuddering through his climax, his cock pulsing so hard that Yoongi follows right after, the slide so slick now with both of their cum mixing, the noise becoming more erotic now because it’s just so wet, Jungkook can’t help but lift Yoongi’s hand and suck each finger in, cleaning him off, turning him on all over again. He decides to push things just a bit more and leans down, using his mouth to lick all around Yoongi’s cock, cleaning him up, never taking him fully in but rather just torturing him with his tongue.

Yoongi is in agony, telling him, “You are such a fucking tease. I can’t believe you’d do this and not take it further…”

“I thought we’re taking it slow,” he replies, coming back up and kissing him deeply, sharing their mixed taste with him, making Yoongi insane with need, still rock hard and ready to go again.

Yoongi bends down and licks near Jungkook’s length but doesn’t take him in his mouth, and he’s also now fully hard again and ready for more, Jungkook whimpering at the teasing he’s subjecting him to. They’ve both held off from touching their mouths to their cocks, both of them so turned on and desperate.

“Fuck, Yoongi, so not fair,” he says as he grabs tightly onto his hair, trying to keep him close. Yoongi laughs as he’s still down low, gently sucking one of his balls into his mouth making Jungkook’s hips lift off the bed, not expecting such an intimate act.

“I’ve been more turned on and needier than ever before, Yoongi. You’d never know I just came minutes ago and all we did was give each other hand jobs, granted they were amazing, but still. I think we’re gonna kill each other when we finally sleep together,” Jungkook tells him, surprised by how much he’s loving their time together.

“Weren’t you the one who thought you might not enjoy this?” Yoong asks, nibbling along his thighs and leaving small bruises behind, making Jungkook thrash against his sheets.

“I have no idea what you’re talking about,” Jungkook responds, stretching and trying to touch any part he can reach, which isn’t much. Yoongi finally has pity on him and comes back up by him, stealing his mouth in another sensuous kiss, taking his breath away.

He grabs onto Yoongi’s ass now that he’s on top of him again, kissing down his neck as they stop kissing for a moment, asking Yoongi if he can mark him. He agrees, Yoongi nibbling all along his neck and shoulders, both loving the heated kisses they’re leaving behind. Jungkook latches onto the soft, plush spot where his neck meets his shoulder, sucking the skin in, using his teeth and tongue to leave his mark behind, wanting everyone to know Yoongi is his now.

He pulls away, expecting to see a pretty purple mark on his perfect skin, but there’s nothing there, just a hint of pink, barely noticeable. Yoongi’s been humming throughout, loving the feeling, grinding down while he’s been mouthing at him, but Jungkook is confused. “What the hell?” he mumbles, Yoongi chuckling quietly, waiting to see what he does next.

Jungkook tries again in the same spot, a perfect area for a hickey to be left behind, pulling the skin even more heatedly into his mouth, knowing without a doubt he’ll be marked now, turning them both on even more by the feelings he’s creating. He pulls back, nibbling a bit with his teeth which has Yoongi whimpering in need, and when he looks once again there’s no mark.

Jungkook is getting aggravated and Yoongi feels bad for him but he can’t help but tease him again. “What’s wrong, Guk? Not big enough? I’d think half my neck is covered by now,” he asks as he slips his hands under him and squeezes his ass tight, loving that he gets to have his hands on him now, pulling his hips up into his as well.

“You would think. There’s nothing there, no matter how hard I try to mark you. What the hell?” he asks as he goes and tries again, this time higher in that tender spot under his ear, Yoongi groaning at the feeling of his mouth in that special spot, grinding down onto him as he continues nibbling and biting him.

“Baby, that feels so good,” Yoongi moans, loving the way he’s taking him apart, close to coming again from that alone. Jungkook sees how much he’s enjoying it so he goes even rougher, messier, harder, grinding up into him while Yoongi is thrusting down into him, and they both quickly come again, urgent and sloppy and embarrassingly fast for both of them.

“Don’t count that one against me, I can usually last a lot longer than that,” Yoongi tells him, now nibbling on Jungkook’s neck in that special tender spot, Yoongi never realizing how good it feels to have someone’s mouth there. “You’re mouth just felt too damn good.”

“Good to know. Now I know what to do if I ever need anything from you,” Jungkook tells him, nibbling on that spot again as Yoongi rolls away to lay on his side, now resting his head on his shoulder, protecting his neck from further attack.

Jungkook just now realized he still didn’t mark him. “Fuck, you still don’t have a mark. What the hell?” he exclaims, getting pissed now that Yoongi’s neck is still perfectly clear.

“Maybe you’re just not sucking hard enough?” Yoongi asks, struggling to keep a straight face, Jungkook not realizing yet that no matter how hard he tries he’ll never be able to mark him.

Yoongi is tracing his hand all along his chest, gently playing with this nipples, watching them pebble up under his touch, using his nail to tease him. Jungkook is moaning, already hardening up again, moaning at how good his hands feel. Yoongi tells him, “You’re so responsive to my touch, there’s no doubt we are going to be insane in bed together,” as he leans over and plays with his tit with his mouth again, Jungkook holding his head close so he continues. He teases him mercilessly, asking him, “Can you come from just my mouth?” both of them groaning from the idea.

“I don’t know, no one has ever played with them like this before. It feels so fucking good though, I probably could,” Jungkook answers, groaning as he uses his hand on the other one, continuing to torment him. “But what about you? You’re still hard too.”

“Guess that’s my secret for today. I can stay hard a really long time; as long as I’m still turned on I can keep taking you, keep coming,” Yoongi tells him quietly, licking his ear provocatively before going back down to bite at his nipple.

Jungkook actually cries out at the thought of being taken over and over again, repeatedly brought to the edge and fucked senseless. He comes instantly, Yoongi’s mouth and the image of them finally fucking relentlessly pushing him over for a third time tonight, a new record for him.

As he calms Jungkook nibbles on Yoongi again, first working him up by mouthing along that special spot on his neck, making Yoongi thrust into his hip, then sucking one of his nipples in deep, thinking maybe he’ll like it since he spent so much time on his. While he uses his teeth and lips to torture one side he slips his index finger in Yoongi’s mouth, him getting it all wet for him, and then he slides that had down lower, between Yoongi’s legs, lightly playing with his rim.

Yoongi moans at the feeling, Jungkook not doing anything more than touching it lightly, circling around it. While he continues playing with his tits he slides Yoongi’s legs open a bit wider, tucking one under his own thigh to hold him open, and he takes a brief break from playing with his tits to suck the finger deep into his own mouth, making sure Yoongi is watching, his amber eyes glowing now, as he gets it sopping wet. He is able to reach a bit better now with his legs spread wide, and Jungkook plays with his rim again, the nerve endings so sensitive as they’ve never been touched before. He goes back to biting on his nipple while he pushing against his opening, Yoongi now moving his hips around while he tries to get more of a touch, feeling better than he ever expected.

“Guk, you make me feel so good,” Yoongi moans, so close to coming again, Jungkook trying to see if he can make him come like this, untouched.

Jungkook whispers, “Have you ever come untouched before?” doubting he has since he typically is the one taking his partner, topping, fucking him into the mattress.

“Never, don’t know if I can,” Yoongi tells him, trying to move around, wanting his hand on his cock.

“We can save that for another day. Might happen when I finally get my mouth on you, eat you out, my tongue deep inside you, fingering you open,” Jungkook tells him, biting down hard on his nipple, and Yoongi comes hard, so turned on by the images of what he plans to do to him that he couldn’t hold back if he tried.

Jungkook watches in amazement as Yoongi comes again, his body trembling in his excitement, crushing their mouths together in an emotional, exhausted kiss. When he calms Jungkook snuggles into his shoulder, noticing he’s still hard but not touching him any more for now. He knows they’re getting closer to finally having sex, and they’ve shared a lot of intimacies tonight, but they still haven’t talked about whatever it is Yoongi’s keeping close to his chest.

He reaches to the nightstand and grabs a few tissues, cleaning them both, tossing them into the trash, then snuggling back into that spot that seems to be made just for him. He sighs deeply as Yoongi wraps his arm around him pulling him even closer, Jungkook ready to stay there for however long Yoongi will keep him.

**

It’s after midnight when Jungkook decides to head back to his apartment, needing to get up early in the morning for a tutoring session he’s offering in chemistry. Yoongi looks like he’s asleep, still holding him tight, and the last thing he wants to do is go back to his apartment alone, but he knows it’s best, to not get too attached yet, since nothing has been finalized. He presses a few kisses to his cheek before he untangles himself, trying not to disturb him, planning to leave him a note before he goes. He’s managed to slip his briefs on, having to use his phone as a flashlight to find his pants, when he feels Yoongi’s hand rubbing down his back, holding tight onto his waist, kissing his neck.

“Do you need to go? I thought we could sleep together, stay snuggled up,” Yoongi says in a sleepy, gruff voice that’s sending shivers down his spine, so badly wanting to say yes.

“I’m tutoring a class at 9, I need to be up early. I didn’t want to wake you,” Jungkook replies, turning around and placing a sweet kiss to his cheek, lingering when he pulls back as he stares into his beautiful eyes. “I’m gonna miss you tonight.”

“Sure you can’t stay?” Yoongi asks, taking his mouth in another sweet kiss, for the first time wishing someone would stay the night, hold him close.

“Next time, I promise, plus camping we’ll have two nights together,” Jungkook says, still not getting up, struggling to make himself leave Yoongi’s bed, and his arms.

“Let me get dressed quick, walk you back,” Yoongi says, starting to crawl out of bed.

“Don’t be silly, it’s literally across the hall. Just come lock the door behind me, kiss me goodnight,” Jungkook whispers, stealing another kiss before he goes.

When they finally break apart Jungkook is kicking himself for not staying, wanting nothing more than to be with him all the time. But he’s trying to hold onto that last piece of his heart, not letting it all free just yet, not knowing what his secret is.

Yoongi pulls on a pair of sweats, leaving his chest bare, and walks him to his apartment, holding him up against his door and kissing him sweetly goodnight, his hands on his waist holding him tight. He tells him, “I’m gonna miss you tonight, Guk, wish you were still tangled up in my sheets.”

Jungkook whimpers as he holds him tight, telling him, “You’re making this so hard for me.”

Yoongi pulls back, looking him right in the eye, asking him in all seriousness, “What’s wrong, Guk, what did I do?” afraid that he did something to inadvertently hurt him. Or worse, that he wants nothing to do with him and doesn’t know how to end things.

Jungkook tells him, staring at his chest and afraid to look in his eyes, being as open and honest as he’s always been, “I don’t know how to say this, so I’m just going to put it out there, even though this isn’t how I ever dreamt I would do this.” Yoongi freezes, afraid he’s going to end things already, just when he’s about to give him his heart.

Jungkook continues, looking up into his eyes now, “I’m falling in love with you, Yoongi, and I’m trying to hold myself back, since I’m not sure what you’re feeling, or what your secret is going to do to us. I would love to stay in your bed tonight, wrapped up tight in your arms. But it’s going to hurt that much more when you end things, if I get used to being with you.”

“Somehow the grumpy, tsundere crabby guy across the hall stole my heart without me noticing, and now I don’t know what to do about it,” he confesses, rubbing his hand softly along Yoongi’s chest, so afraid to lay his heart on the line but unable to do anything else.

Yoongi just stares up at him for a minute, unable to process what he just said, finally asking with a half smile on his face, “Did you just confess in the hallway at midnight while I’m standing here in my sweatpants?”

“Yeah, I guess I did. Don’t worry, I’m not expecting anything back from you in return. I just can’t help but be honest with you, since you asked. I can’t lie to you,” he tells him, looking down now, not wanting to see Yoongi having to placate him, either lie or pretend he has feelings, or even worse, laugh his feelings off.

But Yoongi stands there for another minute, a bit stunned that this beautiful man has feelings for him, the cold-hearted vampire who lives across the hall, who has never let anyone in before. He slips his finger under his chin to bring his gaze up to his, and he kisses his lips gently, staring into his eyes as he tells him, “I have strong feelings for you, too, and I’m not quite sure what to do with them either. I’m trying to hold them back until we talk, because I can’t share them until you know everything about me. Then you can decide if you still want to be with me.”

He continues, “Please wait for me, until I can confide in you. Give me a chance to earn your heart.”

Jungkook crushes his lips to Yoongi’s in a deep kiss, loving him so much, unabl  e to walk away even though he knows this may not end well. When he pulls back he simply tells him, “There’s no one else I’d rather be with. Just please don’t wait too long.” He kisses him gently once more before he lets himself in his apartment, unsure where to go from here.

**

When Jin comes in after 2am Jungkook is still sitting on the sofa in the dark, a dim table light casting a soft glow over him. Jin starts to jokingly tell him that he’s old enough, that he didn’t need to wait up for him, but he instantly sees all the emotions running over his face, his younger brother always an open book, and he sits down next to him, pulling him close, letting him rest his head on his shoulder as he lets out the deepest sigh.

He just sits there for a while, Jin softly petting his hair, until he can finally share his thoughts. “I’m in love with Yoongi. I don’t know how it happened, how I managed to fall for his crabby snarky ass, but I did.”

“What did he say?” Jin asks, knowing there’s no way he wouldn’t have told him, Jungkook always believing in sharing his feelings, keeping no secrets.

“I’m pretty sure he’s in love with me, he definitely has strong feelings for me. But he has a huge secret, I’m pretty sure both of them do, and until he can confide in me he’s holding himself back from completely opening himself up to me,” he tells him.

“So what are you going to do?” Jin asks him.

“He needs time to confess his secret, to open up, so I guess I wait until he’s ready. And in the meantime I try to keep myself from falling any deeper,” Jungkook tells him, so much easier said than done.

They head to bed then, Jungkook sleeping with his brother, holding him close while he stays awake half the night, trying to understand how falling in love for the first time could possibly feel so painful.

**

Yoongi is awake on his laptop when Namjoon walks Jin back to his apartment, their giggles and chuckles that he hears through the door making him wish for easier times with Jungkook. When Namjoon returns he stops in the kitchen, pulling out the pizza and grabbing a piece, munching on it blindly, wanting to feel normal for a moment. The more they’re with the others the more he wishes he were human again.

Yoongi comes out and is surprised to see him eating a slice of pizza, not needing the nutritional content and unable to taste it, so virtually no reason for him to be eating it. He stands there leaning against the doorframe, Namjoon looking over at his quizzical brow and just shrugging his shoulders, not really wanting to explain.

He waits until Namjoon has another mouthful of pizza before Yoongi tells him, “I’m in love with Jungkook, and I want to tell them our secret.” Namjoon was just about to swallow and he chokes on his food, no longer experienced in swallowing and talking at the same time.

“Fuck Yoongi, you were the one who said we couldn’t get close, that we had to keep our distance. Now you want to tell him what we are, that you love him? Where do you see this going? There’s no happy ending here,” Namjoon continues, trying to get Yoongi to understand their predicament.

“You’re gonna tell me you don’t have feelings for Jin?” Yoongi asks, knowing he does, just not knowing how deep his feelings run just yet.

“Yeah I have feelings for him, but I’m not in love with him. At least not yet. You said we had to stay away, not get attached. I couldn’t let myself develop those feelings, that’s what you said!” he exclaims, knowing their voices are getting too loud for a 2am conversation but really upset with Yoongi right now.

“I know Joonie, I didn’t plan on it. I did everything I could to keep my distance, I didn’t even talk to him those first weeks, I tried not to let him worm his way in. But he did it without even trying, without me even noticing,” Yoongi confides, sounding so defeated.

“How does Jungkook feel?” Namjoon asks more calmly now, knowing you can’t control when you fall in love.

“He confessed to me tonight, as he was going back home. I asked him to stay; I can’t tell you how badly I wanted him to stay over, hold him all night. He got up to go home, having to tutor in the morning, and I was afraid he was sneaking out because he was sorry we were so intimate together. But he left because he’s trying to protect himself, not let himself get any more attached,” Yoongi confides, the thought killing him that he could be with him right now if things weren’t so complicated.

“I need to think about this, because this is huge. We’ve never told anyone before, we’ve never wanted to. What if one of them accepts us but not the other? What if they let everyone know? Or they accidentally share our secret with someone else? It’ll be harder to run if it’s actually confirmed what we are, it’s always just been hinted at before,” Namjoon says, trying to be the rational voice of reason now.

“I know Joonie, I’ve been sitting here for hours now trying to figure out what to do. I’ve thought of breaking up with him but he knows I care deeply for him, and he loves me. I don’t know if I can just walk away from that without trying to make it work first. I can’t bear to hurt him, but I feel like no matter what I do that’s exactly what’s going to happen,” Yoongi confides.

“You told him you need time, right? Let’s continue seeing them, go camping, see where things go. I need to reflect on my feelings for Jin now, too. I wasn’t letting myself get too close, I kept trying to hold back from any emotional connection. But I really like him, Yoongs. More than I ever hoped for,” Namjoon responds, now in an emotional turmoil just like his friend.

“If we tell one of them, we’re telling both. And I don’t want to pressure you into moving faster with Jin than you’re ready. You don’t need to confess to him to share our secret,” Yoongi tells him, sorry that now he’s putting his friend in this difficult predicament.

They both go to bed that night, lying awake since they never actually sleep, envisioning all the ways this could play out, with so many horrible endings a much greater possibility, but both hoping for the one that ends with a happily ever after for all of them.

**

The next morning Jungkook is at the library in a private room, tutoring mostly freshmen students the basics of chemistry, and Jin is busy at the front desk, working an early morning shift. Yoongi and Namjoon both decide to do their homework there today, giving them a chance to see their boyfriends and reconnect after the intimate moments they shared the night before. Yoongi has brought a hot chocolate for Jungkook, knowing he’s not a coffee drinker, and Namjoon brought Jin his latte again, since he seemed to like it last time.

Yoongi first asks Jin which room Jungkook has reserved, finding out he’s tied up another 20 minutes. While he walks over and finds a table outside the conference room, Namjoon stays to flirt with Jin at the desk, needing to leave him alone after a few minutes since he’s too busy for now.

Jungkook’s session is breaking up a few minutes early, but a few students linger, trying to get every last minute of help they can. He eventually comes out, carrying a stack of textbooks and notes, and he’s surprised to see Yoongi there waiting for him. After a few seconds of utter shock his expression is replaced by poor joy, so happy Yoongi made an effort to come visit him today.

Namjoon says hello then wanders off to find the Major Philosophers Biography section, needing to write a paper for this week’s class. Jungkook sits down at an angle from Yoongi, moving his books out of the way and gently holding Yoongi’s hand, leaning forward to give him a quick, smoldering kiss, their legs bumping against each other under the table.

Yoongi is thrilled that Jungkook seems happy to see him; he honestly wasn’t sure what kind of reception he was going to get today, after how things went last night. It takes him a few moments to get his head in gear, sliding the to-go cup over to him, telling him, “I got you a hot chocolate, nowhere near as good as real caffeine but I thought it might help this morning.”

Jungkook smiles at him, thanking him for the drink, gulping down half in one pass. “Thanks Yoongi.” He then asks, sort of shyly, “Are we ok? I know I didn’t handle things the best last night, but I can’t help but be honest when you ask a direct question about things.”

“I really want to get to know you better, want both of us be sure about our feelings before The Talk ,” Yoongi tells him, Jungkook laughing at the way he phrased it. “I know it sounds creepy like that, but I want to spend more time together, go camping, make sure we still really like spending all that time in each other’s company before I tell you things that might have you running the other direction.”

“I seriously doubt there’s much you can tell me that would change my mind, but I get it, and I’d love to spend more time with you too. So are we trying to camp this weekend or next? The school will be closed for both because of spring break, so neither one of us has to work, Jungkook tells him.

Just then Jin and Namjoon come join them at the table, Jin on a short break and looking flustered already; Jungkook realizes Namjoon must have been kissing him between the bookshelves again before they walked over, making him smile and wink at him, prompting Jin to kick him under the table. Yoongi clears his throat, trying to get everyone’s attention, then tells them, “We were just saying let’s try to camp this weekend if that works for you, and if the weather’s bad we’ll move it back a week. You and Jin are in charge of snacks and drinks; we’ll bring the tents and sleeping bags and firewood and bug spray. We’ll just go run and buy whatever food we want when we get hungry. Does that work?” Yoongi asks, looking at all of them to see if they’re all in agreement.

Jin pipes in, “I’ll bring stuff for s’mores, and the lighter and fire starters, and I’ll bake some cookies and things. Do you guys want beer or anything…”

They make a quick list of who’s bringing what, having the rest of the week to finalize plans. Everyone’s excited about the trip, looking forward to the mini-getaway with their boyfriends. When they’re all done at the library they walk over to the ice cream shoppe, Yoongi and Jin going to save a table while Jungkook orders for himself and Yoongi; he’s hoping to surprise him by knowing what he likes.

While he’s waiting for their order they all notice Namjoon speaking with another man near the back, shorter than even Yoongi, with the most beautiful sparkling blue eyes in a shade they’ve never seen before. Yoongi can tell Jin is distracted by him, seeing that Namjoon is giving his his undivided attention. “Hey, don’t worry, he’s just a friend Namjoon has known forever,” he tells Jin, hoping to alleviate any hard feelings.

“Hey, he can talk to other guys. It’s not like I care or anything,” Jin tells him in a soft, almost hurt voice. Before Yoongi can respond Namjoon walks over to order their ice cream, the stranger still by his side. Jin is trying to keep himself calm, not feel like he’s already being replaced, when Namjoon buys three ice creams, paying for and treating the stranger as well!

He so badly wants to leave the restaurant but he wants to show Namjoon that he’s ok with this, that he’s not jealous, even though it’s killing him to sit there looking unaffected.

Jungkook walks up just then and hands Yoongi his ice cream, sitting down next to him as Yoongi thanks him before taking a taste; he’s luckily able to tell what it is by its scent, since he can’t taste it. “How did you know I love Espresso Ice cream?” he asks, his eyes amazed that he took the time to learn his favorite flavor, something he actually can’t taste but he remembers enjoying coffee years ago. Jungkook just softly answers, “You matter,” staring into his eyes, wishing they were alone, squeezing his thigh under the table before holding his hand tightly.

Jin is mumbling under his breath by now, Jungkook turning to him, asking him who the stranger is with Namjoon. He growls at Jungkook, telling him, “If I knew that do you think I’d be sitting here all pissed off?”

Yoongi tells him again, “He’s just a friend,” but Jin retorts with, “I’d rather hear that from my boyfriend but I CAN’T since he’s busy spending time with someone else.”

Namjoon eventually walks over with the stranger, handing Jin his favorite flavor, Fudge Brownie, quieting his protests at least for a minute as he too is surprised he knows what he likes. He looks up into Namjoon’s eyes, whispering a “Thank you” after his first taste, still jealous but realizing he cares enough to find out his favorite things.

Namjoon and the stranger take seats at the table, Namjoon first leaning down and kissing the top of Jin’s head, and Jin notices the stranger’s eyes sharpen a bit at the contact. Namjoon finally makes the introductions: “Jimin, you know Yoongi. This is my boyfriend Jin, and this is Jungkook, Yoongi’s boyfriend. Jimin is a friend of mine that I met a few years ago in California. He runs a men’s shelter just outside of town here that I volunteer at a few days a month.”

Jimin says hi to everyone, his eyes curiously looking over Jungkook and Jin, not quite rude but not really friendly, either. Jin is trying to be discreet about his perusal of Jimin but he’s failing pretty miserably as well. Jimin asks, “How long have you all been seeing each other?” the tone sounding a bit like an inquisition rather than curiosity.

Namjoon tells him it’s been a few months now, that they met at school. It’s clear that Jimin wants to say more but now isn’t the time. He leaves shortly after he finishes his ice cream, telling everyone it was great meeting them, and in a quiet undertone he tells Namjoon “Be careful, he’s been poking around, but we threw him off your track.” Jimin is looking over his shoulder at the table as he leaves the shop, just as Jin is doing the same thing, watching Jimin walk through the door, down the sidewalk.

The four have a pleasant enough time but it’s clear to everyone Jin isn’t very happy, trying to be his usual bubbly self but failing. They finish their ice cream and Jungkook goes back to his apartment with Yoongi while Jin takes a walk with Namjoon.

“Jin slow down! Why are you walking so fast?” Namjoon calls out, jogging over to match Jin’s speed.

“Jimin seems like a really nice person,” Jin huffs angrily.

“Uhm, yeah he is?” Namjoon answers, confused by Jin’s anger.

“It was so nice of you to pay for his ice cream too!” Jin breathes heavily while trying to control himself.

“Jin? What’s wrong?” Namjoon asks softly, afraid that something bad is going to happen.

“Nothing! Nothing’s wrong! I don’t want to talk about it!” Jin shouts, catching the attention of people walking by.

Namjoon looks around before lowering his head, avoiding all the eyes that are on him. “If I did something wrong, please just tell me.”

“Just forget about it!” Jin walks away with his hands in his pockets.

Namjoon stands there unsure of what to do. As he watches Jin walk away, he knows that if they tell them their secret this is exactly how it would feel if they didn’t want anything to do with them. Sadness fills his body at the thought of Jin walking away and never wanting to see him again. The thought of it hurts him more than he thought it would. Jin has slowly become a big part of his life: his morning texts, his little random kisses and touches, his smile and his laugh that always have people looking, the way he's always looking out for him, worrying for him, the way he looks at him when they're alone. Everything about Jin leaving him is too painful to consider; Namjoon has never been in love, but maybe this is how Yoongi feels.

He runs after Jin, wanting to know why he's running away from him. He finds Jin sitting under a tree, hugging his knees. He walks over unsure if it’s okay to sit down or not, so he stands there shuffling his feet awkwardly. Everything was fine until they got to the ice cream shop. He thanked him for getting his ice cream, and Jungkook said it was his favorite. Namjoon doesn’t understand what’s going on, why Jin wasn’t talking to him.

“Jin, please talk to me,” Namjoon quietly says, getting on his knees.

“Jungkook loves Yoongi,” Jin’s eyes begin to water, and he quickly blinks them away, not wanting to cry.

“I… I know, Yoongi told me last night,” Namjoon tells him as he sits down now close to Jin, still giving him his space.

“What are we?” Jin whispers, too afraid to know the answer.

“What do you mean what are we? You’re my boyfriend and I’m yours. What’s wrong Jin? Please tell me,” Namjoon is worried that Jin is going to end things between them, even after all that they’ve done.

“It’s just...I saw you with Jimin and how you were giving him all your attention and how you bought him ice cream and you just kept talking to him, and then I see Yoongi and Jungkook just being there together giving each other these stupid cute looks,” Jin angrily wipes a tear away from his face. “I just got jealous, of Jimin and Jungkook.”

“I can understand why you got jealous of Jimin, but why Jungkook?” Namjoon looks at Jin with soft eyes.

“Because it always seems like every guy he’s with falls in love with him, and even though he’s never felt the same until Yoongi, I just always envied him for it. I’ve been cheated on and lied to, I’ve been used for revenge, I’ve been a rebound, I’ve always attracted the bad boys and the players, but i’ve never had someone tell me they love me. Am i not good enough? Is there something wrong with me? Is it because I put myself out there too much? Am I easy?” Jin questions, not bothering to wipe his tears anymore, letting them flow freely.

“You really think i’m using you?” Namjoon asks, his feeling hurt by Jin thinking that about him.

“I saw you and Jimin! You barely even talked to me! And then when that... midget was leaving he tells you to be careful! And I have to find out through Jungkook that you and Yoongi are hiding some big secret. Fuck Namjoon! Do you not trust me or something? Why don’t you tell me anything! Why is Yoongi being more open when he didn’t even want to date in the first place! If you don’t want to be with me, then just tell me! I don’t want to fall in love with you if you’re just in this for the fun!” Jin refuses to look at Namjoon, not wanting to show weakness, but his heart is hurting.

“I didn’t want to tell you about our secret because I’m scared,” Namjoon whispers just loud enough for Jin to hear. “I’m afraid you’re going to push us away. It’s not something that’s easy to say. It’s why Yoongi and I never got close to anyone before; we know telling anyone would cause a problem. We didn’t want to get attached to anyone for that reason. But then you came and bounded into my life and I couldn’t help myself; I was tired of always being on the move and it’s been me and Yoongi for the longest time. As much as I love him, I get tired of being around just him all the time. I was being selfish when I started texting you. I just wanted to feel...normal...I wanted to be like everyone else and date. I don’t think I could’ve chosen a better person to date,” Namjoon confides as he cautiously moves closer to Jin until their thighs are touching.

“Is the secret really that bad? Can’t I get a hint?” Jin says softly.

“It’s… it’s not something you hear everyday. I’m not in a mafia or anything like that, but it’s just...hard to explain,” Namjoon explains carefully.

“So then, how do you feel about me? Because I...really like you,” Jin stares at his hands, feeling small and afraid to confess, afraid to put himself out there, not knowing what Namjoon is feeling for him.

Namjoon places his hands on top of Jin’s, “I’ve never felt like this about anyone before. Jimin was telling me to be careful because...he’s sort of in a similar position as Yoongi and me. Jin… I’ve had people try to be with me and want to date me, but either I was never interested or I chose to never get close to anyone; but you’re different in every way. I’m not using you, I’m not playing you, or doing any of those things; I’m with you because I want to be, because I really like you. You mean a lot to me Jin, I want to be with you for a really long time, if you’ll let me.”

Jin looks into Namjoon’s eyes as he tells him, “I...I think I might be falling in love with you.”

Namjoon smiles softly, bringing Jin’s hands to his lips and kissing them softly, “I think I might feel the same way. I’m not sure yet, but when you walked away from me I got really scared. I didn’t like watching you leave without me. You mean the world to me, there’s nothing I wouldn’t do to have you smiling. And when I do tell you the big secret I hope that you can, or will still want to be in my life.”

“I’m sorry I got jealous, and whenever you do tell me the secret...I want to be able to work through it so that we can still be together” Jin smiles, shyly wiping away any stray tears.

“Don’t be, if anything I should be sorry. I said I was going to court you, but I don’t think I’m doing it right. You shouldn’t have any of those thoughts while being with me. You shouldn’t cry out of sadness either; I’m sorry about not being a better boyfriend,” Namjoon holds Jin’s hands tightly, wanting to feel their warmth.

“You could always make it up to me?” Jin says in a soft and innocent voice.

Namjoon smirks, leaning in closer to Jin’s body, “I would love to show you how much you mean to me.”

Jin leans in closer, their lips brushing each other, teasingly. “Yeah? Good because I need something to cheer me up.”

Namjoon stands up, offering his hand to Jin, he takes it lifting himself off the floor. Namjoon tugs on his hand pulling him in closer, their bodies pressed up tight against each other. Jin blushes as he ducks his head down, avoiding Namjoon’s eyes. Namjoon smiles, kissing the top of Jin’s head before hugging him.

“Come on babe, let’s go back to your room. Maybe this time I can be daddy?” Namjoon teases as they begin to walk to the apartments.

Jin groans, covering his face in embarrassment, “Joonie please don’t say that out loud!”  

Namjoon only laughs, lacing his and Jin’s fingers together, putting their hands in his hoodie pocket keeping their hands warm.

**

Once Jungkook arrives back with Yoongi they stay in Jungkook’s living room, putting some music on, sitting on the couch and talking about their schedule the coming week, camping, homework, and all the mundane things they can think of, staying away from the topic they both want most desperately to cover.

Finally Jungkook tells him, “I don’t want you to avoid me, not talk to me, not kiss me, for weeks now Yoongi. After last night I can’t wait to get my hands on you again, and I hope you feel the same, even knowing that things are kind of up in the air for now.”

“I definitely want to hold you, kiss you, always, Guk. I just don’t want to make things any harder for you when I can’t tell you what’s going on yet,” Yoongi tells him. Jungkook knows that even if they aren’t intimate at all in the next few weeks he’s still going to love Yoongi, it’s still going to kill him if they break up, and he’s not going to waste any more of his precious free time holding back.

He crawls into Yoongi’s lap, wrapping his hands tight in his hair, pulling his mouth close as he steals an earth shattering kiss, so much more emotional, intimate, after everything they shared last night. He moans into the kiss, Yoongi pulling his hips even closer, kissing him more desperately, neither wanting to let go of the other. They’re still kissing, grinding down onto each other, when the others come back, looking like they resolved their differences as well.

Jungkook breaks from the kiss and just turns his head to the door when he hears it open, resting his head on Yoongi’s, his eyes heated and so aroused, Jin now seeing and understanding exactly how lost he is for him; Yoongi is nibbling down his neck hungrily, his hands firmly on his hips, not even acknowledging the appearance of the others as they say they’re going into Jin’s room.  

As soon as they hear the door shut Jungkook gives Yoongi just a few seconds to finish attacking his neck before he sinks back into that sensuous kiss again, loving the taste and feel of Yoongi when he destroys him. Jungkook is moaning, grinding down hard into Yoongi’s lap, loving the feel of his cock under his ass, lining up perfectly where he needs him the most. “God, Yoongi, can’t wait for you to finally take me, make me yours.”

Yoongi growls as he takes his mouth in another kiss, pressing him down into his lap as his hands probably leave bruises behind, wishing he could sink into him now, just take him over and over until they fall asleep, finally exhausted in each other’s arms. Jungkook whimpers, actually crying out, Yoongi telling him, “me too, babe,” Yoongi not realizing he just spoke out loud, thinking he was just wishing it and not actually speaking his desires to him.

Jungkook stares deeply into his eyes, loving the way he almost drowns in the looks that Yoongi gives him as the amber seems to see into his soul. He crawls off his lap, Yoongi trying to physically keep him there, holding tight to him, not wanting to let him up. Jungkook holds out his hand, asking him to follow, to trust, to join him. Yoongi doesn’t stop gazing into his eyes, not knowing what Jungkook has in mind but unable to deny him anything at this point.

Jungkook leads him into his bedroom, locking the door, kissing him again as he can’t get enough of his taste, the love that he feels them share when they kiss. He lays him down on his bed tonight, kissing him again while he leans over him before he nibbles along his neck, lifts his shirt, nibbles all along his stomach, his beautiful pale skin, making him hum as the need burns bright. He starts unfastening his pants, unzipping them, slipping them down, lower and lower, until they’re out of the way, Jungkook slipping Yoongi’s briefs off as well, now running his hands excruciatingly slowly back up his body.

Yoongi’s hips are lifting, searching, wanting more of Jungkook’s touch; he had left him untouched while he was busy undressing him but now…. Now Jungkook lets himself go. He runs his hands everywhere, teasing, torturing, squeezing his nipples, running his hands down his stomach, gripping his hips, close to his cock but never quite touching it, gently squeezing his balls, running his hands over every inch of him, leaving him breathless and needy.

“Baby, are you going to touch me? Or just tease the fuck out of me all night?” Yoongi moans, clutching at the sheets while he teases him, trying to hold himself back.

“You have a problem with that?” Jungkook teases back, starting to finally kiss all along his abdomen, attempting to bruise the skin but failing again, the feeling still making Yoongi whimper. He’s finally getting closer to his cock, Yoongi now wrapping his hands in his hair, trying to steer him closer to what he needs.

“Fuck, you’re killing me every time you touch me. I don’t know how I’m ever going to survive,” Yoongi moans, trying so hard to let him have his own way and not take things into his own hands.

Jungkook looks up into his beautiful eyes, asking him, “Can I taste you?” and Yoongi freezes, not believing for one second that he could possibly mean what he thinks. His hesitation has Jungkook backpedalling, telling him, “Never mind, if you’re not comfortable with that I won’t do it.”

Yoongi pulls him up against him and kisses him so erotically, so sensually, his tongue literally destroying his mouth, Jungkook groaning and grinding against his thigh, his hands wrapped tight in Yoongi’s hair, so close to coming from this kiss that’s so carnal he’s having a hard time breathing.

When they break apart Yoongi’s eyes search Jungkook’s, telling him, “I would give anything to have your mouth on me. I never thought you would want that, with me.”

Jungkook kisses him again, so passionately, before whispering, “Why wouldn’t I want that with you? I love you, Yoongi,” he tells him before he lowers his mouth, first to bite and tug on his nipples, then to toy with his navel, tonguing and sucking it into his mouth roughly, and finally, blessedly, lower.

He licks him gently at first, from his base all the way to the tip, savoring his taste, the pre-cum that’s already flowing, being careful not to do too much, too fast, since Yoongi seems overwhelmed by this. He slowly nibbles all along his length, Yoongi so much longer, thicker, than anyone he’s been with before. He goes lower and gently sucks his balls into his mouth, first one, then the other, gently playing with them with his tongue, Yoongi groaning at the feelings shooting through him.

He licks his way back up to the tip, using his tongue to tease his slit, Yoongi hissing at the pleasure as he tries everything possible to keep his hips from lifting and hurting Jungkook. Jungkook senses the struggle he’s having so he holds Yoong’s hips down firmly to the bed, Yoongi chuckling, knowing his hands would do little to hold him back if he lost his control.

Jungkook takes just the head into his mouth now, suckling on him, using his tongue to run all around it, teasing the slit again, Yoongi groaning as he touches upon all those sensitive spots that are driving him wild. Yoongi has never been with a human before, not even shared something as simple as a kiss, and the warmth of his mouth on his cock, sucking him in, using his tongue that’s so soft and hot and wet to awaken all these feelings, is beyond his wildest dreams. He still can’t comprehend that Jungkook wants this, with him, that he’s willing to give him this pleasure, and that thought has him nearly coming already.

“Guk, it’s so good, god your mouth is too much, I don’t know how long I can hold back,” Yoongi moans, holding tight to his hair, not pushing him forward or away, just using him to try to keep himself grounded. Hearing that comment has Jungkook wanting to give everything to him, so he pops off of him a second, teasing the slit, licking up all the pre-cum that’s just dripping out of him now, every touch driving Yoongi wild.

He warns him, “Better hold on tight, babe,” and he takes him deep, tightening his mouth on him as much as he can, sliding off, and then going deeper, the tip of his cock hitting the back of his warm throat, Yoongi moaning so loudly, so lewdly , grabbing so tight on his hair that Jungkook groans, those vibrations just destroying Yoongi. Jungkook slides off again, swirling his tongue in his slit repeatedly, before going back down, having to relax his jaw and stretch his mouth wide to accommodate his size, taking as much of him in as he can, his tip again poking the back of his throat, Jungkook now thrusting him into his mouth like this, using his hand to stroke what can’t fit.

When he feels Yoongi getting close he sucks down on him, hard, using his tongue to torment him as well, Yoongi telling him to pull off, that he’s going to come, but Jungkook just looks up at him, taking him impossibly deeper, and then he swallows around him, his throat tightening on his cock, and Yoongi explodes, his cum shooting down his throat while his cock pulses impossibly hard, Jungkook swallowing it all down which just makes him tremble more, his mouth tightening even more, that hot wet heat the most incredible thing he’s ever felt.

When he’s calmed Yoongi drags Jungkook up for a kiss, destroying his mouth, loving that he tastes himself on him, wanting to take him and make him his, claim him, never let him go. He knows they still need to talk, but right now he just wants to make Jungkook feel just as good. He looks into his eyes, asking him, “Can I taste you now?”

Jungkook doesn’t answer right away, but then he tells him, “I’m too close, I want to really enjoy it when you finally have your mouth on me, make it last. Can I take a rain check for next time?” he asks, Yoongi groaning, now having this image in his head, something to dream about until they’re alone again soon.

“You know you’re killing me; I’m going to be picturing going down on you in my every waking moment until I can finally get my mouth on you,” he tells him, Jungkook moaning while he grinds his cock into his hip, so close to coming.

“Will you touch me, make me come? I love seeing your hands on me, feel them wrapped around me,” he asks, unzipping his pants, lowering them with his briefs just enough so Yoongi can touch him.

Yoongi gets up on his knees now, sitting back on his heels, lowering his pants even further, wanting to be able to run his hands everywhere. “Are you sure I can’t taste you too?” he asks, feeling Jungkook’s cock pulse in his hands at the comment, knowing they both want it so badly. “You’re so beautiful, Guk, wanna taste you so bad.”

“Next time, I promise, I know I’m like 3 seconds away from coming right now,” he moans as Yoongi wraps his hand tightly around him, using his pre-cum to make the strokes nice and slick. The sound is so erotic, he’s already so hard and dripping wet that he’s trying to hold back the best he can.

Yoongi reaches down with his other hand and circles the base of his cock tight, telling him, “I’m just trying to make you last a little longer. Let me know if you don’t want this.”

Jungkook loves the feel of his hands on him, the tight pressure wrapped around him as he keeps stroking him so hard, twisting at the top, playing with his slit. He can’t help but thrust his hips into Yoongi’s hand now, fucking himself harder, faster, knowing he would have come by now if not for his hand holding him off.

Yoongi starts talking to him in a raspy, sexy voice, telling him, “See, you could have lasted, I could have had my way with you, sucked you deep into my throat, nibbled all along your cock. I can’t wait to finally take you, take my time prepping you; I bet you’ll come just from my fingers stretching you open, finding that spot deep inside that’ll have you begging to come, whimpering for me to finally fuck you, pound you into the mattress, make you come untouched over and over again, until you finally beg me to touch you, to let you come with my hands on you, after you’re so tired you can’t even ride me anymore, I have to turn you over and take you myself.”

Jungkook is whimpering, his hips pistoning so hard, so fast, wanting Yoongi to take him in all the ways he’s sharing with him, Yoongi now removing his hand that was holding him off and instead placing it above his cock, his thrusts now slamming into it each time, and he moans out, “I’m coming Yoongi, can I come?” trying to hold off still, and Yoongi’s about to come again just from him asking permission , and he growls out, “Yeah baby, come for me, show me,” and the climax tears through him, Jungkook moaning so beautifully as he finally lets himself go, his cock pulsing as he comes, making a mess as he keeps thrusting his hips into Yoongi’s hands, Yoongi leaning down and leaving a large bruise behind on his neck again, the smell of his arousal and cum and blood pounding through his veins just too much to resist.

“Perfect, baby, you’re so beautiful when you lose yourself in me,” Yoongi tells him, still stroking him gently as he finally starts to calm. Jungkook is still trying to catch his breath, this being the most intense orgasm he’s ever had, and it’s just a handjob. He can’t even imagine what it’ll be like once Yoongi’s actually inside of him, taking him, making him his once and for all. Whatever he had with his other partners was nothing compared to this; it’s already so much more intense, loving, hotter, sweeter.

They’re laying there, for the first time cuddling and snuggling into each other’s arms, getting soft and lazy and almost dozing off together, when they hear the apartment door shut loudly. Jungkook is almost asleep again when he hears Jin’s door shut and then the muffled sounds of him crying. Jungkook needs to go see what’s upsetting Jin, since it’s obvious they must have fought.

Jungkook kisses Yoongi sweetly before he apologizes, telling him, “Sorry Yoongi, but something is going on with Jin and Namjoon. I need to go see Jin, see if he’s alright.”

Yoongi kisses him back, a sweet, loving kiss, telling him, “It’s ok, let’s go check on him, see what’s happening.”

They both quickly dress, walking over and tapping on Jin’s door.

**

Earlier that evening, after the ice cream date...

Jin carefully closes the door behind him, unsure of how things were going to go. Namjoon makes himself at home as he lays down on Jin’s bed, putting his arms behind his head. Jin stands by the door awkwardly.

“What’s wrong?” Namjoon asks him. “Why are you staying so far away from me?”

Jin looks down at his hands biting his bottom lip, “I know you said you’d make it up to me, but...I don’t know… I just want to hold you. I want you to hold me.”

Namjoon looks at his face seeing how flushed Jin was becoming and how his eyes glistened. He knew that look, it was the same look he had on his face at the park before he began to cry. Namjoon quickly gets up from the bed, walking over to Jin and wrapping his arms around him.

“Jin what’s wrong?” He whispers gently.

Jin buries his face in Namjoon’s chest, feeling his eyes beginning to sting. “Jungkookie is so happy with Yoongi. I’m happy for him, I’ve never seen him this way before.”

“Is that really why you’re crying? Or is it from the conversation we had earlier?” Namjoon lays his head on Jin’s shoulder, trying to calm him down.

“Why aren’t we like them?” Jin questions, mumbling into Namjoon’s shirt. “They can barely keep their hands off each other, they didn’t even want to date. Why do they get to love each other before us?”

Namjoon feels his shirt getting wet with Jin’s tears, “I said I wanted to take things slow. Jin I just told you that you mean a lot to me. Why don’t you believe me?”

“I just feel like they trust each other more than you trust me. I see Jungkook with hickeys and you never do that to me. They can never seem to keep their hands off each other, and we just don’t do that. I feel like you’re hiding me, that you don’t want to be with me,” Jin moves away from Namjoon, wiping his tears away.

“Why would I be embarrassed about you? Jin I told you I think I’m falling in love with you-”

“Words are words! I can tell you I love you and not mean it! I should know it’s happened to me before! I don’t go by words I go by actions, and your actions tell me that you don’t love me!’ Jin’s voice cracks as his emotions get the better of him.

Namjoon breathes deeply trying to stay calm, “What do you want from me Jin?”

“I want to be like them! I want you to always be wrapped around me and kiss me and whisper in my ear! I want you to never get enough of me! I just...I want you to love me!” Jin sits down on his bed crying, his heart breaking.

“We can’t be like them because we aren’t them! I shower you with gifts and my affection! I do care about you, why isn’t that enough?” Namjoon runs a hand through his hair, angry by Jin’s words.

“Since the first day we’ve gone out you were always so closed off! I just wanted you to actually show me that you want to be with me!” Jin wipes his tears, not wanting to look at Namjoon.

“I do want to be with you Jin! If I didn’t I wouldn’t be here! I wouldn’t do any of the things I’ve done with you! I kiss you in public and I hold your hand, you can’t tell me that I don’t!” Namjoon leans against the door, his anger becoming too much for him.

“That’s all you do! I want more! Everytime I try to feel you up you move my hand away or just kiss me and move on-”

“Because I don’t like it! I don’t like having people stare at me! Any other time I don’t care but not when there’s kids around!” Namjoon argues, clenching his hand into a fist.

“You don’t even let me do it when Jungkook and Yoongi are around! You move me away! I just want to be as gross as they are!” Jin hits his thigh in anger trying to make his point.

Namjoon shakes his head turning around, facing the door, “Fuck this. I’m leaving.”

“Why are you gonna leave? We’re not done here!” Jin argues.

“You want me to be something I can’t be! If you want that then…” Namjoon bites his lip not daring to finish his sentence.

“Namjoon,” Jin whispers heartbroken.

Namjoon shakes his head opening the door and leaving Jin’s room. Jin quickly follows only to see Namjoon opening the front door, shutting it loudly behind him. Jin stands there shocked and confused, a new set of tears falling down his cheeks. He runs back to his room shutting the door behind him. He lays on his bed and hugs his pillow, crying into it. He doesn’t know how long he cries into his pillow, but he hears a soft knock on his bedroom door.

Jungkook slowly walks in with Yoongi lingering by the doorway, watching.

“Jin?” Jungkook asks softly.

“Go away,” Jin mumbles.

Jungkook sits down on the bed rubbing Jin’s back soothingly.

“What happened?” Jungkook tried again.

Jin snaps his head up looking at Jungkook in anger, “It’s all your fault! You just have to have all your boyfriends love you, don’t you!”

Jungkook stares at Jin, shocked by his outburst. He looks up at Yoongi and motions with his head to leave them alone. Yoongi nods before leaving their apartment, heading over to his own to check on Namjoon.

“You told Namjoon you love him?” Jungkook asks.

“Why doesn’t he love me back! Why can’t he always be wrapped around me like Yoongi is with you! What the hell is wrong with me! Why can’t any person I date love me!” Jin shouts into his pillow.

“Nothing is wrong with you! Namjoon really does care about you-”

“I want him to love me not care about me!” Jin retaliates.

“It takes time for someone to fall in love,” Jungkook whispers.

“That’s funny because you and Yoongi love each other and you haven’t been dating long! How come you fall in love first!” Jin looks at Jungkook in pure anger and jealousy.

“Is that what you fought about? Did you compare your relationship with mine?” Jungkook questions.

“How can I not? Your relationship is what I’ve always wanted,” Jin bites his lip, tears threatening to fall again.

“Jin you always do this. Every relationship you have, you always compare it to someone else’s. Remember in high school you dated that guy that always wanted you to sit on his lap or kiss you every moment, but you got mad at him because he didn’t buy you gifts like his brother did with his girlfriend? Or that other guy that loved showing you off to everyone but you broke up with him because he wanted to wait until marriage, but his cousin was sleeping with his boyfriend every night? And now you have Namjoon who buys you presents, is always taking you out, is always around and kisses you all the time, treats you like you’re made of glass, but you’re mad because he won’t grab your ass in public?” Jungkook laughs softly.

Jin wipes his tears away sniffling, “I do that a lot don’t I? But that doesn’t change the fact that I love him and he doesn’t.”

“Did he say he didn’t? You don’t usually fall in love at the same time. Yoongi still hasn’t said he loves me, but I know he has strong feelings for me. I know Namjoon cares a lot about you, he asked me what things you like so he could surprise you with them. And whenever you’re not looking at him he stares at you and smiles. He might not love you yet, but that doesn’t mean he never will. Jin, you shouldn’t compare your relationship to others, yours will always be different,” Jungkook runs his hand through Jin’s hair trying to calm him down.

“Do you think he will love me?” Jin asks, hugging Jungkook tight.

“He’d be an idiot not to. But if he doesn’t then he’s not the one for you,” Jungkook tells him, holding him close, knowing it’s a difficult thing to hear.

“Shut up he’s perfect. I’d never find someone better,” Jin mumbles.

Jungkook giggles, “Go over there and talk to him. He’s a shy person and you’re loud and outgoing, he’s intimidated by you. You need to understand his side too.”

Jin nods, pouting. “When did you get so smart with relationship advice?”

Jungkook laughs, shaking his head, “I was always good at it, you just never wanted to listen. Now get up, blow your nose, fix your hair and go get him back. Get on your knees if you have to.”

Jin raises an eyebrow, smirking. Jungkook hits his shoulder, laughing, “That’s not what I meant! Just go!”

“Thanks Kookie. I’m sorry I cut your time with Yoongi short,” Jin says fixing his hair.

“It’s okay. I’ll just talk to him later or tomorrow,” Jungkook smiles, a little forced.

Jin nods before taking a deep breathe. He leaves his apartment and hesitantly makes his way over to Namjoon’s apartment.

**

Yoongi enters the apartment and hears Namjoon in the kitchen. He knows there isn’t any food, so Namjoon must be feeding. Yoongi enters the kitchen watching Namjoon open the fresh bag, drinking it down. Yoongi sees the empty bags on the counter and stares at Namjoon, questionaly.

“I’m stressed!” Namjoon defends himself, hard to understand with a mouth full.

“What happened? Jin’s crying and you’re feeding like you haven’t eaten in days,” Yoongi asks, watching Namjoon empty another bag.

“Am I a bad boyfriend? Do I not do this whole dating thing right?” Namjoon questions, opening another bag.

“What are you talking about? And can you stop eating? You’re gonna finish all of our supply!” Yoongi snatches the bag out of Namjoon’s hands, sealing it tight and putting it back into the secret storage space in their fridge.

Namjoon runs off to brush his teeth before coming back to the kitchen, sitting at the counter, sulking. “Jin was mad because we don’t act like you and Jungkook. He wants me to give him hickeys and be sexual in public with him. He wants to to do all these things that I don’t know if it’s okay. What the fuck am I supposed to do? I can’t be like you and Jungkook, how the fuck do you not get tired of coming all the time?”  

“Jin is really sexual. Remember the hot dog? And he’s always trying to grab your ass. How can you be surprised that he wants to fuck all the time?” Yoongi says, sitting down next to Namjoon.

“Maybe this just isn’t for me. I don’t know what I’m doing. I’ve never had a proper relationship. I thought everything was fine. Am I supposed to give him hickeys and feel him up in public?” Namjoon asks sadly.

“Not if you don’t want to. Look, I know I told you not to get close, but I never thought I’d be the one falling. After everything… this was the last thing I thought would happen. And I realize that you’ve never gotten the chance to have a relationship before, you really don’t know what you’re doing. You’re not a bad boyfriend, Jin just wants something you don’t. It’s not your fault, he just needs to see that,” Yoongi says gently.

Namjoon nods, “I do think I’m falling in love with him, but fuck! What does love even feel like? I don’t know what I’m doing half of the time!”

Namjoon lays his head on the counter breathing deeply. It’s moments like these Yoongi regrets being what they are. Namjoon was forced to hide and live a life not meant for humans. His youth was taken from him and he never got to live a normal life, neither one of them have. Namjoon more so, he never got to experience dating or falling in love or even heartbreak. He always followed everything Yoongi said and never questioned it, but now here he was hurting and doubting himself.

“I’m sorry, this has to be hard for you, I know I’m part of the blame, but you don’t have to do whatever you don’t feel comfortable with,” Yoongi rubs Namjoon’s shoulder softly.

“I don’t even know what I like and don’t like. But he wants us to be like you and Jungkook and I don’t know if I could do that. What if i go too far and I hurt him?” Namjoon mumbles sadly into the table.

“You’ll figure out what you like and don’t like. Namjoon, you treat him like he’s the greatest thing to ever happen to you, and that’s a great thing to do,” Yoongi says trying to comfort him.

“That’s because he is. He makes me feel normal. I don’t feel like I have to hide when I’m with him. I really do think I’m falling in love with him,” Namjoon smiles softly.

“He’ll come around. He cares about you just as much as you care about him. If he wants you to grab his ass in public then just do it, but do what you want to do, not what he makes you do,” Yoongi pats Namjoon’s back.

Namjoon lifts his head looking at Yoongi, “You think he’ll come back?”

Yoongi sees the hopefulness in Namjoon’s eyes and smiles, “Of course he will. You’re his baby after all, aren’t you?”

Namjoon blushes, smiling brightly, “Shut up, don’t say that.” Namjoon looks at Yoongi seriously, “I really do care about him. He makes me really happy, and I think he’s changing me. I don’t feel so scared and worried anymore, I’m...happy.”

Yoongi smiles knowing Namjoon means what he says, “I know Joon, I am too. But baby steps...we’ll deal with it in baby steps.”

They hear a soft knock on the door and Namjoon races out of his chair and to the front door. Yoongi shakes his head and follows behind watching Namjoon open the door. Jin is on the other side playing with his fingers, looking up shyly at Namjoon.

“Hi,” Jin whispers.

“Hi,” Namjoon whispers.

As Jin lingers in the doorway, Yoongi sighs, “Come inside Jin.”

Jin walks inside and then steps in front of Yoongi while smiling kindly. Yoongi stares at Jin suspiciously, rightfully so, when Jin grabs him by the shoulders and pushes him out the door.

“What the fuck are you doing?” Yoongi shouts, trying to move away from Jin.

Jin reaches into his pocket pulling out his keys, “Get out and go stay with Jungkook.”

Yoongi stares at the keys in shock as Jin shuts the door in his face.

**

Jin lays his head against the door with his back to Namjoon, sighing, “I’m sorry. This isn’t even my house, i shouldn’t have kicked him out.”

“He probably won’t mind, especially if he’s gonna be with Jungkook,” Namjoon says softly. He stands there, hands in his pockets, head tilted a bit, unable to take his eyes off Jin. Jin slowly turns around, still not looking at Namjoon. He stands there awkwardly waiting for Namjoon to say something, anything would do at this point. Jin’s heart is beating so hard he can feel his whole body throbbing. He’s nervous that Namjoon won’t want to be with him anymore, that he scared him off or came on way too strong. When Jin finally looks up he sees Namjoon is staring at him with an emotionless face. Jin quickly looks down, averting his gaze, as he starts to feel his eyes sting with tears.

Just as he’s about to say something Namjoon embraces him into a giant hug, holding him close. He buries his face into Jin’s neck, breathing in his scent; he can’t help but notice his scent has become softer and less sweet. Jin bursts into tears while holding Namjoon close to him, hugging his waist tightly.

“Please don’t leave me! I-I promise I won’t feel you up in public and I won’t ask you to do anything. I w-won’t do anything you don’t want me to, I promise. Please Joonie don’t leave me! Don’t leave me!” Jin begs, now crying into Namjoon’s shirt; his heart is hurting from the thought of losing him.

“Jin, shh, it’s okay. Don’t worry I’m not gonna go anywhere. Please calm down, baby. Shhh, Jin I’m right here, okay? Please stop crying,” Namjoon whispers, soothingly rubbing Jin’s back, trying to calm him down.

“You- you’re not breaking up with me?” Jin pulls away from the hug, looking into Namjoon’s eyes.

Namjoon wipes Jin’s tears away with his thumbs as he stares deeply into his glossy eyes, “No Jin I’m not. Why would I? You’re the best thing that’s ever happened to me. I’d be an idiot to let you go after one fight.”

Jin hugs Namjoon, burying his face into his chest, crying all over again.

“Jin, why are you still crying?” Namjoon asks, worrying about him.

“Because I’m happy,” Jin mumbles into his chest.

“We still have to talk,” Namjoon whispers against the top of Jin’s head.

Jin pulls away from the hug, wiping his tears away, “I know, I know you’re right. We do have to talk. Can we sit down?”

Namjoon nods taking Jin’s hand, leading him into his bedroom. He closes the door behind him and leads Jin to the bed, sitting them both down. For a while they just sit there in silence, the only noise is Jin’s soft sniffling.

“I’ve never had an actual relationship before,” Namjoon starts, staring at nothing. “I’ve...had one night stands, not that many but I’ve had them. All of this, the whole dating thing, it’s all new to me. I don’t know what I’m doing a lot of the time. Jin you’re so...loud and you love talking and being around people and trying new things. You love affection, hugging, kissing, groping, teasing, doing all of that in front of anyone, but it’s all new to me.”

Jin looks down at the floor, ashamed. He’s angry at himself for not knowing how uncomfortable he was making Namjoon feel. His loud personality was too much for Namjoon.

“I’m sorry,” Jin whispers, his voice small and fragile.

Namjoon takes one of Jin’s hand into his own, “You don’t have to be sorry babe. I love the way you are, but...I just want you to understand that I’m not like you. I like being in the shadows and not drawing attention to myself, it’s who I am.”

Jin slowly nods, trying to swallow the lump in his throat.

“I want you to know that you are the most beautifulest person I’ve ever seen, and i’ve met a lot of people. You make me feel different than I’ve ever felt before. I really am happy when I’m with you. I guess because I’ve never been in a relationship, I didn’t know what was okay and what was not. The whole feeling you up thing...I’ve never done it before, so I guess I don’t know what’s going too far,” Namjoon purses his lips together, squeezing Jin’s hand softly.

“I guess we should’ve talked about things more,” Jin mumbles, sniffling.

“Well that’s what we’re doing right now,” Namjoon chuckles. “Jin you have no idea what you do to me. I would have you grinding down on me at a school park if I could. Everything about you draws me in, I can’t get enough of you. I’m sorry I haven't been showing it more. I was just trying to do the same things all the romantic movie guys do. I want to court you, but i also want to suck your dick, you know?”

Jin’s head snaps over to look at Namjoon, his jaw wide open, surprised at Namjoon’s straightforwardness.

Namjoon chuckles, lowering his head. Jin smiles before reaching up to poke his dimple. Namjoon grabs his hand, bringing it to his lips; he takes Jin’s index and middle finger into his mouth, sucking on them seductively. Jin’s eyes widen as he watches Namjoon suck on his fingers, feeling him wrap his tongue around them, pulling them in deeper. Namjoon smiles before slowly removing Jin’s fingers from his mouth, his teeth grazing his fingers, a shiver running down Jin’s spine.

“Oh my god, i want your dick in me so bad,” Jin whispers desperately.

Namjoon laughs, laying down on the bed, putting one arm behind his head and using the other to rub Jin’s back. Jin smiles, loving the way Namjoon’s fingertips send electricity through his body. Jin turns himself over letting Namjoon’s hand fall into his inner thigh.

“I promise I’ll try not to be so loud and I’ll try to keep my dirty thoughts and doings to myself,” Jin’s cheeks begin to give off a soft red tint as he smiles shyly.

“You don’t have to keep it to yourself. I was just afraid I would go too far and hurt you or something like that,” Namjoon explains.

“Maybe we can try things out and test the limits?” Jin suggest tilting his head cutely.

Namjoon smiles, “We could do that. But there can’t be kids around, that’s my only rule.”

Jin nods, “Okay deal! Can we seal it with a kiss?”

“Before we do that, I have to tell you something about this secret me and Yoongi are hiding,” Namjoon says seriously. He sits up making sure to face Jin directly.

Jin nods waiting for him to continue, his heart beginning to race as his mind goes wild with different thoughts.

“I didn’t want to tell you because I didn’t know how long this would last. But now that I know I want to be with you for as long as you’ll let me, I’m scared. I don’t want to tell you and then you run away from me. I’ll be heartbroken. I didn’t even want you to know that I was hiding something because you make me feel so normal and happy that I forgot about why I was hiding it in the first place. I will tell you, when the time is right. I just ask that you be patient until I know for sure that you won’t kill me or run away from me, never wanting to see me again. I really do think I’m falling in love with you, and the thought of you leaving because of this, it hurts to even think about it,” Namjoon plays with his fingers nervously as he waits for Jin to say something.

“I’ve never felt like this about anyone ever before. I don’t want whatever you’re hiding to tear us apart. I want to be able to work through it, and if that means I have to run away from the government then I’ll do it. We’ll be partners in crime! I’d do anything to keep having my baby around,” Jin rubs his hands down Namjoon’s arms taking the time to feel his biceps.

Namjoon pouts as he leans in closer to Jin, “You really mean all of that? You really still want me to be your baby?”

Jin caresses Namjoon’s cheeks, “Of course I do. I will never find a better baby. I’m gonna keep you forever and ever!”

Namjoon laughs as he grabs Jin by the waist pulling him into his lap. Jin squeals, surprised by the sudden movement. He smiles brightly as he wraps his arms around Namjoon’s neck, pulling their bodies closer together.

“What does my baby want?” Jin says playing with the bottom of Namjoon’s hair.

“Baby wants you,” Namjoon says pretending to be confused.

“Well obviously” Jin playfully rolls his eyes, “But what does baby want me to do?”

“Baby wants daddy to kiss him, a-and maybe have him give baby another blow job?” Namjoon’s voice is small and his eyes are wide, he pouts trying to look and sound innocent.

“Oh my god you’re so fucking cute, but no. Daddy isn’t going to do that” Jin runs his hands through Namjoon’s hair.

“W-why not? Please daddy?” Namjoon begs whining.

“Because daddy is going to do something better,” Jin says his eyes sparkling with excitement.

“Really?” Namjoon asks licking his lips.

Jin nods, “Oh yeah, but for this baby needs to undress and take everything off.”

“Everything?” Namjoon’s eyes go wide, his mind going crazy with many thoughts.

Jin rolls his eyes, “You’re not gonna fuck me just yet baby. But i promise it will still feel really good.”

“Is daddy gonna help baby undress?” Namjoon asks softly.

“You’re so cute you’re gonna fucking kill me! But yes daddy would love to help you baby,” Jin reaches down and grabs the bottom of Namjoon’s shirt slowly pulling it up. Namjoon puts his hands above his head helping Jin remove his shirt.

“You have a tattoo?!?” Jin shouts, breaking their role play.

Namjoon looks down at his chest, “Oh. Yeah I do.”

Jin runs his hand over Namjoon’s right pec admiring the ink, “What is it?”

“It’s...a family crest. Passed down by many generations. I got it when i turned eighteen,” Namjoon explains holding onto Jin’s hips.

“It’s sexy. My baby’s a total badass,” Jin says continuing to run his hand over Namjoon.

Namjoon laughs as he bucks his hips up into Jin, “Thanks daddy.”

Jin leans down and kisses namjoon’s chest over the tattoo, sucking on his nipple. Namjoon swallows down a moan, his hold tightening on Jin.

“I can’t wait to make my baby boy feel so good,” Jin whispers along Namjoon’s naked chest.

He kisses Namjoon’s body, licking and sucking his way down. Namjoon throws his head back loving the way Jin’s tongue feels warm against him. Jin palms Namjoon through his jeans, trying to grab him all in one hand while his mouth is sucking the side of Namjoon’s hip. Namjoon bucks his hips trying to get more friction on his cock. Jin holds him down staring into his eyes, “behave.”

Namjoon whines, “Daddy please…”

“Please what baby?” Jin asks running his hands along his thighs.

“Please don’t tease me daddy,” Namjoon begs.

Jin smiles, loving the way Namjoon’s eyes seemed to glow a soft amber color. He bites down on his lip, fingering the waistband of Namjoon’s underwear that pokes out above his jeans.

“Daddy…” Namjoon continues to beg, wanting Jin to move at a faster pace.

Jin undoes Namjoon’s pants slowly pulling the zipper down, staring directly into Namjoon’s eyes. Namjoon sighs, his cock isn’t so tight in his pants anymore, but that doesn’t stop the fact that he’s still painfully hard.

Jin licks his lips staring at Namjoon’s cock, wanting and needing to taste him, take him deep into his throat until he chokes. But he also has better things planned and doesn’t want Namjoon to finish before the fun even starts. Jin takes off Namjoon’s pants, throwing them off to the other side of the room before grabbing Namjoon’s cock, digging his fingertips onto the sides. Namjoon hisses as the pain and pleasure mix throughout his body, something he’s never experienced before.

“Undress me baby,” Jin whispers lifting his hands in the air.

Namjoon quickly sits up helping Jin out of his shirt bringing their lips together in a hot and messy kiss. Their tongues wrap around each other, pulling each other in. Jin pulls back before standing up and removing his pants and briefs. Namjoon stares at Jin, desperately wanting to taste him and feel his cum on his tongue. As Namjoon tries to move forward, Jin puts his hands in his hair tugging his head back, stopping him.

“No, no baby. I didn’t ask you to do that, did I? Be a good boy,” Jin says laying Namjoon back down on the mattress.

“Please daddy I want a taste. I need to taste daddy,” Namjoon begs trying to grab Jin’s cock.

Jin pushes his hand away, giving him a warning look. “Not this time bun. Right now this is about you getting all the pleasure. Let daddy take care of his bun.”

Namjoon whines, complaining that he doesn’t get to taste Jin’s sweetness. Yet he still waits patiently for Jin to continue. Jin slowly pulls off Namjoon’s underwear; he groans, springing free. His erection is laying against his stomach, dripping with precum.

Jin swallows thickly as he takes Namjoon’s cock into his hands spreading the precum all over the tip. With his other hand, Jin begins to stroke himself watching Namjoon’s facial expressions closely. As more precum drips out from both of them, Jin spreads it all over their cocks trying to make them slick.

“Daddy...fuck,” Namjoon whispers, the heat in his stomach beginning to grow.

Jin pulls away satisfied with how slick they both are. He climbs on top of Namjoon straddling him. Namjoon looks at Jin as he grabs their cocks lining them together on Namjoon’s stomach. Jin hold Namjoon by his ribcage as he begins to grind their cocks together. They both instantly groan, the feeling of their cocks pressed together rubbing against each other has them both panting and wanting more.

“So good baby. Fuck you’re so good,” Jin pants throwing his head back.

Namjoon feels his fangs starting to poke out, but he tries his very damn hardest to try to have some control over them.

“Baby? Why are you so quiet? Let daddy know how good he makes you feel,” Jin moans grinding down harder.

Namjoon bites down on his tongue hoping to have his fangs retract but the pain only turns him on more. He covers his face with his hands moaning behind them. He knows he needs to stop but Jin is making him feel too good.

“Don’t hide your face! I wanna see you,” Jin says angrily.

Namjoon doesn’t know how he did it but the fangs retract and he’s able to sit up and wrap his arms around Jin’s hips grabbing his ass. He buries his face in Jin’s neck as he presses Jin down harder against his cock.

“Fuck baby, you feel so good,” Jin moans bringing Namjoon’s lips to his.

Namjoon rubs his fingers in between Jin’s ass feeling his hole; they both groan into the kiss. Namjoon sticks just the tip of his finger inside Jin making him scream in pleasure and pain.

“Joonie what are you doing?” Jin asks, breaking his role.

“Don’t worry babe, I’m not gonna push it in any further,” Namjoon whispers against Jin’s shoulder.

Namjoon can smell Jin’s sweet scent coming back and stronger than before. He kisses Jin’s shoulders as they grind against each other. Jin whimpers before grabbing Namjoon’s arms. He pushes him back on the mattress keeping Namjoon’s hands above his head. Jin leans forward and grinds their cocks harder and faster. They both stare into each other’s eyes, watching each other and panting, their moans mixing together, sharing the same breath.

Namjoon moves his hands into Jin’s, lacing their fingers together as their pace begins to quicken. Jin’s movements become more eratic and his panting becomes more frequent. Namjoon feels the heat in his stomach begin to grow more and more with every movement.

“Come for me daddy. Please daddy I need to come. Can i come? Daddy…” Namjoon pants out shutting his eyes tightly.

“Open your eyes baby,” Jin says moving quickly.

The bed begins to hit against the wall as their movements become stronger. Namjoon struggles to open his eyes, as the pleasure keeps growing, but he manages to open them a small bit.

“I wanna see your face when you come,” Jin whispers breathless.

“Can I come daddy?” Namjoon breathes out.

“Come me for bun,” Jin says hoarsely.

Namjoon squeezes their hands together as he lets out a small cry, finally coming. Jin rides him a little longer until he finally comes as well. Jin leans down and lays against Namjoon’s chest, his hips still in the air but his head against Namjoon’s. They stare into each other’s eyes watching one another come down from their high. Namjoon untangles his hands from Jin’s only to take his face between his fingers pulling him into a soft kiss. Their lips are puffy and swollen by the time he sits up again.

Jin looks down and sees his and Namjoon’s cum on his stomach mixed together. He smirks before leaning down and licking Namjoon clean. But before he can swallow up everything Namjoon grabs Jin’s face and pulls him roughly into another kiss. This one is deeper and hotter. Namjoon takes Jin’s tongue into his mouth sucking their cum off. Jin whimpers never before feeling anyone suck on his tongue in this way. When Namjoon pulls away, Jin blinks in a daze. Namjoon reaches over to the nightstand taking out some wet tissues to clean them both up.

Jin notices that Namjoon is still hard, but when he tries to take him into his mouth Namjoon shakes his head laughing. He manages to get a small lick before Namjoon is pulling him into his arms. He lays them down hugging Jin close to his chest. He turns off the lights and they lay there in the dark, the only light coming from the small window.

“How are you still hard?” Jin asks rubbing his ass against Namjoon’s cock.

Namjoon groans pushing himself up against Jin, “You’re so fucking sexy, i can’t help it. When I finally do get to fuck you I hope you’re able to go again right after. I want to take my time with you, but I also want to hear you scream.”

“I’m really hoping that’s a promise?” Jin says hopeful.

“Oh baby it is. I’m gonna make you feel where I’ve been even weeks later,” Namjoon whispers sucking on Jin’s earlobe.

Jin moans softly, “I can’t wait. I really want you to fuck me. I wanna feel you inside me, I know you’d make me feel so good.”

“And I know you’d take me so well. Your tightness around my cock is gonna drive me crazy. You’re gonna pull me all the way in,” Namjoon kisses the back of Jin’s neck making him moan and arch his back.

“Joonie… fuck baby, i can’t wait to feel you. I need to go buy lube for our camping trip. Unless you don’t want me to?” Jin says turning over to face Namjoon.

Namjoon kisses Jin softly before looking deeply into his eyes, “i’d be upset if you didn’t bring any. But I’ll bring some too, just in case.”

Namjoon and Jin stare into each other’s eyes, not saying a word but just simply admiring each other.

“If i told you I love you, would you say it back?” Jin whispers afraid to hear the answer.

“I wouldn’t say it back, not yet at least. But I do have really strong feelings for you. I want you in my life for a long time. I can’t imagine my life without you...I think that’s what I’ll say whenever you say you love me until I can say it back. Because it’s true, my life without you would be pointless,” Namjoon whispers not looking away from Jin’s eyes.

Jin smiles softly, “Okay, but i do want you to know that I really do love you.”

Namjoon continues to stare into Jin’s eyes, seeing them sparkle under the moonlight, “I do too.”

“Really?” Jin says tearing up.

“I really do, I just can’t say it yet. Not until you know....”

“When will you tell us the secret?”

“Well, it’s not fully mine to tell. Yoongi’s really the one who has to tell Jungkook first, after he does I can tell you too. If I only told you my side it wouldn’t make all that much sense.”

Jin nods, “okay, I understand.”

Namjoon kisses Jin’s forehead breathing in his scent, telling him, “let’s get some sleep. I don’t want you to be tired tomorrow when i take you out for breakfast.”

“Okay. goodnight Joonie,” Jin kisses Namjoon’s lips softly before snuggling into him, burying his face in Namjoon’s neck.

Namjoon rubs Jin’s naked back, soothingly trying to get him relaxed as possible so he can sleep peacefully. He closes his eyes and presses his face against Jin’s head, breathing in his shampoo and his sweet scent that is now back and strong, no longer watered out by all the tears.

**

While Namjoon and Jin work through their problems, Yoongi lets himself into Jungkook’s apartment, Jin having given him his key so he can enter on his own in case Jungkook already went to bed. He still can’t believe Jin kicked him out of his own apartment! He knows it’s so they could fix things, and it’ll be worth it if Jungkook lets him stay over.

Yoongi walks down the hallway to Jungkook’s room, ready to knock on the door to let him know he’s there but the door is open and he’s not in there; he can hear the water running in the shower, just now shutting off. Yoongi gets undressed quickly, slipping under his sheets, fixing the covers that were messed up from the last time he was there less than an hour ago. His body thrums in arousal at the memories of what happened here last time, Jungkook tasting him, taking him deep in his throat, letting him come in his mouth. He hops back out of bed quickly to turn off the overhead lights, leaving just the small nightstand light on low, setting a romantic atmosphere in the room.

He just manages to get back under the covers when Jungkook walks in, wearing just a towel wrapped low around his hips, his eyes needing a second to adjust to the lighting, and he first sees the pile of Yoongi’s clothes on his chair before his eyes dart over to the bed, finding a sultry, sexy Yoongi laying in his bed on his side, his head propped up on his arm, shocking Jungkook thoroughly, never thinking he was actually going to come back tonight. He can see his shoulders and the top of his chest peeking out from under the covers, and he’s now determined to find out exactly which pieces of clothing are sitting discarded on his chair.

“Yoongi,” he says in a deep, husky, turned on voice, his body still damp from his shower, “What are you doing nakie in my bed?”

Yoongi is turned on and laughing in surprise at the same time, which is something he finds himself doing a lot with Jungkook, making his stomach dip with a fluttery feeling more and more often. His voice and appearance and eyes are turning him on without a doubt, wanting to untie that tiny knot that’s holding up his towel, but the “nakie” comment has him smiling so big, Yoongi asking him, “Nakie, Kook? What the fuck?”

Jungkook just giggles, his pretty doe eyes crinkling at the corners as he laughs, telling him, ‘It’s just something I’ve always said ever since I stayed with my first foster family, just a silly little thing that was part of our night time routine, getting nakie for my bath then going to bed.”

Jungkook is actually surprised that he said it, meaning he felt comfortable enough with Yoongi that it just naturally slipped out. Yoongi’s eyes have softened, looking at his sweet smile, his soft brown eyes, and the almost shy way he looks at him. But then Yoongi sees the way he’s biting down on his lower lip now, and his hands are toying with the knot on his towel, teasing him unintentionally, or at least that’s what he thinks.

Jungkook kneels up on the bed close to him, simply staring down into his eyes asking him, “Are you staying all night?” a hopeful tone in his voice.

“I’d like to, if that’s ok with you. Jin booted my ass out of my own apartment and he gave me your key, thinking you wouldn’t mind the company. Were we wrong?” Yoongi asks, his voice now getting deeper as he runs his hand down Jungkook’s naked chest, following a few waterdrops that are dripping from his hair, tracing a fingertip over his nipple as Jungkook shivers at the touch.

“No, you weren’t wrong at all,” Jungkook tells him, knowing he was trying not to sleep with Yoongi cuddled up to him until after his secret is revealed. But he knows that if this ends, if Yoongi walks away, or if he does because he can’t handle their secret, it’s going to be the worst experience of his life whether or not he slept curled up around him. He’s going to take advantage of and enjoy every second he can, just in case it’s their last one together.

Yoongi traces his hand down his chest and unties the knot one-handed, but not before he slips his hand under the towel and torments him, Jungkook throwing his head back and moaning at the way Yoongi is touching him. “God, Yoongi, so good,” he groans as he teases him, Yoongi playing with him with just enough of a touch to make his hips thrust around, desperately searching for more. “How do you already know what I like?”

Yoongi growls, stroking him a bit more firmly now, telling him, “Oh we’ve only just begun, Guk. Once we actually sleep together we’ll have so much more to share, to learn; it’ll take weeks for me to try everything with you, to figure out your favorites.”

Jungkook whimpers at that, throwing the towel aside and crawling under the sheets with Yoongi, finding him deliciously naked as well. “Can’t wait, babe, to find out what you like too,” Jungkook tells him before taking his mouth in a sultry, tongue tangling kiss, both of them naked and so hard, dripping wet, grinding against each other now. Jungkook just teases at his rim for a moment, squeezing his ass, so excited at the thought of trying all those things with him for the first time too, making Yoongi pull away from the kiss and lick and nibble at his neck, just barely keeping himself from biting down as he pictures Jungkook taking him that way. Yoongi uses his hands (which he knows Jungkook loves) to lay him on top now, pulling his ass down on top of him, grinding them against each other, knowing neither is going to last very long like this.

Jungkook straddles Yoongi’s hips and sits up, slotting Yoongi’s cock in between his ass, rocking back and forth, the glide slippery and perfect with how wet they were. This position is rubbing him right over his rim, his perineum, his balls, and they’re both so close to coming, Jungkook is a whimpering mess sitting on Yoongi’s cock. He opens his eyes and stares down at Yoongi, his eyes showing all his love, and he just whispers Yoongi’s name as as he comes untouched, so excited by all the new feelings and the look in Yoongi’s eyes, the feel of his hands circling tight on his waist, helping him move.

Yoongi groans, telling him, “Baby, you’re so responsive, can’t wait to see what you’re like when I’m finally inside you.” Jungkook’s cock throbs with renewed interest just at the thought of him finally being inside him, maybe riding him just like this, those hands holding him down on his cock, moving him how he likes, making him take him hard and deep.

Jungkook moans at the thought, closing his eyes as his cock is nearly fully hard again, Yoongi telling him in a dark, sexy voice, “Tell me what you just thought about that got you so hard so fast. I need to know what you’re picturing so I can be sure it’s one of the first things we try.”

Jungkook opens his eyes and comes almost from the intensity of Yoongi’s gaze, the sight of his teeth biting down on his lip so hard, his fingers bruising his hips as he holds him so close, so hard and turned on beneath him. Jungkook’s whimpering at the words, the command in his voice, loving the control he exerts over him, having no choice but to tell him what he imagined, his voice already wrecked: “I’m picturing being stretched open so wide on your cock after it took forever to prep me, sunk all the way down, deeper than anyone’s ever taken me before, and you’re holding me down, taking me however you want, your hands holding my waist tight, deciding how I’m allowed to move.

“Baby that’s what it’s gonna be like every night, every day, unless it’s you taking me like that,” he moans, grinding his cock up into his ass, loving how excited they are for each other.

“Yoongi let’s flip over, you sit on me now, feel me rub up against you, since it seems that you like it when I touch you like that,” he tells him, grabbing a new bottle of lube he bought this week in case they started to do a bit more together.

“No one’s ever touched me like that before, Guk,” he says softly. “Just you.” He then notices the bottle, just staring at it before he kisses him roughly before switching spots, letting Jungkook lay down before Yoongi asks if he can do it for him.

Jungkook just moans as he hesitates in handing over the bottle, Yoongi looking down at him with a question in his eyes, his brow quirked as he tries to figure out why he’s stalling, why he doesn’t want him to touch him.

“I’m just afraid it’s gonna be over as soon as you touch me, lube me up,” Jungkook tells him, knowing he’s going to struggle holding himself off, loving Yoongi’s hands on him. Those hands, and what he’s imagining them doing to him, have become a new kink, always dreaming about them taking him apart.

“Then it’s over quickly and we cuddle. I don’t need to get off every night,” Yoongi tells him. “I’ve been going years without it before knowing you.” But then he adds in a deep, husky voice, “Though now all I have to do is see you to want you.”

“Yoongi….. Fuck…. the things you make me feel,” he moans, the comment and his voice making him really want to be taken. “So have I. But I want to share this with you now,” Jungkook tells him, his eyes heating so darkly, handing Yoongi the bottle. “I never cared, never really enjoyed this, before you.”

“Fuck Guk, there’s so much I want to do with you,” he tells him as he first looks deeply into his eyes, then he opens the new bottle, squeezing out a little, warming it before he spreads it on his own hand, using it to slick him up. “Tonight I get to have you slide all along me, the first time anyone’s ever played with me like this. Neither one of us may last more than seconds.”

“That’s good then, we need practice, lots and lots of practice, so we both last longer when I finally sink inside you,” Jungkook teases, already shifting his hips around as Yoongi plays with him with the lube.

Yoongi gives him an extra little squeeze when he says that, loving the way they are together; it can be fun and silly and include laughter at times, but they both need each other so desperately as well it makes his chest ache.

“OK, I think you’ve spent enough time lubing me up. Come sit on me, wanna feel your ass on my cock Yoongi, I’ve been thinking about this forever,” he tells him, pulling him over by the hand and then gripping his thighs tightly once he seats himself on top of him, spreading his ass so he can feel him all along his bottom.

“Fuck Yoongi, can’t wait to finally sink into you, you feel so good like this. Start moving, babe,” Jungkook tells him, clenching first on his thighs then moving to his waist, directing his movements, helping guide him since he’s never been the bottom before.

Yoongi throws his head back on a groan, never before having these feelings, never having someone touch him like this before. “Guk, so good, fuck…” he moans as he slides all along his length, now grinding down harder, and when he slides all the way forward and the tip of Jungkook’s cock catches on his rim he groans so loud, so deep, the sound making Jungkook’s cock pulse in need, Yoongi feeling that as well on his rim for the first time.

“Guk, I can’t wait for you to fuck me, it’s gonna be so good,” Yoongi moans, grinding down hard on him now, sliding, lost in the moment, his head thrown back, his hands tight on Jungkook’s hips, and Jungkook reaches up and pulls on his nipples, twisting them, pinching them, and Yoongi roars out his climax, surprised that he came untouched like this, loving all the new feelings surging through him.  He continues moving and Jungkook comes not a minute later, their cum mixing together on his sweaty stomach as Yoongi keeps moving until they’re both finally done.

He leans down and crushes his mouth to Jungkook’s, kissing him so erotically, still hard and ready to play again, Jungkook wrapping his arms tightly around him, pulling him even closer, spreading the mess between them, wishing they could finally take each other but knowing they need to wait. He pulls back just enough to whisper, “So good, baby, you’re so good to me,” kissing him again and again.

It’s a long while later, their lips puffy from kissing and playing so long, when Yoongi rolls to the side, Jungkook squeezing his ass one more time before going to get a wet washcloth, cleaning both of them before tossing it aside and crawling back under the sheets, Yoongi watching his ass the whole time.

“While I can’t wait for you to take me my first time, I definitely can’t wait to take you too, Guk. I dream about that ass and all the things I want to do to it,” Yoongi tells him, lifting the sheets while Jungkook snuggles into his shoulder, wrapping his arm around him and resting it on his ass and squeezing again, letting his fingers roam to the center. Jungkook’s neck is now covered in pretty bruises, as well as his chest, waist, ass, inner thighs.… Yoongi loves nibbling on him, and Jungkook is still pissed he can’t seem to mark Yoongi.

“Ok, you need to keep those hands to yourself if we’re ever going to sleep tonight. As much as I want to keep going, unless you’re going to finally fuck me, I need some sleep,” Jungkook laughs, telling him, “Do I need to put some sweats on, tuck things away?”

Yoongi just laughs, telling him, “Do you think that will really stop me? My hands are always roaming all over you even when you’re dressed. Besides, I’d love to slip my hands in your sweats, play with you like that, especially if you’re not wearing any briefs.”

“Want that…” Jungkook mumbles before kissing him again, hard yet again at the thought of those hands back on him again, this time inside his sweats, and he pulls back after a few minutes telling him, “We really are going to be insatiable aren’t we?”

“Oh yeah, we’re going to need to slot out at least a few weeks of free time when we finally decide to sleep together, Guk. Cuz a night or two isn’t going to be near enough,” Yoongi tells him, making him moan as he kisses him deeply again.

Jungkook pulls back long enough to look deeply into Yoongi’s beautiful eyes, softly telling him, “I really do love you, Yoongi, it’s not just sex to me, even though I can’t wait for that part, too.”

Yoongi is running his hands through his hair, holding him close, and tells him, “I know Guk, and I’m just waiting to tell you until you know all my secrets. It’s not fair to give you that without you knowing about the rest,” Yoongi tells him, his eyes so emotional, so loving, and Jungkook has tears slowly spilling over, Yoongi chastely kissing them away, while Jungkook whispers, “I hope it’s soon.” They lay there snuggling, chastely kissing each other, nibbling on each other’s lips, gently running their hands over each other, learning each other’s bodies, just talking quietly, enjoying some time just being alone together.

“So…. do you prefer being big spoon or little spoon?” Jungkook asks him, trying to pull himself together, loving that he gets to do this with Yoongi tonight, berating himself for leaving Yoongi’s bed earlier.

Yoongi looks at him, confused, not sure what he’s asking. “Sleeping together, snuggling. Do you like to be the outside or the inside of the hug?” Jungkook clarifies.

“Oh, I’ve never had either. Do you have a preference?” Yoongi asks, thinking both sound perfect, he doesn’t really care.

“I’ve only stayed over with one person and it wasn’t snuggly at all, so I don’t really know either,” Jungkook tells him honestly. “Let’s try me as big spoon first? See if you like it or if not we’ll switch around.”

They position themselves with Jungkook on his side, one of his arms wrapped under Yoongi’s head and shoulders, the other wrapped around his waist and chest, pulling his back up tight against Jungkook’s chest, his ass snuggling up against Jungkook’s still fairly hard cock, now pulsing from the contact, Jungkook telling him, “Just try to pretend that’s not there. It’s not going anywhere as long as you’re nakie in bed with me.”

Yoongi chuckles at his comment, asking him, “So I’m nakie now too?” Jungkook smiling as he presses a soft kiss to his head, helping to lighten the burning need coursing through him from being so close to a nakie Jungkook. As Yoongi lets out a deep breath, loving the feel of Jungkook pulling him even closer in his arms, he realizes he’s never felt safer, more wanted, loved, than he does in this moment. He really hopes he’ll be able to hold onto this, even after all their secrets are shared, because he could see himself with Jungkook.... for all of his eternity.

Chapter Text

Together three months now (beginning of Spring Break Week... early April)

The two couples spend the week keeping up with homework and preparing for the camping trip, not having any time to see each other except for lunch at school. So far the weather looks perfect, daytime temperatures expected in the 70's but cloudy, so t-shirts and hoodies should be perfect. Namjoon and Yoongi are just happy it’s not forecast to be a sunny weekend; any other weather can be managed easily.  

**

Jin and Jungkook go shopping for snacks and drinks on Thursday night at a local market, the first time they’ve had a chance to catch up since the weekend as well. Jungkook asks Jin, “So you obviously worked things out with Namjoon since we’re all going camping tomorrow. How did your talk go?”

“We talked things through, something we should have done earlier in our relationship, but we’re good now. He really hasn’t dated anyone steady, so he wasn’t really sure what’s acceptable. Plus he’s just a quieter, more shy guy, not comfortable doing as much in public; in private he’s a freak. So I’m just gonna try to scale it back a bit and he’s going to try to loosen up a little. Hopefully meet in the middle somewhere,” Jin tells him as they walk down the chip aisle. “Plus I’m trying to take your advice and not compare our relationship to yours, or any others. It’s just hard when yours is right there in the same apartment with mine and you guys are so openly flirting like all the goddamn time,” he laughs, trying to lighten up a serious matter.

Jungkook shyly looks over at Jin, his cheeks pinkened in embarrassment, and quietly tells him, “I’d apologize, but I’m really not sorry.”

Jin bursts out laughing, hugging him tight to his side before returning back to pushing their cart, replying, “Good for you! I’m so happy to see you enjoying this. But enough about me and Joonie. How are things going with Yoongi?” Jin asks, feeling like Jungkook hasn’t had a chance to open up at all about himself lately. He also knows it takes a lot to get him to talk, being a very quiet and private person.

“On most days I feel like I’m soaring above the clouds, I’m so happy. I love him so much, Jin, I just can’t wrap my head around it, I mean I’ve barely known him 3 months but I want to spend my life with him, get to be with him all the time,” Jungkook confides.

“And on the other days?” Jin asks, knowing there’s something bothering him.

“But on those other days I’m afraid to let him in, that their secret is going to rip us apart. I have this sinking feeling they’re going to disappear and I’m never going to see him again. And I’ve been trying to hold myself back from falling too hard, from letting him get too close, but it’s no use,” he continues, looking so distraught over his feelings.

“Has Yoongi said how he feels?” Jin asks, wanting to know if he’s opened up at all.

“He loves me; he hasn’t said the words but he’s told me he does. He won’t say them until he shares their secret since he feels it’s not fair to give me that without knowing the whole picture,” he tells his brother, making it seem a little less painful to bear after being able to say it out loud.

“I’ve been trying to hold back, to not let him in too deep, but it’s futile. First I thought not spending the night with him would help, but now I’ve begun to realize I should just enjoy every moment, that if he leaves it’s going to hurt just as much whether or not I snuggled up to him at night. So why deny myself, you know?” He continues, both of them wandering aimlessly around the store a few times as he got lost in his feelings.

“Ahhhh Kookie, I wish I had some perfect advice to give you like I usually do,” Jin tells him, making him smile weakly in response but not really able to give him the laugh he’s shooting for. “You love him, you’ve already given him your heart. You know he loves you, and it’s clear he cares deeply for you as well. I think you should enjoy all your moments with him, and in the meantime we keep hoping we can accept their secret, whatever it may be.”

“Let me ask you this… if they had to leave next week….  which means we’re both ugly crying for weeks and ruined for all future men… would you rather have memories of a fantastic camping weekend with incredible almost sex in a tent, or a weekend where you kept your distance and didn’t let yourself enjoy your time with him?” Jin asks.

“They both suck Jin, there’s no good answer here. If it was phenomenal then I’m going to be crying that much harder that I lost something that perfect. If the weekend sucked it means I lost the opportunity to enjoy the time with him when he was still here, which was stupid,” he answers, stopping and looking up at Jin with a small smile on his face.

“And there’s also the possibility they’re not going anywhere, so why miss the chance to enjoy a weekend away with him,” Jin tells him, hugging him again and kissing his head while he goes off down the aisles to finish his shopping, leaving a somewhat lighter hearted Jungkook behind to mull over their conversation.

He pulls out his phone, texting Yoongi:

Jungkook : Miss you… can’t wait for the weekend <3

Yoongi : Miss you too…

Yoongi: Everything ok?

Yoongi: Just crammed all the camping shit in the trunk…

Yoongi: Why didn’t we just split up in the 2 apartments for the weekend?

Yoongi: So much less work

Jungkook: lol my lazy boyfriend

Jungkook: who i love and miss terribly

Jungkook : looking forward to walks in the woods with you…

Jungkook: holding your hand…

Jungkook: snuggling around the fire

Jungkook: and almost sex in the tent at night <3

Yoongi: ok I guess that’s a good reason

Jungkook: which part?

Yoongi: all of them….

Yoongi: probably the campfire the most…

Yoongi: tho i gotta say the thought of almost sex in a tent has me hard already

Jungkook : lol…. Me too

Jungkook: looking forward to 2 days alone with u

Jungkook: well… as alone as we can be with the others with us

Yoongi: y r we double dating ALL WEEKEND???

Jungkook: It’s Namjoon’s car? :P

Yoongi: actually it’s both of ours… he just likes to drive more.

Jungkook: Serious? So we can go out on a real date alone sometime?

Yoongi: Yeah? Sorry Guk… never really realized we don’t do that…

Jungkook: It’s ok!!! I just didn’t realize you drive???

Yoongi: Yeah… Joonie loves to so I just let him

Yoongi: And we walk a lot since campus is so close

Yoongi: Pick out where you’d like to go on your first date

Yoongi: Or I can surprise you and plan something for us to do

Jungkook: Yes! Surprise me….

Jungkook: U would do that for me?

Yoongi: Of course I would… now I’m pissed at myself I didn’t already take you out

Jungkook: Don’t be! We’re so busy with school and we live in the same building… its not a big deal

Yoongi: Next weekend we will have our own first alone date… deal?

Jungkook: Perfect

Jungkook: I gotta run… I think Jin left without me lol

Jungkook: At least he’s carrying all the bags back home himself lol

Jungkook: Later! Luv u <3

Yoongi: Luv u

Yoongi: Text me before bed

Yoongi: <3

Jungkook: Always…

Jungkook gets off the phone, spinning in circles inside the store, the biggest smile on his face, unable to contain his happiness; he’s literally vibrating with excitement. Yoongi hasn’t said the actual words to him yet in person, and he’s told him indirectly that he feels that way for him, but seeing it for the first time in text has his heart clenching in his chest, beating as fast as if he just ran a marathon… and he runs to find Jin, holding the phone open, having to share the first time Yoongi’s told him he loves him. <3 <3

**

Yoongi and Namjoon are now at the third store that sells camping supplies, Yoongi questioning for the fifth time why they didn’t order online. Namjoon just tells him, “We were busy with classes, I didn’t have a chance to read all the reviews and figure out what I wanted to buy in time. You know you could have taken a more active role in preparing for this trip.”

“I’m here, aren’t I?” he asks, deciding to back off a bit and help more.”What else are we still looking for? Can I see your list? Maybe if we split it up we can get it done faster.”

Namjoon just rolls his eyes at him, since everything that’s left should hopefully be in the two aisles where they’re at. “Look for this lantern and the bug spray, and I’ll grab the sleeping bags and air mattresses.”

While he’s shopping he gets a text from Jungkook, his eyes lighting up right away from the unexpected message. They text back and forth for a few minutes, ending with plans for Yoongi to take him on a date next weekend, just the two of them, already berating himself for not thinking of doing that sooner. He also couldn’t help himself… he let himself text those three little words that he’s never given anyone before. He knows he wasn’t supposed to say it, to tell him, but he couldn’t help it. Jungkook was missing him, and they were planning out their camping weekend, and then their own private date weekend, and… And when Jungkook texted the words to him, he just couldn’t hold himself back from telling him in return. He doesn’t want to wait any more. He won’t say them out loud until he reveals his secret, but he feels it’s only fair for Guk to know that he has love in his heart, just for him.

Yoongi gets two lanterns so each tent will have one, and the most powerful bug spray they have, according to Namjoon’s list. He’s not sure why the strength of the spray matters when mosquitoes and ticks won’t bother them at all; he chuckles to himself, thinking they don’t really have enough blood for them to even snack on. He returns to their cart with his items, Namjoon lifting the two heavy boxes with the tents into the bottom of the cart, easily lifting it with one arm when it’s a two-person job.

“Joonie, let me help you with those,” Yoongi tells him, trying to discreetly let him know they have an audience as he runs over to lift the other end of the boxes.

Namjoon looks up in annoyance, ready to complain that he’s done the rest of the work by himself why should he help now, but he then sees a family and an employee all watching him.

Namjoon tells him, “Thanks, they were getting really heavy,” keeping his head down so no one sees him too clearly. Luckily the rest of the supplies on their list are already in the cart so they head to the front and pay for everything, accepting the assistance from the store to load the “heavy” purchases into their car for them, tipping for the extra service as well to show their appreciation. All the camping supplies were quite expensive since Namjoon always picks out the best of everything; luckily they have a never-ending supply of antiques they can sell whenever they need more money.

Driving home Yoongi asks Namjoon, “How did things go with Jin? We really didn’t talk aside from you saying “it’s all good”. Did you both come to an agreement on your pda?”

Namjoon answers as he starts driving back to their apartment, “Yeah, we’re good, though it’ll take time to work through it, find out what we’re both ok with. I explained that I’ve never been in a relationship before, and that I’m not one to be open like that in public. But I told him I’d try, as long as kids aren’t around, to flirt more. We’ll see how this weekend goes, though it’ll be mostly be only the four of us.”

“Oh, speaking of that, I need the car next weekend. I’m going to take Jungkook out alone somewhere on a first date. I just realized we’ve never had an actual date, just the two of us. It’s well past time for that,” Yoongi says, staring out the window, realizing for as much as they’re trying to be “normal” it’s hard to remember all the little important things, especially when they’ve never had this before.

Namjoon tells him, “Hey, it’s ok. He doesn’t seem to be the type that would mind. And just plan something over the top romantic, he’ll be mush by the end of the date. I’ll be sure to stay with Jin that night so you can have your own place. I’ll plan something special for Jin, too, but we’ll stay in.”

“What the fuck do I know about being over the top romantic?” Yoongi laughs, not once ever planning or being taken on something like that before.

Namjoon laughs, telling him, “Think about what you think will make his eyes light up in excitement, what would make his stomach get that fluttery feeling. And if all else fails check google.”

He huffs out a breath when he sees Yoongi pulling out his phone not a minute later, telling him, “Try to figure it out on your own at least until tomorrow before you rely on the internet to solve your problems. You’ve got a week, give it some thought. He’ll be able to tell if it’s something you decided just for him.”

Yoongi looks over at Namjoon, telling him, “I never really thank you for everything you’ve done for me, all that you gave up, everything you continue to do every day. This life we live isn’t easy, and it hasn’t really even been considered living until we met them in January. I really hope you’re happy with Jin, it’s been so good to see you smiling, really smiling, for the first time in forever.”

Namjoon gets all awkward, telling him, “I’m happy, and I’m glad you are too. I hope they stay with us after we tell them.”

Yoongi just answers, “Me too, Joonie, me too.”

When they get to the apartment they leave everything in the trunk, planning to head out right from school tomorrow.

**

Everything is loaded up in the car and they head out Friday after school, everyone excited to spend the weekend together. Yoongi has an arm around Jungkook's shoulder in the backseat and Jungkook’s already snuggling in, nibbling on his neck, ready to setup their tent so they can have some privacy. They've been busy all week and haven't had any time together since they had their sleepover… and he's missed him. His hand is clenching on Yoongi's thigh, slowly moving higher, running his hands up the inside teasingly, and Yoongi wraps his hands tight in his hair, whispering, “you need to wait until we get the tents set up baby.”

“Don't wanna,” he moans, turning Yoongi's chin to face him so he can kiss him, instantly sinking in deep, both moaning at the feelings shooting through them.The drive is going to take a few hours and Yoongi hasn't figured out how he's going to calm him down; if he keeps this up he won't be able to keep from attacking him with the front seat passengers their witnesses.

Jungkook manages to slide his hand higher right onto Yoongi’s cock now, pressing down just right, Yoongi moaning loudly into the kiss before he manages to interlink their fingers and pull his hand away. Jungkook quickly moves the other hand there, and with Yoongi's other arm wrapped around his shoulder he can't really stop him... or so Jungkook thinks.

Namjoon turns the music in the car louder so he doesn't need to hear the playfulness in the back seat, trying as well to keep his eyes averted. Jin is laughing at Namjoon’s embarrassment, kind of jealous of the fun they’re having in the backseat but knowing he’ll have his time later with Joonie. He does rest his hand on Namjoon’s thigh though, not high enough where he wants it to be but enough that he can run his fingers on the bare skin showing through the tears in his jeans, seeing him bite down on his lip in response, pleasing Jin immensely as he really works at trying to compromise after their talk last weekend.

While Jin is making his move in the front seat, Yoongi moves quicker than Jungkook has ever seen, laying him down in the backseat, pinning both wrists in one hand over his head, the other holding tight onto his tiny waist, leaning seductively over him. “You're being bad Guk-ah; if you want to play this weekend you need to listen to me,” he tells him in a deep, husky voice, his eyes glinting as the heat sets in.

Jungkook looks up at Yoongi with his eyes blazing in need, so turned on now, so much more than even just a few seconds before, and he’s bucking his hips up, groaning as he tells him, “Yoongi, fuck, you shouldn’t have done this if you want me to calm down. Remember how I told you I wanted to be slammed up and taken against the wall?” Yoongi’s eyes flash with raw, carnal desire at that image, his breath hitching as he wonders what it will feel like to have him falling apart in his hands like that. Yoongi just nods, a slight move of his head, licking his lips as he thinks of destroying him that way.

“My other dream is to be held just like this, where i don’t have any control, your large hands keeping me pinned to the bed, and you have your way with me and I’m helpless to whatever you desire,” he continues, biting his lip after his confession, not sure how Yoongi will react to that, if it’s something he’s interested in.

Yoongi stares down at him, so hard already and ready to attack him, his cock twitching in need, asking in a surprisingly controlled voice, “You would let me do that? You trust me to take you like that, however I want, repeatedly? What if I want to keep driving you over the edge, again and again?”

Jungkook just looks at him, noticing his eyes are glowing the most beautiful amber now, so incredibly aroused, before he whimpers, “Let you? Fuck Yoongi I’m ready to beg you to.”

“It keeps getting harder and harder to hold myself back,” Yoongi groans as he leans down, still holding his hands secure, licking and nibbling along that tender spot of his neck, so badly wanting to nip into his skin, taste his blood that he can smell, taste, feel racing under his skin; instead he sucks his skin harshly into his mouth, leaving the prettiest bruise to date, Jungkook loving his mouth on his skin, taking whatever he can get for now.

Yoongi finally just rests his head on his shoulder, loosening his hold a bit as he tries to calm them both, pressing soft kisses to his cheek and chin as he softly tells him, “Someday, Guk, someday we’ll have it all.”

Jungkook hums, pulling his hands gently and Yoongi frees them immediately, and he wraps them tightly around Yoongi, hugging him close, telling him, “I hope so,” wishing he could say more and aching inside that he can’t let himself do more than wish and hope for it just yet.

They’ve calmed down a bit and sit back up, still snuggling close together, Namjoon just then making a rest stop so Jin can buy a soda. They all get out and stretch, everyone spending a few moments looking at tacky souvenir keychains and refrigerator magnets in the gas station, Jungkook buying one for their fridge as a keepsake from this trip, not knowing how many more of these weekends he’ll get to share with Yoongi, his mood slipping a bit as he starts worrying again.

“Jin, which is the tackiest one? I want a keepsake of this weekend plastered to our fridge so we can see it every day,” Jungkook asks, looking through the selection of truly hideous magnets. Jin comes up next to him, bumping shoulders with him when he gets close, whispering, “Enjoy the weekend Kook, don’t waste time worrying about things that may not even happen.” Jungkook smiles softly at him, bumping him back, his way of thanking him for keeping his head in line.

**

After they leave the rest stop Kook falls asleep with his head in Yoongi’s lap, tired from all of the late nights he spent trying to get his assignments turned in before break. He had just meant to lay his head there to rest but between his exhaustion, the relaxing motion of the car, and Yoongi’s steady hand running through his hair, he nodded off without realizing it, his arms wrapped tightly around his thigh, holding him near.

While Jungkook’s asleep Yoongi sees Jin turn around, checking if they’re both out, and he pretends to be so they can have some privacy. If he had his headphones handy he would slip them in, preferring to truly them give them the time alone they deserve. Sometimes it’s truly hell not being normal; he can’t even give his friends a moment to themselves. While his eyes are shut he’s taking his time, simply loving the peacefulness of petting Jungkook’s hair, wishing he could enjoy something like this all the time, a simple moment that means so much, his chest aching with love for him.

**

When Jin is positive that both Jungkook and Yoongi have fallen asleep, he moves his hand higher along Namjoon’s thigh until his hand is right above Namjoon’s cock. With his fingertips, Jin starts massaging him, feeling him quickly harden beneath his hand.

“Jin, I’m driving,” Namjoon warns, his voice already thick with need.

“What? I can’t tease you a little while you drive?” Jin asks rubbing down a little harder.

“I’d prefer if you waited until we got to the campsite instead,” Namjoon smiles as he takes Jin’s hand away from his dick.

“I brought lube,” Jin says, smiling suggestively.

“So did I,” Namjoon smirks, somewhat surprising him.

“Mine’s better because it’s strawberry flavored,” Jin tells him with a sultry gaze, winking at Namjoon.

“Why is it flavored?” Namjoon asks, curious while also slightly appalled.

“Because i like strawberries,” Jin says, “and that way when I eat you out i’ll really be getting a meal.”

Yoongi coughs from the backseat before snuggling Jungkook closer to him, wrapping his arm even tighter around his shoulders while he sleeps in his lap. Namjoon purses his lips, trying not to laugh at Yoongi’s discomfort. Jin turns around to make sure everything is okay.

“We’ll talk more about that once the tents are set up,” Namjoon laughs, kissing Jin’s hand.

“Okay, I’ll wait. You brought the bug spray right? The really strong one?” Jin asks, eyes wide with worry.

“Yes I did. I had to go to three different stores to find it,” Namjoon mumbles.

“Okay good because mosquitoes bite me all the time,” Jin pouts, rubbing his arm with his free hand.

“Well you can’t blame then, you are sweet,” Namjoon can hear Yoongi rolling his eyes at him.

“Awe! You think i’m sweet?” Jin says, putting his hand over his heart.

“I think you’re sweet, but your cum is even sweeter,” Namjoon says nonchalantly.

“Joonie!” Jin scolds, hitting Namjoon’s chest lightly. “Is this what you’re really like? Because I love it.”

Namjoon chuckles, “I thought you might. We still have about an hour of a drive left, why don’t you get some sleep?”

“I wanted to stay up and keep you company,” Jin pouts.

“Well you’re gonna keep me company all night long so get some rest now, so that way we can put your lube to use,” Namjoon says suggestively.

“I love this side of you,” Jin kisses Namjoon’s hand before leaning against the window, trying to  find a comfortable sleeping position.

As soon as Jin has his eyes closed Namjoon looks at the rearview mirror, catching Yoongi’s eye; he’s glaring at him, flipping him off. Namjoon smiles sweetly before blowing him a kiss and winking.

**

They finally arrive at the campground just before the sun begins to set, selecting a site far away from any other campers, one that’s more secluded since it’s near the lake and woods. Jin is sitting in the car, refusing to get out until he can cover himself in bug spray, the little creatures somehow already finding their way inside and biting him while he’s in the car. The other three are outside digging through the trunk trying to find it, totally unaffected by any mosquitoes, laughing at how Jin seems to be attracting all of the insects from the area.

Namjoon and Yoongi pull out the lanterns, setting them on the picnic table, and then the tents, hoping to get them assembled before the sun is completely gone. They’ve both camped before and are confident they can get the tents setup quickly, so Jungkook and Jin decide to sit on top of the picnic table and watch, unpacking the air mattresses and extension cord but waiting to fill them until the tents are ready. The LED lanterns are turned on, providing light but also attracting more insects even though they are supposed to be bug-proof. Actually, the one nearest Jin seems to be pulling the most to it, making him swat repeatedly. Namjoon finally finds the bottle of bug spray, covering Jin from head to toe with a heavy layer, imagining how bad he’s going to taste later, reminding himself to be sure he finds the wipes before bed as well.

Jin rummages into the bags he brought from the market, finding the citronella candles he bought, lighting up all twelve and setting them all around himself on the picnic table. He’s now sitting surrounded by them, Jungkook telling him, “You’re gonna light your ass on fire if you’re not careful.”

Jin rolls his eyes as he tells him, “My insides are already burning. The fire wouldn’t do much to me at this point.”

Namjoon stops putting the tent up to glare at Jin, “Your insides are always burning!”

“Well I haven’t had a dick inside me in months!” Jin shouts catching the attention of a nearby dog walker.

Jin lowers his head; he bites his lip in embarrassment while the others laugh at him apologizing to the random person.

Jungkook uses the bug spray on just his legs, the only one of them in shorts, probably not the smartest for a night of camping but Yoongi’s not going to complain. He’s never seen him in shorts before and his strong thighs and calves are driving him insane, unable to tear his eyes away as he’s wishing he could run his hands and mouth all along them, up under the edge, driving them both to distraction, and he almost hits his hand with the hammer as he drives the stake into the ground, not paying attention. When he looks up he sees Jungkook knows what just happened, the glint in his eyes and the pulse he can hear speeding up from ten feet away makes it clear he’s enjoying this just as much.

They’re setting up the tents maybe 20 feet away from each other, and while Jin is busy ogling Namjoon’s ass Jungkook is watching Yoongi, the way his hands hold the hammer, the width of his back seen pulling his jacket tight, his legs threatening his jeans every time he bends down. Jin tells Jungkook in a voice loud enough for the others to hear, “How did we both ever wind up dating such hot guys, Kookie? I just wanna take Joonie in my tent and eat him already.”

While Jungkook would normally be outwardly disgusted by Jin and his sexual comments, tonight it’s all about teasing their boyfriends, driving them crazy, being over the top. He answers him, “I know Jin; look at the way Yoongi’s hand grips that hammer, holding it so tight.” Yoongi’s hand clearly clenches down even tighter on the tool, staring up at Jungkook with eyes aglow, biting on his lower lip, hitting the stake so hard it disappears into the ground, never to be seen again.

Jungkook’s eyes flash at the reaction he just got, not thinking of how much strength was just used to bury the stake in one thrust, instead telling Jin, “I need those hands on me, while he hammers me that hard.” Jungkook could swear he sees Yoongi’s cock twitch in his jeans even though they’re ten feet away, loving that he’s able to get a reaction from him.

Jin continues, “That was a great pun you made there. You would think they’re getting too hot, doing all that work with those jackets on. Wouldn’t it be great to see them working without them? Hey guys,” he tells them in a louder voice, even though he knows they can already hear everything they’re saying, “If you’re getting too warm you should take off your jackets. Don’t want you getting all sweaty, attracting more mosquitoes.

Yoongi just looks at Namjoon with an “I can’t believe they think we’re dumb enough to fall for this shit” kind of expression, but Namjoon looks at him with a shrug, peeling his jacket off, now turning his back to Jin as he continues setting up their tent, knowing he wants to see his ass more than anything. Yoongi glances over at Jungkook who now gives him the most over-the-top, innocent, pleading little doe-eyed puppy dog look, topped off with his hands in a praying position, and Yoongi just busts out laughing, the first time in years, if not decades, Namjoon lighting up as he looks at him, wishing he could have captured it on film, so happy for his lifelong friend.

Jungkook keeps his innocent act going, doing things to Yoongi that he’s trying to ignore for right now; he’s so looking forward to having him actually beg for things soon.  He keeps his eyes fixed on Jungkook’s, slowly unzipping his jacket and then throwing it in his lap, Jungkook instantly lifting it and smelling it, closing his eyes as he absorbs Yoongi’s scent. When he opens his eyes they’re pitch dark and so intense; Yoongi has to hold himself back from just dragging him into the woods and taking him all night long, forgetting all about waiting until they talk.

Jungkook licks his lips, holding his jacket close to his chest, keeping his eyes on Yoongi even though he says to Jin, “That’s much better, that was a really good idea,” his voice so turned on, his eyes sparkling now as he watches Yoongi’s face transform into a sexy, sultry smirk, Yoongi unable to stop looking back at him, too.

As they continue their conversation, pretending to not know that their dates can hear them, Jin tells Jungkook, “Do you see how fine Joonie’s ass is when he bends over? That’s gonna be mine tonight.”

Jungkook tells him, “Sorry, I was busy watching Yoongi. I can’t decide what’s his hottest part, his eyes or his hands. Though that mouth is pretty wicked. Can’t wait to see what he can do with it tonight.”

Yoongi spins around so quickly to face him again, having been turned away while he was busy putting up the last wall, and his eyes are burning when he asks so quietly, “Tonight?” and even though there’s no way Jungkook heard him he knows exactly what he said, and he just nods at him, biting his lower lip in excitement, knowing Yoongi’s been waiting a long time to taste him, devour him.  

Yoongi wants to speed through the rest of the tent setup, knowing he could have it done in literally two seconds if he let his non-human speed take over, but he can’t, having to now endure another ten minutes of teasing. But at least now it seems like it’s Jin’s turn to torment Namjoon; Jungkook seems quiet now while he watches him, busy imagining what tonight is going to be like, just like he is.

Jin walks over to Namjoon, wrapping his arms around his waist, “How’s it going so far bun?”

Namjoon wipes the nonexisting sweat off his eyebrow, “It’s going good. I think i’m almost finished, we can start putting the things inside now. Don’t worry I’ll coat the outside of the tent with bug spray.”

Jin moves his hand down to cup Namjoon’s ass tightly, “Thank you bun. You looked so good putting up the tent, I’m hard already and we just got here.”

Namjoon smirks looking at Jin, “Yeah? Guess I’ll just have to do something about that later tonight.”

“I would hope so bunbun,” Jin says giving Namjoon’s ass another tight squeeze.

“You went from baby to bun? I never thought you’d be a bottom Joon,” Yoongi says staring at them.

“Who said he was a bottom?” Jin asked, raising an eyebrow.

Yoongi stares at them shocked and confused, Jin walking away laughing, and Namjoon rubs the back of his neck awkwardly.

Jin walks over and bumps Jungkook’s shoulder, waking him from his dreams about tonight, telling him, “Let’s get the air mattresses ready, the tents are almost done. The sooner we get them blown, the sooner we can be, too,” laughing at his own joke, Jungkook ignoring it as he’s not picturing it in a humorous manner whatsoever.

They get Jin’s done first and Namjoon comes and helps him carry it to their tent, both disappearing inside. Jungkook is finishing up the second one when Yoongi appears behind him, sliding his hands up inside the back of his shorts, feeling his legs, then cupping his ass on the outside, teasing a finger over his hole. Jungkook shudders in his touch, leaning his head back on Yoongi’s shoulder, loving the feel of his hands on him.

“Fuck Yoongi, feels so good,” he moans, whispering “wait a sec” while he pulls away long enough to turn off the compressor, seal up the air mattress and set it aside. When he goes to turn around to face Yoongi he spins him back, putting his back to him again, running his hands all along his chest, slipping lower while he pulls his hips up tight against him, letting him feel how hard he already is from their playful teasing all night.

“I can taste you tonight? Really?” Yoongi asks, his voice so dark in his need that Jungkook actually shivers from how badly he wants this; Yoongi’s cock is throbbing along his ass, and he wishes he could just sink into him right here, right now, though he wants to taste him just as badly. He bites down on his neck, struggling to keep his fangs retracted, wanting so badly to make him his, having to settle for leaving another pretty bruise behind instead.

Jungkook is moaning now, grinding back onto him, loving the way he can make him feel with his mouth, and he pulls away to turn and face him, telling him, “If you still want to,” not wanting to presume he wants that tonight.

Yoongi’s eyes get so emotional, so beautiful, when he tells him, “Guk, I’ve been waiting months for this, forever actually,” never before letting himself care, hope for, love, another human. He takes his mouth in the most loving kiss, trying to pour all his emotions into it, hoping he can understand what he feels for him.

Just when things start getting more intimate Namjoon and Jin reappear, Yoongi growling at them to “go away”, but they just laugh, telling them, “We need to go grab some food before everything closes in town.” Yoongi is just about to argue when he catches Namjoon’s look, remembering the others do need food, that it wouldn’t be reasonable to skip eating meals. He kisses Jungkook sweetly, telling him, “Remember where we left off,” nipping his lower lip gently, soothing it with his tongue, his taste driving him insane, everything sweeter, more intense, with the need burning through him.

They stow their air mattress in the tent, loading the sleeping bags as well, putting the lanterns in the car so they have them when they return. They go to a quick fast food place nearby, everyone wanting to get back to their campsite.

**

When they return they decide to light a fire, everyone wanting to cuddle and share more innocent memories before they spend the night together. While Jin and Jungkook take a lantern to look for kindling for the fire, Namjoon and Yoongi find some huge downed trees that can serve as seats by the fire. They each carry one under their arms, checking first that their dates aren’t around, and they place them in a perfect spot by the firepit. They pull out the pile of firewood they brought from home, waiting patiently for them to return.

When Jin and Jungkook come back they’re shocked by the tree trunks the others have found, not only how large they are but that the guys were able to get them there. They’re solid wood, not rotted out, and easily weigh a couple hundred pounds each. Jungkook tries to lift an end and isn’t able to get it more than a few inches off the ground, so he asks Yoongi, “How did you get these here? I lift weights and I could never get it here alone.”

“Well, there were two of us, and we rolled them over most of the way,” Yoongi replies, not meeting his eyes as he lies, pretending to be occupied getting the fire started. He doesn’t like having to be deceitful but he can’t explain his super-human strength just yet, either.

Jungkook looks over and meets Jin’s eyes, both questioning the log story; there’s no way they could have rolled them here with the way the campground is laid out. Between the placement of the tents, the car, the picnic table, and the firepit itself, there’s no way these logs would have fit unless you carried them here.

Just then Yoongi gets the fire going, all of them now sitting on the logs, snuggling near each other for a long time, talking softly between themselves. Jin goes and gets the marshmallows and some long sticks they kept from becoming kindling, roasting them and feeding them to each other, everyone getting sticky and messy, kissing the gooey mess from each other’s lips. Yoongi and Jungkook are ready to turn in, their kisses getting more heated, their gazes burning bright, ready to be alone for the night. Namjoon and Jin continue to eat their smores, Jin staring at Namjoon everytime he licks his fingers. Namjoon smiles and rolls his eyes at Jin before copying his actions making Jin giggle. Jin gets up to grab another marshmallow, bending over as he gets the bag from the ground where they had fallen. Namjoon watches him bend down, staring at his ass. Namjoon smirks, giving Jin a sharp slap on his ass making Jin shriek. He turns around grabbing his ass staring at Namjoon surprised.

“There was a mosquito,” Namjoon tries his best to sound innocent, looking up at Jin with wide eyes.

Yoongi and Jungkook smile and laugh while Jin glares at Namjoon, trying not to smile. They all put out the fire, making sure it’s safe to leave alone for the night; Jin gives everyone water bottles while Namjoon and Yoongi grab their bags from the car, everyone zipping themselves into their tents for the night.

**

Jin sits on the mattress pouting and counting all the mosquito bites he has. Namjoon lights up a small citronella and places it outside of their tent before getting inside, zipping up the tent securely.

“Fourteen mosquito bites! There’s fourteen of them on me, but everyone else has none! I hate this!” Jin complains scratching one of the bites on his arm.

“Don’t scratch it, you’ll make it worse,” Namjoon tells him as he lays down next to Jin, rubbing his thigh.

“As much as I love camping I hate bugs. I want to burn them all,” Jin grumbled.

“I’m sure you’ll be fine. You didn’t get any more after you put the spray on,” Namjoon pointed out, getting the wet wipes out.

“What are those for?” Jin asked, eyeing the wipes in his hand.

“To take off the bug spray,” Namjoon said taking one out.

Jin shakes his head violently, “No! I’m not taking it off! They’ll come in here and bite me!”

“Jin don’t be so dramatic. I coated the tent with bug spray and set a citronella candle outside the tent, you’ll be fine,” Namjoon tells him, rolling his eyes in exasperation.

“I’m not gonna take it off!” Jin argues.

“You’re covered in that shit!” Namjoon crosses his arms.

“Not true! I’m not all covered!” Jin pouts.

“Yes you are, I watched you put seven layers of that shit on!” Namjoon rubs his temples, irritated.

“The only part of me that isn’t covered is-”

“Jin if you dare say your dick I’ll throw you out of this tent,” Namjoon argues, glaring at Jin.

“That’s the only part that matters though!” Jin complains.

“Take the spray off or I’m sleeping in the car,” Namjoon threatens.

Jin huffs as he snatches the wet wipes out of Namjoon’s hands, mumbling as he takes off the bug spray.

As he’s taking the spray off his arms, Namjoon sits behind him with another wet wipe taking the spray off Jin’s neck.

“You’re being very difficult, kitten. I don’t like it,” Namjoon whispers in Jin’s ear, mumbling against Jin’s neck.

Jin straightens his back lowering his head, “I’m sorry…” he trails off not knowing what to call him.

Namjoon kisses Jin’s neck, “Call me whatever you want.”

“Really?” Jin asks tilting his head, confused.

“Yeah.” Namjoon rubs his nose down Jin’s neck, breathing in his scent.

“Okay, I’m sorry for being so difficult Bun,” Jin apologizes laying his head back.

Namjoon continues to remove the spray off Jin’s body, placing his lips and tongue wherever the spray is removed. Jin stays quiet, his hands wrapping around Namjoon’s legs, holding them tightly, as if his life depended on it.

“You taste a lot better now kitten. Didn’t want bug spray all over you when i taste you. I only want your sweet taste on my lips,” Namjoon whispers in Jin’s ear.

Jin sighs, arching his back as Namjoon trails his hands down his chest lightly, Namjoon’s fingertips tickling his skin as he makes his way down Jin’s shirt. He grabs the bottom of his shirt, pulling it upward, Jin lifting his hands to help remove it. Namjoon takes a new wipe and begins to clean Jin’s collarbone, his chest and his nipples, moving to the side, letting Jin lay down on the bed. Jin moans softly as the cold wipe grazes his nipple, hardening it. Once the right nipple is clean Namjoon leans down, sucking it into his mouth; Jin moans, Namjoon continuing to suck on him while wiping the other nipple clean.

The coldness of the wipe adds to Jin’s pleasure, cooling down his hot skin. Namjoon next moves to the left nipple, giving that side just as much attention. He moves the wipe down Jin’s body cleaning his stomach and sides. Jin’s breathing picks up and he feels himself becoming wet. He tentatively puts his hands in Namjoon’s hair not knowing if he was allowed.

“It’s okay kitten, you can touch me. I want you to. I want to hear you moan my name too,” Namjoon whispers huskily against Jin’s nipples.

Jin threads his fingers in Namjoon’s hair wanting more. Namjoon undoes Jin’s pants, sighing thankfully that the tightness is less now.

“Is bunbun gonna undress too?” Jin asks panting.

“Maybe later kitten. I want you to have all the pleasure,” Namjoon says while kissing down Jin’s body.

Jin thrusts his hips as Namjoon sucks on his navel, dipping his tongue inside. Namjoon stares into his eyes as he pulls Jin’s pants down along with his underwear. He gives a small lick to Jin’s tip, tasting his precum, Jin’s mouth falling slightly open as he watches Namjoon swirl his tongue around the tip of his cock before taking it all into his mouth.

“Oh fuck baby,” Jin whispers grabbing a fistful of Namjoon’s hair.

“Good?” Namjoon says with his mouth around Jin’s cock.

Jin moans at the vibrations coming from Namjoon’s throat, trying carefully not to thrust his hips up, not wanting to hurt him. Namjoon hollows his cheeks as he begins to bob his head faster down Jin, never looking away from his eyes.

Jin feels the heat in his stomach growing faster and faster as Namjoon swallows him down. Jin whimpers and mewls, arching his back and fisting Namjoon’s hair, desperately wanting to fuck Namjoon’s beautiful mouth.

“Bunbun i’m so fucking close...so close..please...d-don’t stop bun,” Jin moans brokenly.

Namjoon relaxes his throat as much as he can, taking Jin’s cock until it hits the back of his throat. Jin claws Namjoon’s shoulders, biting his lip hard trying to not scream from the pleasure.

“Yes..yes! Fuck! So good! Yes baby..keep going I’m-I’m gonna come,” Jin arches his back allowing Namjoon to hold onto his waist tightly.

With a couple more licks to his slit, Jin finally comes, Namjoon moaning as the thick liquid goes down his throat. Namjoon wipes his lips with his fingers, staring at Jin who has his eyes closed. Namjoon rubs Jin’s thighs, waiting for him to come down from his high.

When JIn finally opens his eyes, he smiles at Namjoon shyly, telling him, “That was the best orgasm i’ve ever had.”

Namjoon smiles while rubbing Jin’s hips, “We’re not done yet kitten.”

Jin’s eyes open widely, staring at Namjoon with innocent and curious eyes, “We’re not?”

Namjoon leans down and kisses Jin’s stomach, “Nope. this is where your flavored lube is gonna come out.”

“I get to use it on you?” Jin eyes shine brightly as his excitement shows.

“Not just yet, but I do want it out. Let me take my clothes off while you get it,” Namjoon begins to remove his clothes as Jin jumps up, going to his bag to get the lube out. Namjoon takes the opportunity to bite down on the inside of his cheek to retract his fangs since they were starting to come out. He takes deep breaths trying to calm himself down, knowing that Jin will be able to see his fangs if he spoke.

Jin sets the lube next to him on the mattress and sits down, waiting for Namjoon to get ready. By the time he’s completely naked Jin’s trying to move forward to get Namjoon’s cock into his mouth.

Namjoon laughs as he grabs Jin’s head, “What are you doing?”

Jin looks up at him with begging eyes, “Please? I just want to have a taste?”

Namjoon smiles leaning down to give Jin a quick kiss, “Okay fine. Go ahead.”

Jin licks his lips as he takes all of Namjoon’s cock into his mouth, choking slightly.

Namjoon hisses, “Fuck Jin, be careful...ah shit that feels good.”

Jin sucks on Namjoon greedily, slurping and spitting, his drool falling down his chin. When Namjoon pulls out of Jin’s mouth, Jin whimpers leaning forward trying to get Namjoon’s cock back into his mouth.

Namjoon laughs grabbing Jin by the head, “No no kitten, be good. I have more planned for you.”

Jin pouts staring longingly at Namjoon’s cock. Namjoon shakes his head, gently pushing Jin back down the bed. He grabs the lube pouring some onto his hand, the smell of strawberries hitting him. Namjoon grabs his own cock pumping lazily watching Jin stare at him with dark, dilated eyes, his lips red and puffy, glossy from Namjoon’s precum. Once he has a light coat of lube, Namjoon grabs Jin’s cock, carefully lubing it up. Jin hisses from the oversensitivity. Namjoon grabs the lube again pouring a little more on his fingers.

He spreads Jin’s legs wide open, throwing them over his shoulders. Jin eyes widen not knowing but also knowing what Namjoon was about to do.

“I don’t have to do this if you don’t want me to,” Namjoon whispers, rubbing his lubed up fingers together.

Jin shakes his head holding onto Namjoon’s shoulders, “Fuck no. I want this...I need this. Shit I’ve been waiting for this for a long time.”

“I’ve been waiting too...you really have no idea how long I’ve waited for this,” Namjoon whispers kissing Jin’s chest. “Let know if you want me to stop, okay?”

“Okay bun,” Jin whispers staring into Namjoon’s eyes.

Namjoon continues to stare into Jin’s eyes even as his hand goes down to Jin’s ass, his fingers brushing his hole. Jin gasps from Namjoon’s soft touch, never looking away from his deep amber colored eyes.

Namjoon rubs lube all over Jin’s hole before gently sticking the tip of his finger inside him. Jin moans, closing his eyes and throwing his head back against the bed. Namjoon leans down and sucks on Jin’s neck feeling the blood rush to that one area. He sticks one finger inside Jin, groaning as the tightness envelops his finger. His fangs come out again, this time they’re ready to bite into Jin’s soft flesh. Namjoon continues to suck on Jin’s neck feeling his self control slipping.

Jin hisses, loving the stretch he feels after not feeling it in months. He hugs Namjoon’s head to his neck loving the sting he gets from Namjoon biting and sucking on his neck while his finger moves in and out of him.

“More bun. Please give me more,” Jin whispers in Namjoon’s ear.

Namjoon pulls back from Jin’s neck, adding a second finger. Jin licks his lips moaning as his eyes close in pleasure. Namjoon watches his face as he begins to spread his fingers inside of him. He tries to distract himself by thinking of anything else, but Jin’s ass feels amazing on his fingers. His scent is strong and mouthwatering.

“Fuck..yess,” Jin pants holding onto Namjoon’s biceps.

“I’m gonna add a third,” Namjoon warns before adding a third finger, being careful of showing his fangs. He continues to bite the inside of his mouth wanting the fangs to retract. Namjoon has never been with someone he’s had to hide his fangs from, so he never bothered learning how to control it.

Jin moans, loving the stinging feeling that runs up his spine. Namjoon grabs his cock, leaning over Jin. He lines their cocks together, pressing their bodies closer. Jin grabs Namjoon’s hips, helping him stay in place. With his fingers still inside Jin, Namjoon begins grinding their cocks together. They both moan from the feeling, their precum mixing together. Namjoon works a different pace with his fingers inside Jin, twisting his wrist around trying to find Jin’s sweet spot.

Jin wraps his arms around Namjoon’s neck staring deeply into his eyes. They whisper to each other as if they were sharing secrets, never looking away from each other’s eyes. When Namjoon finally finds Jin’s prostate, he arches his back crying out. Namjoon holds onto him tightly, burying his face into Jin’s neck smelling his beautiful, musky, sweet scent.

“You take my fingers so well. I so badly wish it was my cock instead. I know your ass would take me in so well,” Namjoon whispers in Jin’s neck.

“I want your cock. I want you inside me. Fuck i can’t wait to have you inside me. I know you’d make me feel like i’m flying,” Jin whimpers.

“You’d ride me so fucking good. Bouncing on my cock, moaning my name. Would you like riding me kitten?” Namjoon nibbles along Jin’s jaw.

“Fuck.. yes..i would. I’d ride you better than anyone in this world,” Jin whispers closing his eyes feeling the heat in his stomach growing.

As Namjoon continues to grind their cocks against each other and fingering Jin’s ass, Jin is chanting Namjoon’s name against his ear holding onto Namjoon’s hair tightly. Namjoon feels his fangs slowly go back to normal as he learns how to control his fangs from poking out whenever he’s aroused.

He pulls Namjoon’s head down capturing his lips. Their tongues meet messily in the middle and their teeth clash, but they don’t care. Jin bites down on Namjoon’s lip hard enough to draw blood as he finally comes. Namjoon follows not long after, spilling everything on Jin’s stomach along with his cum.

Namjoon slowly and gently removes his fingers, Jin wincing slightly. He leans down and licks up both his and Jin’s cum off Jin’s stomach. Jin watches with hooded eyes as Namjoon leans down swallowing both their cum. He gets a wipe and cleans Jin with it making sure to get all the cum and lube off.

They both lay on the mattress breathing heavily. Namjoon lays on Jin’s chest while Jin runs his fingers through Namjoon’s hair.

“I hope you didn’t mind me being in control tonight,” Namjoon whispers.

“No, it was actually fun. I haven’t let anyone be the dom in a long time. I’m so used to being the one in charge that I don’t even realize I’m doing it, but tonight was so different than anything I’ve ever had,” Jin says kissing the top of Namjoon’s head.

“It was?” Namjoon asks feeling insecure.

Jin hums, “So good that I would love for you to do it again.”

“Really? You want that?” Namjoon asks looking into Jin’s eyes.

Jin nods smiling, “I would love to try new things with you. You make me feel safe.”

“Good. I want you to always feel that way with me. I.. I can’t imagine my life without you,” Namjoon whispers cupping Jin’s face.

Jin kisses Namjoon’s hand, “I love you too.”

**

Jungkook steps into the tent, Yoongi zipping it up tight behind them, and when he turns around Jungkook is there and ready for him, instantly taking his mouth in a sweet, loving kiss, both still sticky from the marshmallows. Jungkook laughs as he pulls away, telling him, “I’m gonna grab some wipes, just clean my hands from the firewood and dirt and snack.”

Yoongi takes a few as well, both of them tossing them aside after, resuming their kiss, Yoongi leading Jungkook to the bed. He runs his hands down his back, feeling his shiver, asking him, “Are you cold? We can crawl under the sleeping bags.”

Jungkook tells him, “No, god no, don’t think I’ll ever be cold again when I’m with you,” knowing it sounds sappy but it’s true. He feels like he’s always burning up when he’s around him.

Yoongi quickly puts a sheet over the mattress and pushes the sleeping bag to the side, then returns to Jungkook, sliding his hands around his waist, teasing his finger into the waistband,  then moving his hands to the bottom of his shirt, asking if he can take it off. Jungkook nods at him, telling him, “You don’t have to ask, it’s all coming off tonight.” Yoongi groans at that comment, nipping all along his lips and chin before Jungkook kisses him again, asking somewhat shyly, “What about yours?” sometimes having a hard time vocalizing his wishes out loud.

“Mine too,” Yoongi answers roughly, crushing his mouth in a kiss, only stopping long enough to lift their shirts over their heads, instantly going back to kissing urgently. They teasingly play with their belts and zippers, Jungkook touching him through the fabric of his jeans, and then just his briefs, then finally slipping his hand underneath those to finally touch him, hold him, tracing his hand along his length, then over the top, pulling his mouth away from the kiss for a moment to catch his breath, loving that he gets to be with Yoongi like this. He kisses him again before he pulls everything off of him, helping Yoongi kick his pants and briefs off, Jungkook instantly running his hands down his ass while he holds him near, pressing their bodies together, dipping a finger between his cheeks, wanting to pleasure Yoongi in that way, knowing tonight they’ll be doing more, going further, than before.

Yoongi is already close to coming from the sweet almost innocent way Jungkook touches him. He knows he’s had a few partners but neither he nor Guk have ever felt anything as intense, as mind-blowing as it is when they’re together. And the gentle touch he’s feeling on his ass is sending need straight to his cock, not sure if he’ll be able to handle him touching him in that way without losing complete control of himself.

Yoongi kneels down now, already naked but Jungkook unsatisfyingly still dressed, and he kisses and licks and nibbles all along his stomach, using his tongue and lips to suck on his navel, kissing it, teasing him, Jungkook wrapping his hands in his hair, pulling him close. He finishes unzipping his pants and opens them, leaving his briefs covering him still but they’re stretched so tight over his cock, already damp. Yoongi nibbles on his length through his briefs, toying with his tip, using his teeth to add just a hint of a wild touch, wanting to see what he likes. Jungkook whimpers at the touch, clutching tighter on his hair, pulling him impossibly closer to him.

As he pulls away he looks up just to make sure Jungkook’s still ok with this, and he’s completely blown away by the heated eyes that are staring back at him, his hand now on his chin, rubbing a thumb over his cheek. He just tells him, “More”, and Yoongi can’t resist.

He uses his teeth to pull his briefs away from him, his mouth so close but he’s keeping himself away still; he wants this first taste more than anything in this world, yet the torture of not yet taking it is driving both of them delirious with want.

Just when Jungkook thinks Yoongi’s about to finally taste him, or sink down on his length, he pulls away and looks up at him, and he’s ready to melt, combust, explode, the need and frustration building until he’s shaking with it. He lifts a trembling hand to Yoongi’s face and Yoongi sees it, asking him, “Do you want to change your mind?”

But Jungkook shakes his head rapidly in response, dropping to his knees next to Yoongi now, telling him, “God no, I just don’t know how much longer I can wait,” kissing him again urgently, waiting for him to undress him.

Jungkook takes Yoongi’s hands and guides them to his hips where his briefs are waiting, hoping he takes the hint and finally undresses him. Yoongi grips so tightly onto him he’s sure he must be leaving bruises, trying to reign his control in before he lowers his briefs. The smell of Jungkook’s arousal is burning through his system; he can hear his blood already pounding through his veins as his heart is racing, the scent of his need so sweet, so all-consuming, he feels like he could eat him alive.

Yoongi knows they’ve seen each other naked before, they’ve held each other, gotten each other off too, but tonight it’s different, tonight starts something more. More innocent. More loving. More intimate, sharing new things with each other. As he looks up and pauses, catching Jungkook’s gaze one more time, he gives him a nod and that’s the final barrier before Yoongi starts lowering first his shorts, then his briefs, taking them all the way off, standing up and laying him in bed before going any further.

Yoongi lays over him, leaning to the side as he starts running his hands everywhere, taking his time and covering every inch before he finally touches him lower, running a finger along his length, then his tip, the pre-cum so hot and just flowing out of him; Yoongi takes his finger that’s now covered in it and sucks it deep in is mouth, closing his eyes as he savors his taste, moaning at the flavor, Jungkook just watching him, whimpering, seeing that he’s completely lost in the moment.

When he opens his eyes he moves and positions himself between Jungkook’s spread legs, using his strong hands to push his legs even further apart, looking up one last time before he uses his tongue to lick down his length, absolutely loving his taste, moaning and whimpering at the way it makes him feel, fighting down his primal urges to bite, to take, to keep. He keeps his fangs tucked away and nibbles all along his cock, groaning at his taste, sucking on the sides, treating him like he’s his most prized possession. Jungkook is going mindless with the pleasure, never before having someone take such care of him, treating him like he’s precious, needed, desired.

He keeps going lower, now treating his balls, and then his perineum, with the same care, kissing, licking, nipping, sucking, Jungkook close to coming without any one touch really pushing him over; it’s just the way Yoongi treats him, like he really loves him, needs him, that is making his heart clench, his body react.

Jungkook reaches down and takes one of Yoongi’s hands, needing that connection, and Yoongi eventually comes back higher, positioning himself right over his cock, before he sinks down completely in one long motion, sucking him in, Jungkook’s back arching as the pleasure grips him, coming instantly down Yoongi’s throat, instantly embarrassed for doing that without asking first.

As soon as he stops pulsing Yoongi pulls off, his eyes glowing with heat at how incredible that was, ready to start again, but he can tell Jungkook is upset. He asks him, “Guk, what’s wrong? Did you not like it?”

“Yoongi, I shouldn’t have come in your mouth like that without asking first. I’m so sorry, you don’t need to ever do it again if you don’t like, I completely understand,” Jungkook apologizes, mortified for what he just did.

Yoongi doesn’t know why he’s apologizing; he loves what they just did, wants to keep doing it all night long. “I don’t understand, baby. What’s wrong?”

Jungkook hesitates before he tells him, “It’s impolite, unacceptable to come in someone’s mouth like that without asking first, giving you a chance to pull away. But I never had a chance to ask, and you never had a chance to pull away. It was so fucking incredible I came without a chance to warn you, or even myself,” Jungkook explains, running his hand over his, looking down and not making eye contact.

Yoongi’s eyes get fully amber now, absolutely glowing, when he growls out, “So you liked it then? Because I loved it; I love your taste, the feel of you in my mouth, the noises you make while I take you, the way your cum shot down my throat, the way your body arched off the bed as your climax ripped through you. And no one before has ever made you feel like this, where you can’t control it? Baby, that’s nothing to apologize for. I can’t wait to do it again, all night, every night, for eternity.”

The taste of Jungkook is driving him crazy; it’s almost a primal need to make him his now. He’s so hungry, the taste of his skin and his mouth and his cum just pushing him almost to the edge, wanting to take him again and again to try to appease the hunger burning through him. He’s still so achingly hard, knowing it’s only going to stay like this until he can finally have him.

And with that he sinks his mouth down on him again, this time Jungkook taking a little longer to come, but as Yoongi nibbles so erotically all along his length again, sucking his balls in using just a hint of his teeth, pressing up just right on his perineum with his thumb while he takes him in deep again, playing with his slit, he explodes again, warning Yoongi this time but not knowing why he bothers, when he just sucks on him that much harder once he does.

Jungkook is still catching his breath when Yoongi comes and lays on top of him, his own cock throbbing in need, but he needs to nibble on his neck, suck on that skin where his pulse is beating so rapidly, where he can taste the blood pounding under his skin, and he so badly wants to bite him, taste him, get that final connection with him, but he knows he has to wait.

He pulls back from his neck to kiss him again, and when he pulls back he tells Jungkook, “You never have to ask for permission to come in my mouth, Guk; you’re my favorite taste.”

Jungkook groans as he kisses him back, his words turning him on already, loving that Yoongi likes to be together like this, and he doesn’t want to break away, his cock once again hard and ready for more. He asks Yoongi, “So, can I play with you now?”

Yoongi stares back at him, having a feeling he knows where this is going. “What did you have in mind?” he asks, waiting, holding his breath, his cock feeling like it could break off it’s so hard already. He’s curious what he’ll say, if he’ll be able to tell him what he wants out loud.

“Can I touch you?” Jungkook asks, Yoongi knowing he doesn’t mean a regular kind of touch.

His body shudders in response, so excited at the thought of that kind of touch, and at his delay in answering Jungkook quickly reassures him, “We don’t need to do that. There’s so much more we can try if you don’t want that. You seemed curious, that’s all.”

“I am, and I do. W-Want that. I mean. If you want to. I-I’d like to see what it’s like.” Yoongi stammers out, nervous for the first time in centuries, but excited to be sharing this with him.

Jungkook’s eyes flash so dark, so beautiful in the moonlight, as he asks, “Are you sure?” rubbing his hand reassuringly along Yoongi’s side.

Yoongi pulls him down into a passionate, loving kiss, finally pulling away only long enough to get the lube, handing it to him, along with his trust. “Show me,” he says softly, wanting him to take him this way for the first time ever.

Jungkook takes his time, kissing him forever, relaxing him, making him soft and pliant. He slowly runs his hands over Yoongi’s body, adoring his skin, the strength underneath, the trembles he can feel when he grazes over his nipples, the sensitive spot at his waist. The click of the bottle opening still has him flinching in nervousness, Jungkook kissing the feelings away, wanting him as relaxed as possible.

When he leans back to spread Yoongi’s legs wider he kisses all along his thighs, his hips, his waist, taking his time to keep him calm. He leans down and kisses all along his length, his balls, and then further back, pushing his legs a bit higher so he can reach that much easier, never stopping the gentle touch with his hands and mouth.

He finally wets one finger with the lube, using a lot and warming it before he gently circles his opening, never before touched like this besides by him, Jungkook groaning as he sees it fluttering so pretty, wanting more. Yoongi’s hips lift off the bed, Jungkook murmuring soothing sounds to him as he kisses him along his hip, doing his best to keep him relaxed. As Jungkook gently plays with him he relaxes enough and he’s able to slip in a finger up to just the first knuckle, Yoongi lurching off the bed, moaning, Jungkook almost coming from how sensitive he is to his touch.

He gently thrusts in and out with just that fingertip, teasing the rim, and as he loosens up he goes a bit deeper, finally getting that one finger all the way in, thrusting gently, stroking the walls carefully. Yoongi has opened up enough and is enjoying the touch, something new and completely foreign to him, but so far he likes it. “You can go harder,” Yoongi tells him, wanting it to feel even better, knowing there should be more than what he’s feeling now.

“You’re doing so well, baby,” Jungkook tells him, lubing up a second finger so it’s really wet, and as he slips out the first he gently adds the second, only going about half way in for now, Yoongi hissing and tightening up around his fingers, needing to stop for a minute while he adjusts. Jungkook keeps murmuring to him, kissing his hips, his thighs, licking along his balls, distracting him from the stretch. He eventually relaxes and Jungkook can finish filling him with the second finger, eventually thrusting into him a little more firmly, faster, Yoongi now thrusting back against his hand.

“Fuck baby it’s so good, how did I never try this before?” he asks, Jungkook smiling against his hip, knowing he hasn’t yet felt the best part. He continues to move his hand at the speed Yoongi seems to like, and then he bends his fingers, searching for that sensitive spot that he knows will make him see stars. He crooks his fingers and feels around, just taking a few thrusts before Yoongi groans loudly, his hips and back shooting off the bed, the sounds coming from his mouth unlike anything Jungkook has heard before; they’re so deep, so erotic, and Yoongi grabs Jungkook and yanks him up higher by him and crushes their mouths together in the most breathtaking kiss he’s ever had as Yoongi’s climax explodes through him, his whole body shaking as he comes; he’s still thrusting his hips through it, even when he’s done, just moaning out “don’t stop”  while he continues to kiss him.

Yoongi’s ass has loosened up from the way Jungkook’s been fucking him with his fingers, so he gently eases a third finger inside, still a stretch but not really painful, just tight, and he scissors them carefully as he keeps thrusting, then teases along his prostate again, pressing up against it constantly and circling into it, and Yoongi has to break free from the kiss; it’s now too hard to breathe and focus on the sensations shooting through him, loving every touch that Guk is giving him.

“Baby what are you doing to me?” Yoongi moans, clenching one fist into the sheets and the other holding Jungkook close, thrusting and so close to coming again.

Jungkook looks up and sees his eyes are absolutely glowing now as they stare down at him, and he tells him, “Just loving you, Yoongi,” sinking down on his length and within seconds Yoongi comes again, shooting down his throat, making him whimper with how hard he is now as well.

Yoongi’s ass is clenching down on his fingers, not wanting him to remove them, and he keeps gently stroking him as he is loving the feeling of being so full. Jungkook leans up and kisses his cheeks, his forehead, his shoulder as he waits for Yoongi to catch his breath, and when he re-opens his eyes there is so much love in them Jungkook’s chest clenches, knowing they’re both completely lost in each other.

He kisses him softly, resting his forehead against Yoongi’s, eventually sliding his fingers out gently, Yoongi whimpering at the emptiness. “Want you in me, Guk, need to feel that soon.”

Jungkook whimpers now, telling him he can’t wait, and it’s true. He wants their secret to be behind them already, so they can move on and have this forever.

**

They’re enjoying the afterglow and Yoongi is ready to go down on Jungkook again when Jin calls out, “So I don’t know who just did what to whom, but that was fucking hot.”

Namjoon yells at him, “Jin, shut up!!!”

“What? That was hot as hell! I wanna hear it again!” Jin complains, making Jungkook laugh loudly.

Yoongi yells out to them, “It really was hot as hell. I wanna do it again too!”

Jungkook is giggling now, unable to believe Yoongi is joking about it. He steals Yoongi’s mouth in another kiss, forgetting about the other tent as Yoongi takes care of him again.

“Yes Kookie, deep throat the shit out of him!” Jin cheers from his tent, clapping his hands excitedly.

“Jin stop!” Namjoon scolds him, trying to stop him from clapping his hands.

“I’m not the one blowing,” Jungkook struggles out as Yoongi has his cock in his mouth, driving him crazy with pleasure.

“Holy shit!” Jin whispers, astonished.

“I didn’t want to know that,” Namjoon says in disgust.

“Is he good?” Jin fake whispers, loud enough for everyone to hear.

“Jin! Stop!” Namjoon sits up on the bed scolding Jin even more.

“Is he big?” Jin continues, laughing while avoiding Namjoon’s hands which are trying to cover his mouth.

“Jin! I will make you sleep outside!” Namjoon hisses.

Yoongi lets Jungkook’s cock slip out of his mouth, slurping up his spit and Jungkook’s precum before yelling out, “Huge!”

“That’s it I’m moving the fucking tent,” Namjoon says, annoyed at all three of them now.

As Yoongi continues to take care of Jungkook, Namjoon is moving the tent far from Yoongi’s and Jungkook’s while Jin pouts, helping Namjoon move their things.

**

Jungkook falls asleep, finally sated enough to get some rest, wanting to do more but Yoongi promises they’ll spend more time alone tomorrow, that they’ll have so much more time together. Yoongi still can’t physically let him go tonight though, simply holding him tight all wrapped up in his arms, kissing his hair, wanting to stay just like this for the rest of his eternity. It’s getting so hard not to divulge their secret, afraid it’s going to change everything between them but wanting to be open and honest with him, truthful for the first time in his life. He’s so afraid that it will be over, that Jungkook will turn him away. But for tonight he holds onto the dream, and Guk, believing that he won’t run away once he knows the truth.

As he lays there not moving, not sleeping, he begins to notice the scent of Namjoon’s hunger in the air, probably as worked up after spending time with Jin as he was with Jungkook. They couldn’t risk packing their usual emergency supply of animal blood, afraid the others would see the cooler and question it. Yoongi was hoping that by feeding before they left it would be enough, but for himself tasting Jungkook in such an intimate way has pushed him to the edge, the need to claim him making him burn painfully.

He whispers quietly, knowing Namjoon can hear him if he’s paying attention, telling him he’s going to get dressed and go hunting, if he wants to join him. He instantly replies, telling him he’ll be ready. Yoongi slips away from Jungkook, hating to leave the comfort and warmth of his arms but knowing he still needs to get through another night with him, that this is his best solution. He manages to get dressed without Jungkook awakening, remembering to grab his toothbrush and paste, the zipper on the tent being the largest obstacle to a silent escape. He opens it slowly, tugging on the tent as he does so the sound doesn’t wake Jungkook. He steps out of the tent when it’s open enough to squeeze through, and he looks at Jungkook once more before zipping the tent back up.

He’s finally outside, turning around and nearly yelling in surprise when he sees Namjoon standing directly behind him, a smirk on his face from successfully scaring him. Yoongi just nods his head in the direction of the woods, taking off so quickly he’s just a blur to the human eye. Namjoon runs quickly after him, neither having run freely or hunted in months now. There’s a bright, nearly full moon out tonight, their only source of light, not that they need it to see where they’re going. Yoongi stops once he’s deep in the forest, the trees so tight together in this area there’s no chance they’ll stumble across any humans.

Once Namjoon arrives Yoongi just barely breathes out a taunting “slowpoke”, not wanting to give away their position or presence. They stand in utter silence, listening intently, absorbing the sounds of the wildlife in their area of the woods, eventually hearing and smelling some smaller animals nearby. Yoongi just tips his head in the direction where he hears the rustling in the branches and Namjoon bolts into the trees; Yoongi keeps a protective eye on him while he rushes off and returns with blood dripping down his fangs onto his chin, his eyes now calmer from the fresh blood. He does this a few more times and then Yoongi hunts, with Namjoon keeping a watchful eye over him.

When they’re done they race to a secluded spot of the lake, brushing their teeth and making sure they remove all evidence of their feeding, not wanting to freak out their boyfriends with their midnight trip. The last thing they need is to come back with a stray bit of squirrel left in their teeth. Or the taste of animal blood on their tongues. They would both prefer never having to feed from live animals; they like the packaged blood they have at home much better. But when necessary they’ll do it, like tonight. They do love running through the woods like this though, able to let go and really stretch, feel the wind racing across their skin.

They know they need to get back to their tents as quickly as possible; if the others wake it will be difficult to explain why they both disappeared. They take a few moments to talk though, confiding in one another as they walk back to their tents, asking how each other’s night went.

“Sounds like you had a good time tonight,” Namjoon teases Yoongi, knowing they could both hear each other even though their tents were 20 feet apart.

“You think you two were being quiet? I hope I never hear “bunbun”again.” Yoongi groans, at times wishing he could turn off his super sensitive hearing.

Namjoon laughs, telling him, “I hope not, though it’s doubtful unless we wear earplugs.”

Yoongi just laughs, not saying much, giving Joon much less grief than he would have expected. Namjoon nudges him with his shoulder, telling him to continue if he wants to open up.

After holding back for a minute Yoongi quietly tells him, “I’m gonna tell Guk about Hoseok.”

Namjoon’s head shoots up and turns instantly to Yoongi, asking him, “What are you gonna tell him?”

“Who he is, why we’re running all the time. I can’t keep lying to him, Joon. By not opening up with him I’m not being truthful . I won’t tell him everything, not yet, but I just can’t keep him in the dark anymore,” Yoongi says.

“You sure? Cuz once you start with this, the rest is going to come spilling out too,” Namjoon tells him, not sure if he’s ready for this.

“I have to,” Yoongi says simply, unable to hold back any longer, loving Jungkook, needing him to know more.

“Okay,” Namjoon replies, sighing deeply, knowing they may need to pack up and leave again, this time harder than ever before, leaving behind the men they fell in love with for the first time ever. But he knows he’s right, they can’t continue keeping all these secrets from them.

**

When they walk back to the campsite they’re surprised to see Jungkook and Jin sitting on camping chairs, wrapped up in blankets, both awake and watching them with hunger in their eyes. Yoongi and Namjoon are actually really lucky, both falling for men with very healthy sex drives, willing to try all sorts of things, never seeming to tire, since their own stamina is endless. For the first time Yoongi and Namjoon don’t feel like they need to hold back all the time, that they can let themselves be more true to who they are.

Jungkook is smirking at Yoongi, telling him, “I’m not sure how I feel about this. You turned me away tonight, said you felt we should rest, and you’re out here taking midnight strolls with Joonie.”

Yoongi is sputtering, not sure how to respond to that, when Jin jumps in. First Yoongi’s relieved he doesn’t need to answer him but then he realizes he should have known better when he tells Namjoon, “I got cold, was looking for my bunbun to warm me up again, but you’re out with Yoongles here. Is there something you’re not telling us?”

Yoongi coughs, trying to cover up his reaction because there’s a lot they’re not telling them, but nothing is even remotely close to what he’s alluding to.

“Why do you have twigs and leaves in your hair?” Jin asks as he looks at both of them, confused as he walks up to stand near Namjoon, removing the greenery from his head.

“Namjoon fell and brought me down with him,” Yoongi tells him, glaring at Namjoon, trying to make their lie more believable.

“That’s a lot of twigs for a small fall...” Jungkook points out suspiciously.

“We…. fell down a hill,” Namjoon answers, rubbing the back of his neck while looking down at the ground, trying to look embarrassed.

Namjoon goes and pulls Jin close, whispering something in his ear that Yoongi hopes he’ll never have to hear again, and Jin pinches Namjoon’s ass hard as they go back into their tent.

Yoongi walks over to Jungkook who’s still smiling up at him with a sparkle in his eye, and before Jungkook can say anything Yoongi asks him, “Take a walk with me by the lake?”

Jungkook’s eyes shift to something much warmer now and less teasing, taking Yoongi’s hand when he offers it, grasping it firmly as he wraps the blanket around both of them. They head to the lake, following the path, the nearly full moon lighting up their walkway. Yoongi tells him, “I’d like to tell you a little bit about my past. It’s not everything, not our full story, but I want to start in pieces so you know what you’re getting into.”

Jungkook simply squeezes his hand tighter and kisses his cheek, telling him to start whenever he’s ready.

Yoongi hesitantly begins, “A long time ago, it seems like more than a lifetime ago now, I was involved with a man named Hoseok. He was the first person that ever showed an interest in me, the first guy I ever developed a crush on. I loved the attention; I loved that I found a man who reciprocated the feelings I had, someone to show me it was ok to like a man in that way.”

“We hadn’t slept together yet, I kept holding back, afraid to really commit to him. Something just always felt a little bit off, not right. I wasn’t sure what it was, but then I found out that he was hiding a secret similar to what mine is now. When he told me, it was hard to accept and understand but eventually I did. I thought I was in love; I was young and naive. I really thought I’d spend forever with him since he seemed to truly love me. Then out of nowhere things began to gradually change; it was as if I had become the reason he lived, he became totally obsessed with me.”

“After a while I wanted to step back, breakup, but he was insistent that we stay together, that he would always take care of me, treat me better than anyone else ever would. It wasn’t accepted for two men to be together, and finding someone to be with was really difficult, so I stayed even though I knew he felt much more strongly about me than I ever did about him. I know now I never loved him, of that there is no doubt in my mind.”

“We were together a few months before it got really bad, and Namjoon kept encouraging me to leave him, but by then I was afraid of him, of what he would do if I tried to break it off completely. I tried to just spend less and less time with him, coming up with any excuse I could to not see him. But eventually it got so bad, Guk, really bad. He’s so dark, so evil, and I don’t know how I didn’t see it right away, but by then it was too late. He changed so much, he had become exactly what he promised he wouldn’t.”

Jungkook stops and wraps his arms around Yoongi, pulling the blanket over him as he’s shivering, telling his story for the first time. They stay just like that, Jungkook hugging him close, as Jungkook tells him, “You can’t always see what someone’s trying so desperately to hide. If he had all that evil inside of him he must have been really skilled at hiding it from you.”

Yoongi just shivers as he can’t seem to warm up, afraid of what his secrets are going to do to them. He continues his story, “Eventually we got away, having to run, moving across the country to start over, escaping from him. He started hurting anyone near me to try to get me to stay, to guilt me into choosing to be with him. So we ran. Namjoon has always been my best friend, and he’s always stayed by my side, keeping me safe, keeping me sane. I never asked him to do it, but I’m so grateful. He’s my family now, and I don’t know what I’d do if he wasn’t around. He’s always looked out for me, and I for him. He never asked questions and just trusted me.”

He continues, “I know the life we’re living isn’t normal, always having to run to try to stay safe, but Joonie has never said anything until now. He’s never showed an interest in anyone as much as he did with Jin. Even though I didn’t like them dating at first, I’ve never seen him so happy before. He deserves this, and so do I. I’ve been running for a long time and I’ve always been afraid to let people in, but you just broke down all my walls and squeezed your way into my dead heart before I knew what happened. I don’t want to run anymore.” He hugs Jungkook close, kissing his hair, running his hands down his back.

Jungkook asks quietly, “How many times have you run away?” totally exasperated by the ordeal Yoongi has gone through, feeling sorry for the life he’s had to live.

He tells him, “That I can’t tell you yet, but it’s more than you’ll ever believe. I can’t tell you everything yet, but I promise I will soon. I just wanted to give you a little background. And to let you know when we saw Jimin at the ice cream shoppe, that he was warning us that Hoseok has been in town, looking for me, asking questions. We believe he’s moved on, but if we ever act strangely, or have to disappear quickly, or ask you to hide, it’s because his threat is very real and he’s reappeared.”

Yoongi continues, “I’ve never been close to anyone since him. I’ve had a few one night stands here and there but I never took a chance getting close to anyone, never stayed overnight, never fell in love, never been the big or little spoon. You’re my first for everything, Guk, you’re the only person I’ve ever had these feelings for. I tried so hard to stay away from you, to keep you safe, to not drag you into my world. But something about you called out to me, sucked me in, wouldn’t let me stay away.”

Jungkook kisses his hair, his cheeks, tips his chin up so he looks in his eyes, telling him, “I love you Yoongi, we’ll work through this together. Maybe with the four of us working against him you’ll have a chance at happiness, not having to run this time. Because I want that chance, too.”

“I just don’t want you to get hurt, Guk. You mean everything to me, and if anything happened to you because of me I would honestly die. Every day I think about leaving you, of getting as far away as I can, because he’ll know the easiest way to hurt me will be to hurt you. But I’m being selfish. I’m finally happy for the first time, and I don’t want to lose you, or what we have together. I can’t bear the thought of being without you,” Yoongi confides, tears ready to spill over from his confession.

“I wish I could tell you the rest, I just need a little more time. Believe me, I’m ready to put all my secrets behind me. I want to be open with you, Guk, truthful; I want you to know everything so you can decide if you really want to be with me. Because I really want to be with you. You make me happy for the first time in forever, wanting my own happily ever after.”

“How bad is the rest that you can’t tell me now?” Jungkook whispers gently.

“You wouldn’t believe me if I told you. Either that or you’d run far away,” Yoongi looks down at the ground.

“You make it sound as if you’re killing people and eating them,” Jungkook tries to joke.

Yoongi closes his eyes, sighing; he wasn’t too far off with that statement. Most people tend to think that at first.

“You’re not... actually doing that are you?” Jungkook questions softly when Yoongi doesn’t say anything.

“No of course not! I would never do that,” Yoongi looks up at Jungkook, feeling a bit offended but knowing with how secretive he’s being that Jungkook really has no idea how bad this could be. “I promise I’m not eating or killing anyone, and I can honestly say I’ve never hurt anyone. Please remember that when I finally divulge my secret.”

Jungkook relaxes, pulling Yoongi even tighter into his chest, holding him close while he tells him, “We’ll figure this out, find out a way for you to stay safe so you can stay here with me. Don’t forget I have a black belt. I’ll kick anyone’s ass who tries to hurt you.”

Yoongi loves the sentiment, that he wants to protect him, but he knows Jungkook won’t stand a chance against Hoseok, even with his black belt.

Yoongi kisses him softly then, wanting to show him how much he cares, that he wishes all these problems could just go away, disappear, to let them have their chance at happiness. They eventually walk back to the tent with their arms holding each other close, slipping inside, once again holding each other tight once they crawl under covers. They kiss so sweetly tonight, talking softly between themselves, both wanting so much more, a chance at a future together. It takes a long time for Jungkook to fall asleep this time, curled up protectively around Yoongi, the big spoon protecting his little one, not wanting anything to happen to him, trying to keep him safe.

As they’re laying there snuggled up tight Jungkook realizes he smells mint, and he tasted it when he kissed Yoongi earlier. He was so preoccupied with the seriousness of their conversation that he didn’t even think about it at the time. As he’s kissing the top of his head he asks Yoongi, “Did you go brush your teeth on your walk?”

Yoongi stiffens up in surprise at the question, not thinking he would notice. He tells him, “Yeah, I was originally going to the washroom when I ran into Namjoon and we decided to walk for a bit.”

Yoongi can feel the change in the way Jungkook’s holding him now as well as his scent, pulling back a bit and upset. Yoongi holds onto the arm that’s wrapped tight around his waist, not letting him disappear completely. “What’s wrong baby?” Yoongi asks, worried he’s upset him.

“I wish you wouldn’t lie to me,” Jungkook says quietly, his hurt tone causing Yoongi to be confused.

“What did I lie about? I tried to tell you as much as I could about my past…” he starts off with, afraid Jungkook is upset about something and now fearful Jungkook isn’t going to be understanding about his life.

Jungkook abruptly cuts him off, telling him, “No, not that.”

Yoongi has no idea what he could be upset about. “Please tell me,” he pleads. “I don’t know what I did wrong.”

“No, it’s what I did wrong and you said wasn’t a problem. But it obviously was,” Jungkook tells him quietly, wanting to pull away but Yoongi won’t let go of his arm no matter how hard he tries to pull away.

“Baby, please tell me what’s wrong,” Yoongi asks again, really worried and he doesn’t know why he’s so upset all of a sudden.

Jungkook’s embarrassed at having to say it out loud, but he knows he needs to tell him what’s wrong, no matter how mortified he is. “Before, when I couldn’t help myself, and I came in your mouth… You obviously didn’t like it or enjoy it, and I made you uncomfortable. Enough so that you had to sneak out while I was sleeping to brush your teeth.”

Yoongi lets out a huge sigh of relief, knowing this is a minor misunderstanding that he can easily remedy, unlike his life story which he can’t undo. He chuckles lightly, making Jungkook attempt to pull away even more determinedly, but Yoongi holds his arm wrapped tightly around him. Yoongi flips around so they are facing each other now, Jungkook’s cheeks pink in embarrassment, before Yoongi tells him, “Baby, no, that’s not it at all. I can’t wait to taste you again. I had marshmallows stuck in my teeth and it was driving me crazy, trying to get the melted mess undone. I hated to brush them,” he adds in a sexy, gruff voice, “since I knew I was going to lose your taste.”

Jungkook’s eyes heat now, as he asks, “Are you sure? Because this will never work if you lie to me. I need you to be honest and tell me if you don’t like me coming in your mouth, or you’d rather not give me blow jobs, than lie about it after.”

Yoongi’s eyes now flash that pretty amber tone as he tells him, “Oh no, Guk, I can’t wait to taste you again. Can I take you again now? Or is it too soon? Tell me if you’re not interested.”

Jungkook tips his hips up against him, both moaning at how hard they are already, kissing Yoongi with so much heat, and need, both of them groaning at how badly they want each other. Yoongi pulls back just enough to look into his eyes, and at the same moment Jungkook’s looking into his, and Jungkook just says, “Are you sure?” and Yoongi growls at him, loving the thought of being able to take him again like this.

He knows he should take his time, be careful not to give away his non-human speed, but it’s impossible not to rush to taste Jungkook again, to replace this artificial flavor. He slides Jungkook’s briefs off along with his shirt, leaving him completely nakie while Jungkook removes his clothes as well, making Yoongi argue, “I don’t need to be undressed for this.”

“If I’m undressed, so are you,” Jungkook tells him making him whimper in need, and he runs his hands all down his back and onto his ass, slipping his hand down lower, teasing him again, knowing how much he enjoyed their new experiences earlier. Jungkook is softly humming as Yoongi’s mouth starts first kissing him sensuously then travels lower, and lower, until he sinks down fully onto him in one long stroke. Jungkook is struggling not to thrust his hips up too suddenly, not to choke him, and Yoongi is holding him down to the mattress, his strong hands keeping him from thrusting back at him, and he slips his mouth free long enough to nibble all along his cock, telling him, “I can’t wait to pin you down like this, hold your hands above your head while I wrap your legs around me; you’re helpless except to take me as I fuck you into the mattress. You’re gonna feel so incredible, your tight little ass clamping down on me while you cry out for more. I’m gonna keep taking you over and over until you fall asleep on my cock, exhausted from how many times I took you.”

Jungkook cries out as Yoongi sinks his mouth all the way down again, his cock hitting the back of Yoongi’s throat as he sucks down hard, Jungkook once again having no warning that he’s about to come before his climax tears through him. He could never have held back with the way Yoongi talked about taking him in such an erotic way, the images making his body shiver with need. Yoongi keeps pleasuring him through it and he stays hard, already coming more times tonight than he ever has at once, yet he instantly wants more.

Yoongi lays down next with his head on the pillows, pulling Jungkook up onto his knees over his chest, holding one hand tight within his own while the other is gripped tight on his ass, wanting Jungkook to fuck his mouth. Jungkook looks down at him with so much desire in his eyes but he holds himself back, asking Yoongi, “Are you sure? This is so much more of a power thing, I don’t want to hurt you.”

Yoongi stares up at him, squeezing his ass hard before he runs his finger between his cheeks, telling him, “You could never hurt me, baby. Fuck my mouth... I wanna feel you all the way in my throat, want you to wreck me.”

Jungkook just stares down at him, loving the look in Yoongi’s eyes as he watches him, waiting for him to finally come closer. While he waits Yoongi slips an index finger into Jungkook’s mouth, his eyes going pitch black as he swirls his tongue all around it, pulling it deep into his mouth, wishing it were his tongue sucking his cock in deep like that, whimpering at the feelings shooting through him. Yoongi takes that finger and slips it between his ass, teasing his fluttering hole, dreaming about the day he’ll finally be able to sink inside him.

Jungkook groans at the light touch on his ass, wishing it were Yoongi’s cock about to finally sink inside him, waiting months now for the feel of him taking him so deep, so hard; he has a feeling Yoongi will know exactly what to do to make him fall apart, beg, become a whimpering mess. Just the thought of him finally taking him has him dripping wet, Yoongi of course noticing as he pulls him closer to lick it off of him, whimpering himself, asking him in a dark, commanding voice, “What were you just thinking about?”

Jungkook moans as he looks down into his eyes, bravely answering, “I was wishing your finger was your cock instead, finally taking me after waiting for months. I’m thinking you’re going to know exactly how to take me apart, make me beg, have me crying in need.”

“Oh baby, you have no idea all the ways I want to make you mine, never let you go. I swear our first time is going to last days, you’re going to fall asleep on my cock, exhausted but not wanting to stop,” Yoongi tells him, Jungkook trembling in his desire from his words and voice.

Yoongi wraps both of his strong hands around his ass, squeezing hard, his fingers constantly brushing up against his rim. He pulls him closer and takes his cock into his mouth, making Jungkook fuck his throat, not letting him pull away, and it takes less than a dozen strokes before Jungkook is coming hard, moaning loudly through his climax, no doubt the other tent and half the campground hearing him, Yoongi proud of the effect he has on him.

Yoongi keeps playing with him with his mouth, teasing the slit, nibbling along his length, Jungkook wanting to play more but knowing he’s come twice again and Yoongi is still very hard and very turned on. When he finally has hit breath back he asks Yoongi, “How would you like me to take you?”

Yoongi instantly thinks of sinking into his amazing ass but knows he can’t yet, Jungkook instantly knowing what he’s envisioning, and he tells him, “You and me both, babe.” Jungkook lubes up Yoongi’s cock and then sits his ass down on it, getting in just the right position so he’s rubbing up perfectly on him, sliding back and forth, as close as they can come to the real thing tonight.

While he starts setting up his teasing grinding motion he leans down and bites along Yoongi’s ear, licking into it seductively as he tells him, “I can’t wait for you to fuck me Yoongi… You’re so much bigger than anyone I’ve ever been with…  I bet I’m gonna come the first time from you just trying to slide into me, stretching me out so good… you’re gonna make me burn so bad baby… I’m gonna be such a perfect fit for you… I hope you like it hot and wet and tight because it’s gonna take forever for you to finally bury yourself all the way inside me…”

Yoongi cries out as he comes, loving the way Jungkook is torturing him, giving him the images of what it’s going to be like; that combined with the feeling of his ass sliding along his cock is too much for him to hold off any longer. He slides Guk forward a bit so he can rub the head of his cock up against his rim, just a slight pressure since he’s not stretched open at all, but he keeps pushing up against him and releasing, over and over, and Jungkook comes again, the feelings on his rim so good, so intense, he wants him to take him now.

As he’s grinding down onto Yoongi he asks in a deep, breathy voice, “How much longer do we have to wait? I really need to feel you inside me, Yoongi. I wanna feel you take me, finally be one with you. I want to be yours, in every way.”

“Soon, Guk, I promise. I don’t want to wait any longer either. I can’t wait for you to be mine,” Yoongi tells him, stealing his mouth in a hungry, loving kiss, staying together for what seems like hours before they finally clean up and get some rest, Jungkook holding him tight in his arms all night long.

****

Namjoon and Jin were laying on the mattress cuddling while they looked at the stars through the plastic rooftop the tent had. Namjoon played with Jin’s hair while he laid on his chest, running his hands down Namjoon’s chest.

“Where did you go?” Jin asked softly.

“Yoongi sometimes has a hard time sleeping, especially when he has a lot on his mind. We just went for a short walk through the woods to talk,” Namjoon tells him softly.

“Is he okay? Does it have to do with whatever you’re hiding?” Jin looks at Namjoon with concerned eyes.

“Yoongi’s been through a lot in his life. What we’re hiding is not something common and easy to say, and we’re both terrified that you’ll leave,” Namjoon swallowed the lump in his throat.

“I know Jungkook’s worried about it. He loves Yoongi so much but is terrified of whatever he’s hiding. I wish you could tell me,” Jin whispers.

“I will, but it’s more Yoongi’s secret than mine. I can’t tell you everything, but when Yoongi tells Jungkook more then I’ll tell you. I just need you to be patient for a while longer,” Namjoon caresses Jin’s cheek staring deeply into his eyes.

Jin sits up straddling Namjoon, he runs his hands down Namjoon’s chest lifting his shirt over his head, admiring his tattoo.

“Can I know more about this tattoo then?” Jin asks.

Namjoon holds Jin by the hips rubbing small circles, “What do you want to know?”

“What does it mean? How did you get it? Why did you get it?” Jin asks tilting his head, running his fingertips over Namjoon’s tattoo.

“Well… It’s a family crest. Back in the old days, my family was very rich and ruled over lands, but as the times went on, my many great grandmother fell in love with a village boy and they ran away together. They struggled for a long time but they met this man who treated them like they were his children. The old man adopted them by marking my great grandfather’s chest with his crest. After that every man in my family had gotten it. It means love, trust, and protect those that need to be protected. I got it when I was sixteen, it hurt like a bitch but it was a proud day in my life. My father gave it to me, my grandfather and uncles were there watching me and supporting me. My entire family threw this party to celebrate it,” Namjoon got this far away look in his eyes as he remembered his family.

“You left that all behind for Yoongi?” Jin looks at Namjoon confused, wondering why he’d give up his family to run away.

“I knew I was attracted to men since I was a child, but my family was very closed minded. They rejected a family friend after she said she liked women, and they turned their backs on a neighbor who needed help because he loved a man. They always tried to get me to date women, and for a while I did, but I hated every moment of it. When I met Yoongi he told me he was gay and at that point I’d never met anyone near my age that liked men. We became really great friends, and when he needed help I was there for him. I wasn’t happy living the life I had, and after...something happened I ran away with Yoongi. I do miss them and I wish I could’ve said goodbye to my parents but it was too late to turn back,” Namjoon’s eyes begin to water up as he thinks about his parents. He blinks away the tears, shaking his head.

“So then why don’t you go see them?” Jin holds on to Namjoon’s arms, feeling tears of his own starting to blur his vision.

“They died a while back,” Namjoon shrugs holding Jin’s hands.

“Did you go to their funeral at least?” Jin wonders.

“No. I didn’t find out until I ran into an old friend that lived nearby,” Namjoon smiles tightly, sighing.

“Oh, bunbun!” Jin leans down and hugs Namjoon tightly. His heart hurting for Namjoon, knowing it must’ve been hard to lose his parents.

Namjoon buries his face in Jin’s hair, breathing in the disgusting scent of the bug spray.

“You sprayed bug spray on you?” Namjoon wrinkles his nose moving away from Jin.

“I had to go outside! I didn’t want the bugs to eat me!” Jin defends himself, pouting.

“You sprayed it in your hair!” Namjoon grabs a strand of Jin’s hair, looking at it in disgust.

“I swear the bugs were trying to bite my head!” Jin rubs his head, worrying if any bugs had bitten him.

“I’m not touching you until you shower,” Namjoon lays flat on the mattress, not touching Jin’s body.

Jin rolls his eyes trying to get Namjoon to wrap his arms around him. Namjoon holds himself down not letting Jin move his arms. Jin starts whining, softly hitting Namjoon’s chest.

“Joonie! Stop being this way! I want to cuddle!” Jin whines, sniffling.

“Shouldn’t have sprayed it in your hair,” Namjoon shrugs.

Jin huffs before leaning down and taking one of Namjoon’s nipples into his mouth, sucking harshly on the nub. Namjoon hisses from the sudden pain, grabbing Jin’s head trying to pull him off.

“Oh now you want to touch me,” Jin says, glaring at Namjoon.

“Because it hurt,” Namjoon glares back.

“Okay, I’m sorry,” Jin pouts trying to put on his best puppy face. “Can I make it up to you?”

“How?” Namjoon asks suspiciously.

“Let me suck you off?” Jin smiles brightly, his eyes becoming crescents.

“You really want to?” Namjoon grabs Jin’s hands lacing their fingers together.

“I really want to,” Jin licks his lips grinding down on Namjoon lightly.

“After this, do you want to cuddle?” Namjoon asks, knowing he wants something.

Jin laughs throwing his head back, “You know me so well!”

“You always want to cuddle after,” Namjoon smiles back at him.

Instead of responding, Jin leans down kissing Namjoon’s soft lips. His tongue tracing Namjoon’s bottom lip until he opens his mouth. When their tongues meet Jin pulls back abruptly.

“Did you brush your teeth?” Jin knits his brows together, confused.

Namjoon’s eyes widen as he tries to come up with a good excuse, “I...forgot to brush them before coming into the tent. It felt weird not doing it.”

“But... you went on a walk into the woods?” Jin questions him, not understanding his answer.

“Uh.. yeah. I brushed them before we went,” Namjoon holds his breath hoping Jin will stop asking questions.

“But the bathroom’s are in the other direction from where you came out of the woods?” Jin tilts his head wondering why Namjoon was lying to him.

“I brushed them in the woods,” Namjoon rubs the back of his ear, awkwardly.

Before Jin could ask any more questions, Namjoon sits up grabbing Jin’s face pressing their lips together. Jin sighs happily, sucking Namjoon’s bottom lip gently, running his hands down his chest before playing with the waistband of  Namjoon’s sweatpants.

“I want to taste you,” Jin brushes his lips against Namjoon’s, whispering.

He licks Namjoon’s neck before bringing his mouth down, sucking on the soft skin. Namjoon groans as Jin begins to suck on his neck, the sharp pain making his body heat up even more.

Jin pulls back and frowns, “What the fuck? Why aren’t you getting a hickey?”

Namjoon gulps as he chuckles, “I don’t bruise that easily. Guess you’ll just have to try harder.”

Namjoon kisses Jin hoping he’ll move on from the subject and start sucking his dick. Jin pulls back slowly, kissing down Namjoon’s body, his nails lightly tracing his path down his body.

Namjoon groans, falling back on the bed closing his eyes and waiting for Jin. Jin licks Namjoon’s belly button, biting down on the soft flesh careful not to hurt him. He pulls down Namjoon’s pants and briefs, grabbing his cock into both hands pumping slowly. Jin grabs the lube pouring a small bit on namjoon’s tip, swirling it with his index finger. Namjoon moans, loving the way Jin’s fingers seem to know where all his sweet spots are.

Jin spreads the lube down Namjoon’s cock making it all slippery. He pumps Namjoon slowly, twisting his hand as he goes. With his other hand he rubs lube down to Namjoon’s hole, fingering his entrance gently. Namjoon tightens his muscles making Jin huff.

“Relax bunbun. It won’t hurt if you just calm down,” Jin says softly as he tries to get him to loosen up.

Namjoon takes a deep breath trying to stop tightening up his muscles. Jin lowers himself down, licking his lips as he takes Namjoon’s cock into his mouth. Namjoon moans softly, feeling the warmness of Jin’s mouth wrap around him. Namjoon grabs Jin’s hair, tugging and running his hands through it, trying to get Jin to move faster.

Jin stares into Namjoon’s eyes as he licks his slit, making Namjoon throw his head against the bed, moaning loudly.

“You’re mouth is so fucking good baby,” Namjoon pants.

Jin only moans, sending vibrations to Namjoon’s cock. Namjoon bucks his hips slightly trying to fuck Jin’s mouth. Jin grabs Namjoon’s hips, holding him down tightly so he doesn’t move. Jin rubs Namjoon’s balls, massaging them between his fingers.

“Fuck, Jin. your mouth...Please...go faster,” Namjoon begs.

Jin relaxes his throat and really starts moving his head. He bobs his head at a fast past, taking all of Namjoon’s cock into his mouth until it hits the back of his throat. Even when he gags he still continues to take all of Namjoon’s cock deep inside him, making swallowing motions. Namjoon can’t make a single sound from how amazing Jin’s mouth is making him feel. The heat in his stomach grows too quickly as Jin stares at him while swallowing his cock.

“I’m gonna come,” Namjoon’s voice is hoarse as he whispers to Jin.

Jin only nods before grabbing Namjoon’s hands from his hair, he laces their fingers together squeezing Namjoon’s hands tightly, letting him know it was alright to come.

Jin continues to lick Namjoon’s cock, panting as he deep throats his cock, moving his head from side to side trying to fit more of his cock down his throat. Namjoon lets out a soft cry as he finally comes, squeezing Jin’s hands tightly but not enough to really hurt him.

When Namjoon opens his eyes, Jin is staring down at him cleaning his lips with his thumb.

“Hi,” Jin whispers, smiling down at him.

“Hey baby,” Namjoon smiles as he holds up his arm, waiting for Jin to cuddle him.

Jin lays down hugging Namjoon’s chest, kissing his neck, “Bunbun? Can I be the big spoon?”

“Sure,” Namjoon turns to his side letting Jin pull him into his chest, their faces near each other. They stare into each other’s eyes not saying a word. They share more soft and gentle kisses under the night sky. As Namjoon buries his face into Jin’s chest, he kisses the top of Namjoon’s head before going to sleep.

Namjoon lays there listening to Jin’s breathing, wishing he could sleep and wake up with Jin’s beautiful face. But at the same time, he can stare at Jin all night long and continue to admire his beauty as he sleeps. Jin tends to scrunch his nose when moves his head, or hold Namjoon closer when he stirs. Namjoon really loves when Jin pulls him closer and breathes in his scent. It makes Namjoon tingle inside. He loves watching Jin start to wake up; his eyes shine when he sees Namjoon first thing in the morning.

Namjoon kisses Jin’s neck before closing his eyes, loving the way Jin’s warmth wraps around him, making him feel safe.

**

Everyone went to bed quite late so Yoongi’s not surprised Jin and Jungkook are still sleeping when 9:00 rolls around. He’s been laying snuggled up to Jungkook all night, neither moving away not wanting their own space, loving that they get to spend two nights holding onto each other. He hears Namjoon whisper, asking if he wants to get up, so he untangles himself and quietly gets dressed, leaving as silently as he can but not before stopping to gaze at Jungkook one more time, kissing his forehead before he leaves.

Namjoon hates to leave Jin’s side, but he knows this will be the only time he can be alone with Yoongi, and he needs to see how things went last night. He replaces his spot with a pillow since Jin was looking for something to hold onto as he crawled out of bed.

They meet outside and go to the lake to talk, not wanting to wake the others. They sit sideways at a picnic table in the shade, both staring out at the peacefulness of the water before Namjoon finally asks, “How did it go?”

“Better than I could have hoped, but I haven’t divulged our great ugly secret yet,” Yoongi tells him. “I told him about meeting him, how he turned evil, how we’ve been running. He knows we’ve relocated more than once but I couldn’t tell him the actual count or he’d be suspicious. He knows you’ve been with me unquestioningly this whole time, running with me. I’m so lucky to have you in my life, Joon.”

Namjoon just kicks him under the table lightly, acknowledging his gratitude but not saying anything, knowing Yoongi would have done the same for him without question.

Yoongi continues, “He thinks the four of us will stand a better chance against him, since I told him Jimin was warning us they had spotted Hoseok looking for us in town. He thinks his black belt is going to be able to save me,” he says sadly, loving that he wants to stand up for him but knowing he’s no match, that Hoseok could and would easily kill him to get Yoongi back in his life.

Namjoon asks, “What now?”

Yoongi tells him, “If you want to share all of that with Jin you can. It’s probably best, so he understands what Jimin was telling you, that he has no reason to doubt you. It’s also necessary so in case we need to run, or if we act strangely in front of them, or ignore them, that he understands why. I have no doubt Hoseok would harm them to get me back.”

Namjoon tells him sadly, “We have to find a way to stop this. We’re going to run out of new college towns to disappear in eventually.”

“I don’t know what to do, Joonie. Before I hated running but I knew we could just start over, that we would be safe for a while. But I don’t want to leave this time, I want a life here. Am I being selfish?” Yoongi asks, staring out at the lake with a lost look in his eyes.

“It’s not selfish at all to finally find love and want this life after 600 years of being alone,” Namjoon says, speaking for Yoongi as well as himself. Yoongi looks at him, wishing there was a way to end their lonely never-ending existence. Namjoon decides he’s going to speak with Jimin, see if he has any ideas, any way for them to be with the men they’ve fallen in love with.

“Why don’t we go get our boys some breakfast, help them get their energy back up for tonight?” he tells Yoongi with a sparkle in his eyes, hoping to change the mood, loving that they both found boyfriends at the same time, and that Jin and Jungkook seem just as lost for them.

**

Saturday morning Jin and Jungkook wake up to find their beds empty, both of them missing their boyfriends. Jin pouts as he sits up, reaching over to look at the time. It’s almost 11 and the tent is starting to warm up from the sun. Jungkook stretches as he looks around his own tent, mindlessly running his hands through his hair before he hears the zipper open and sees Yoongi poke his head in, smiling at him.

“Morning baby. I’m glad you’re awake; Namjoon and I got breakfast,” Yoongi tells him as he leans himself in toward Jungkook, kissing him good morning.

“Thank you,” Jungkook smiles as he continues kissing Yoongi, pulling him down onto the bed, trying to see if he can get him interested in something more than these soft kisses.

“Do you have the bug spray?” they hear Namjoon call from the other side of their campsite.

Yoongi groans, annoyed at being disturbed, Jungkook still teasingly running his hands over him.

“Jin should have it. He’s the only one that’s been using it,” Jungkook says.

“Jin, he says you have it!” Namjoon walks over to his tent, shouting from the outside.

“I don’t have- oh wait I found it,” Jin says giggling.

Namjoon wrinkles his nose as he hears Jin spraying the bug spray all over his body. He shakes his head, walking over to the table, sitting down waiting for Jin.

Jungkook and Yoongi join him soon after, sitting across from him, Jungkook’s cheeks flushed from the playfulness they shared in the tent while he tried getting dressed, Yoongi’s wandering hands a much-enjoyed distraction. Jungkook gets a plate and serves himself some pancakes.

“What are you gonna do today?” Namjoon asks, watching Jungkook pour syrup all over his pancakes.

“We haven’t talked about it yet, but I was hoping Yoongi and I could go hiking,” Jungkook asks, innocently licking the syrup off his fingers.

Namjoon sees Yoongi’s eyes turn amber and he rolls his eyes at how quickly he gets turned on, but decides not to say anything since he’s knows he’s the same way with Jin. Jungkook notices Yoongi’s reaction, deciding to play it up a bit more now, his own eyes sparkling as they get lost in each other.

“Yoongi and hiking...sounds like you’ll be doing more sitting than anything. But if he does hike all the way, then we know he truly is a changed man,” Namjoon pokes.

Yoongi glares at him before throwing a plastic spoon in his direction, making Jungkook giggle.

“So what are we gonna do today?” Jin asks as he sits down at the table looking at the food, waiting for a response.

“Jungkook and Yoongi are gonna go hiking,” Namjoon tells him, moving a piece of hair from his eyes.

“Do you wanna hike?” Jin looks at Namjoon with curious eyes.

“I don’t care. I’ll do whatever you want to do,” Namjoon smiles, rubbing Jin’s thigh.

“Well I was wondering if you all wanted a home cooked meal? I could cook something for us tonight?” Jin looks around at everyone wanting to know if they would want a nice dinner.

“You know I love your cooking,” Jungkook says, eyes shining brightly. “I wouldn’t mind having you cook.”

“I’ll go to the store with you and help you with everything,” Namjoon kisses Jin’s cheek.

“Namjoon and cooking...sounds like trouble. But if he doesn’t manage to burn the whole forest, then we know he’s truly a changed man,” Yoongi smirks at Namjoon who’s glaring at him.

“It’s okay, I’ll make sure he doesn’t,” Jin says, nervously chewing on his pancakes.

**

Jungkook and Yoongi get changed for the day, wearing very different types of clothing for their hike in the woods. Jungkook would have loved to have worn shorts but decided against it with all the bugs and ticks, instead wearing jeans and timberlands, but a tank top to compensate for the heat. His shoulders and arms are driving Yoongi insane with want already; he’s not sure how he’s supposed to get through a five mile trek with him. Yoongi is dressed in all black from head to toe, long sleeves, long pants, and a black baseball cap to top it all off. Jungkook is laughing hysterically when he seems him emerge from the tent, Yoongi smiling and laughing lightly at himself, knowing it’s probably a bit over the top but necessary since it turned out to be a sunny day.

They are gone for most of the day, Jungkook bringing his camera along and catching candid shots of Yoongi when he seems lost in his thoughts. He of course also gets hundreds of shots of him glaring at him, annoyed at being the subject of his pictures. Jungkook just giggles as he scowls at him, sometimes laughing so hard the pictures are blurred. Jungkook somehow gets a few sweet selfies of them kissing too, and manages to capture the love in both of their eyes when they break apart.

They hold hands while they walk and talk, Jungkook asking a few more questions about Hoseok that he came up with since their initial conversation, Yoongi answering as honestly as he can.

“Did you love him before everything changed?” Jungkook finally asks with his head down, wanting to know if maybe that’s why he’s unable to finally stop the cycle, get the police involved.

“I thought I might have before things got so ugly, but I realize now that I never did, that it was just that I finally found someone to be with, another man who shared those feelings. And he took those feelings and manipulated them, and made things ugly and unsafe,” Yoongi tells him, squeezing his hand tight.

“I’ve never loved anyone before, and I still haven’t figured out how you managed to get under my skin when I was so dead set against liking you from the beginning,” Yoongi laughs, both kidding and serious. He’s still not sure what it is about Jungkook that made him fall in love after 600 years of no one making him care before.

Yoongi asks him softly, “What about you? Jin once alluded to the fact that everyone falls in love with you.”

Jungkook considers how to answer, not wanting to give Yoongi the wrong impression. “I’ve never been in love before you. And yeah, I never thought I stood a chance with you, and at the beginning I didn’t really care one way or the other. You were the crabby, quiet, moody guy across the hall that was friends with the guy Jin liked. You just seemed like you didn’t want to be bothered, and I wasn’t thrilled when I got dragged along on their date.”

He kinds of laughs at that, knowing that by the end of the night there was mutual interest between them. “But somehow your snarky sense of humor and all the grief you gave Jinnie and Namjoon showed me a different side of you, and we just clicked that night. Helping me overcome my fear of that ride, holding onto my hand and being brave for me… you just really seemed to care, to want to help me. And that first kiss… that kiss made me feel things I’d never felt before.” He stops to gently nibble on Yoongi’s lips before sinking into a deep kiss, moaning at his taste and feel when he slips his tongue in deep, tangling it with Yoongi’s. “Yeah, that’s the one,” he laughs softly, going deep once again, not wanting it to end, having the place all to themselves.

When he pulls back he gets lost in Yoongi’s eyes, still not sure how he fell so hard, so fast. “Some days I feel like you put a spell on me, reeled me in,” Jungkook whispers before he kisses him one more time. “I wasn’t even looking for someone yet there you were.” He rests his forehead against his, breathing him in, holding him tight.

They eventually step apart, starting to walk again, holding hands tightly between them, Jungkook telling him, “So, to answer your question. I’ve been in two relationships, neither lasted very long, and in both cases the other person felt more strongly and I just always felt bad for not being able to care as much, love like they did. I started to think something was wrong with me, that my lack of family and the foster care system had somehow made me unable to love someone in that way, broke me. I mean I love Jin like a brother, I would do anything for him, including going on an awkward date with this adorable tsundere guy. But I never cared for anyone like I do for you, Yoongi. You’re the only one I’ve ever loved.”

Yoongi pulls him into his arms, crushing him close, wishing he could say the words to him. He softly tells him, “You mean everything to me, Guk, and I hope I can tell you soon. That you’ll want the words, and my heart, even after you hear my story.”

Jungkook wants to promise that he will, but the fact that Yoongi is so leery of telling him makes him hold back, just saying, “I promise to listen, to keep my heart open, to believe in you, to give us a chance. Because I really want it all with you.”

Yoongi holds him even closer, knowing that’s all he can ask for now, knowing it’s so much more than he’s ever had before. And he also knows how close he is to losing it all, too.

**

They arrive back at the campground near dinner time, Jin preparing a meal with Namjoon’s help. They’re taking a break right now, Jin snuggled up on Namjoon’s lap, teasing him by grinding down onto him, Joon holding his hips tight to keep him from moving around too much. They ask how their hike was, Yoongi grumbling about being expected to walk 5 miles on vacation while smiling at Jungkook, his eyes sparkling as they both enjoyed their time alone.

Yoongi goes to take a shower while Jungkook changes quick in their tent, putting a hoody on now that the night is getting cooler. He comes back out and they all share a beer, Yoongi returning just then and looking all soft and fluffy in a warm sweatshirt and pants. They turn on Jungkook’s speakers, choosing some music they all agree to, while Jin finishes preparing dinner.

They’re all sitting around the table talking about their day and while Jin’s busy cutting up some cucumbers the knife slips, nicking his pointer finger, the blood instantly trickling down onto the cutting board.

Everything happens at once: Yoongi hears Namjoon inhale sharply, his eyes going red at the smell of Jin’s blood, not yet having had a chance to taste it yet loving it’s smell; Jungkook looks up at Jin to be sure he’s ok, knowing he’s nicked himself before; Namjoon gasps at seeing Jin is injured, but with his red eyes Yoongi knows he needs to get him out of there quickly, before Jungkook or Jin notice, and before Namjoon does something unexpected.

Jin yells at Jungkook to get the first aid kit from his bag, luckily having remembered to pack it. When he returns Yoongi tells him he’s going to run to the camp store to get larger bandaids, knowing the ones they have won’t be large enough. He manages to get Namjoon away quickly, but not before Jungkook glances at Namjoon, noticing a definite reddish color change in his usually brown eyes. He shakes himself off, helping Jin to treat his cut.

As soon as Namjoon and Yoongi are out of sight Yoongi catches a squirrel for Namjoon to help alleviate his hunger, nowhere near as satisfying but they don’t have any choice for now. From there they literally run through the woods to the store in town, walking when they get close, hiding Namjoon in the back with his blood-stained teeth while Yoongi goes inside to buy waterproof bandages and a toothbrush, toothpaste and water.

They run back to the campsite, Namjoon brushing his teeth along the way, slowing to a human jog speed when they’re in view of the tents again, gone only 5 minutes if even that long. Luckily it’s early in the season and there aren’t many other campers out enjoying the weather yet.

Jungkook has managed to stop the bleeding but he still needs to clean up the mess, and Jin is now keeping his hand elevated to help as well. When Jungkook looks up he instantly searches out Namjoon’s eyes but they now appear normal, his usual brown color. He looks over to Yoongi but he’s busy helping clean up the waste, wrapping everything in sealed plastic bags so they don’t attract any animals.

He hands the larger bandaids to Jungkook to have him replace the tinier blood-soaked ones, adding it to the trash, and both Jungkook and Jin are surprised by the larger, waterproof ones he found. “Yeah, they had them in the camp store. They must have a lot of accidents here,” Yoongi replies, hoping they can keep them out of the store so they don’t realize they didn’t carry them, that they ran to the one in town and back in under five minutes.

They finally finish cleaning everything up, disposing of the cutting board and cleaning the knife thoroughly, Jungkook going to the washroom with Yoongi to carefully clean their hands from all the blood. Jin shows up with Namjoon a minute later, all of them helping to clean his hands off as well.

After they’re back at the campsite and Jungkook finishes cooking dinner with Yoongi, Jin turns to Namjoon and asks him, “Can you kiss it and make it all better?”

Yoongi sharply turns his head looking in their direction, waiting to see what Namjoon does. Any small amount of blood can make him go crazy, and Yoongi would hate for Namjoon to turn to the wrong side.

Namjoon stares at Jin’s finger, the smell of his blood is hitting him softly. Jin’s blood smells heavenly, better than Namjoon could ever imagine. His scent is so much sweeter and tempting when it’s not running through his veins. Namjoon wants to rip the bandaid off and suck on his pretty little finger until his blood satisfies his hunger. Namjoon carefully leans down holding Jin’s hand as he lightly presses a kiss on Jin’s finger. As Namjoon licks his lips he realizes that some of Jin’s blood has leaked out of the bandaid and onto his lips. His blood has Namjoon’s head spinning with want and need for more of his taste. Jin’s blood is better than any of the animals he’s had, it’s his new addiction. The sweet taste lingers on his tongue as he tries to keep his fangs from poking out.

Jin smiles as he looks at Namjoon, but notices that his eyes flash red before going back to their natural brown color. Jin shakes his head thinking it’s the sunlight playing tricks on his mind. He thanks Namjoon and waits for him to lean down and kiss him. Jin gets up and grabs him and Namjoon a plate, serving them both food before sitting down on his lap, feeding him. He keeps his injured finger up in the air while he feeds Namjoon, not wanting to get blood on his food.

**

After they cleanup the mess from dinner Jungkook and Yoongi go to the store; Jungkook is wandering around looking for fresh marshmallows for tonight while Yoongi is returning the pots and pans they borrowed. Jungkook gets everything for s’mores, knowing it’s sticky and Yoongi will need to brush his teeth again, but tonight he plans to feed them to him, hopefully leading up to more fun times. He’s wandering around and stumbles into the first-aid section, planning to get some antibiotic cream for Jin’s cut, and as he’s looking through the small section he sees they only carry the standard size bandages, nothing larger, and definitely nothing waterproof. He just stands there for a moment, trying to figure out where Yoongi could have gotten the bandages, thinking maybe he had to ask the staff, that maybe they keep them for emergencies. Or maybe he lied to him, not understanding how or why he would.

He goes up to the counter and pays for everything, Yoongi walking up to him just then, noticing the cream and realizing Jungkook had to have noticed they didn’t carry the bandages he brought, but Jungkook doesn’t ask, so Yoongi doesn’t say anything, his stomach clenching at the secret he’s forced to keep yet again.

They walk quietly back to the campground, the mood somber now as they’re both lost in their individual thoughts.

**

They all sit around the fire tonight, everyone eventually lightening up again as they sing along to their favorite songs. As Yoongi walks by with his completed s’more Jungkook pulls him down onto his lap on the log, straddling him, facing him, making him feed him his s’more. “Why don’t you make your own? I just got this one charred the way I like it,” Yoongi teases, nibbling on it in front of him, holding off until Jungkook’s puppy dog eyes wear him down, letting him have his treat. Jungkook nips his teeth on Yoongi’s fingers as he feeds him, the spark in his eyes surprising Yoongi after the quiet mood they’re been feeling since the store. He feeds him the rest of his s’more, Jungkook nibbling on his fingers almost more than the food, until it’s completely gone.

As Yoongi sits there in shock Jungkook sucks his thumb into his mouth, running his tongue all around it, playing with it just like he would his cock, and Yoongi’s eyes instantly go amber in need, Jungkook not breaking his gaze from Yoongi’s, licking his own lips in need. Jungkook releases his thumb and switches to his other finger that’s all sticky, first using his teeth to scrape the mess clean, both of them feeling Jungkook’s cock throb in his pants under Yoongi’s ass, and then he sucks it deep in his mouth again, moaning while he does it.

Yoongi is ready to go fuck him against a tree already he’s so beyond turned on and needy, and Jungkook must sense his want as he taps Yoongi’s ass, telling him to stand up for a minute, and when he does he drags Yoongi quickly off into the woods, telling the others they’ll be a while, not to wait up. They just laugh, mumbling about having their own privacy in a tent, and to watch out for spiders and ticks in their ass.

As they’re stalking off Jungkook thinks a tent is probably a better idea but right now he just needs him alone. They don’t go very far off in the woods before Jungkook pushes Yoongi up against a tree, leaning all of his weight against him, leaving no doubt how aroused they both are, and he kisses him passionately, sweeping his tongue deeply in his mouth, not giving him a chance to control the kiss or ease into it.

While he’s attacking his mouth he unties and lowers Yoongi’s sweatpants, amazed he didn’t wear any briefs, earning a growl from Jungkook as he groans out his name, and he drops to his knees and takes his cock all the way deep, swallowing him down, moaning, nibbling while he squeezes his ass tight; Yoongi comes within a minute, his hips bucking up into Jungkook’s mouth, Jungkook not being gentle or reserved in the way he takes him. It’s messy and wet and loud and Yoongi loves the way he’s attacking him, not thinking but instead just feeling how badly he wants him. He swallows it all down and starts right up again, this time playing with his balls a bit, squeezing them, pressing up against his opening, and Yoongi comes quickly again, his hands wrapped tight in Jungkook’s hair, holding him tight, moaning and whimpering out his name.

Yoongi pulls him up and kisses him deeply, sweeping his tongue into his mouth, wanting to share his taste and what he just did to him. He flips them around but has Jungkook face the tree, kissing all along his ass as he drops his pants and briefs, biting his ass, leaving more pretty bruises behind, and he then bends him over and spreads his cheeks apart and licks over his hole, the first time they’ve shared this intimacy, and Jungkook howls at the feeling, telling him, “More, Yoongi, please.”

Yoongi can’t hold back, doing it again and again, and as he wraps a hand around Jungkook’s cock he explodes, whimpering out Yoongi’s name as he comes, his body shaking from the intensity. He keeps stroking him until he’s fully hard again, licking gently into his ass and he climaxes again, his legs giving out just before Yoongi catches him, turning him around and holding him tight as they lean against the tree, Yoongi kissing all along his neck, tasting the blood that’s pounding under his skin, his pulse beating so hard now. Yoongi needs so much more; smelling his arousal, tasting it, loving the way Jungkook fell apart is pushing him so close to the edge, his fangs are out and ready to take Jungkook, taste him, make him his. He nips at his neck, just a scratch, not breaking skin, and he catches himself just in time as Jungkook leans into him, hard again, both of them wanting more, needing each other so badly.

Yoongi manages to retract his fangs just before Jungkook turns his head and gives him the sexiest, sultriest, most loving kiss he’s ever had, the need pouring out of Jungkook, making Yoongi hold him even closer and pour every emotion he’s feeling into the kiss. He so badly wants to take him to a five star hotel with the softest sheets imaginable and make love to him for days, finally show him what he means to him, wishing all the secrets were behind them. The best he can do tonight is an air mattress in a tent not 20 feet away from their friends, nowhere near the kind of night he wants to treat him to.

**

While they’re off in the woods….

“Let’s go to bed?” Jin whispers against Namjoon’s neck.

Namjoon nods standing up before carrying Jin bridal style back to their tent, Jin running his hands over Namjoon’s chest. Jin opens the tent wide enough for both of them and Namjoon gently places Jin on the mattress.

“Undress me?” Jin demands putting his arms in the air as he sits on the mattress.

Namjoon rolls his eyes but still helps Jin get all his clothes off, while Jin take all of Namjoon’s clothes off leaving them both naked.

“Come here bunbun,” Jin whispers while licking his lips; he grabs Namjoon by the hips, bringing his cock into his mouth.

Namjoon throws his head back moaning softly as Jin wraps his tongue around his cock, teasing his slit. He grabs Jin’s head, tugging on his hair, making him moan around his cock.

“So fucking good baby. Your mouth is amazing,” Namjoon moans.

Jin looks into Namjoon’s eyes before pulling all of Namjoon’s cock into his mouth, hitting the back of his throat. Namjoon has to stop himself from moving his hips, not wanting to hurt him.

“Please Joonie, fuck my mouth,” Jin whispers when he lets him go, trying to give Namjoon his best puppy eyes.

Namjoon shakes his head, “No baby, I don’t want to hurt you. You do whatever you want, but I don’t want to hurt you.”

“You won’t hurt me Joonie. I know you won’t, I trust you.”

Namjoon stares into Jin’s eyes, a smile growing on his face as he looks down at the love of his life, “Soon, I promise. Just not today.”

Jin only nods, accepting what he’s being told. He takes Namjoon back into his mouth, swallowing as much as he can, gagging, drool falling down his jaw. Jin loves how messy and lewd sucking Namjoon’s dick is. He loves the way Namjoon moans and encourages him to continue, the way he he tugs on his hair adding to his pleasure, and the way he seemed to get hard in seconds just by listening to Namjoon.

Just as Jin is about to suck Namjoon’s balls he pulls away, making Jin whimper.

“I don’t want to come just yet. I still have so much I want to do with you,” Namjoon says, breathing heavily.

He straddles Jin on the bed, wrapping his arms around Jin’s neck, kissing him deeply. Their tongues caress and move all around each other’s mouths, tasting and remembering everything about one another. Namjoon presses his body against Jin until they both fall back into the bed.

Namjoon pulls away from the kiss slightly to ask, “Where’s the lube?”

“Other side of the bed,” Jin mumbles against Namjoon’s lips.

Namjoon gets up to grab the lube and Jin takes this opportunity to bite down gently on Namjoon’s ass. Namjoon cries out, surprised before turning around to glare at Jin. He only smiles before grabbing Namjoon’s hips keeping him in place while he sucks on his ass, leaving his mark behind.

After a few seconds he lets go of Namjoon’s skin with a wet pop, trying to admire his work...except there is no red mark left behind.

“What the fuck?” Jin questions looking up at Namjoon.

“I… don’t bruise easily,” Namjoon gulps, avoiding Jin’s eyes.

Before Jin can try again Namjoon is back on his lap kissing him. Jin holds onto Namjoon’s ass grinding their cocks together, the friction causing them both to moan.

Jin grabs Namjoon’s face, holding him close. Namjoon smells the blood coming from Jin’s finger and pulls back as his fangs start to poke out. He feels the panic rising through him, trying not to move his mouth too much as Jin stares at him confused.

Namjoon pushes Jin until he’s laying down and starts giving his neck small kisses trying to calm himself down, his fangs slowly retracting. Jin holds Namjoon’s face again and his fangs poke out as the smell of blood is near.

Namjoon growls, grabbing Jin’s hands while pinning them above his head. Jin gasps, surprised by the way Namjoon’s attitude has changed all of a sudden. Namjoon rubs his nose on the back on Jin’s ear, breathing in his scent, trying to keep himself from doing something he’d regret.

Once his fangs fully retract he grabs the lube and pours it on his hand, watching Jin’s hands, making sure they stay above his head. When he sees Jin’s hands twitch he gives him a pointed look, warning him. Jin smiles innocently, waiting for Namjoon like the good boy he is.

Namjoon leans down and grabs Jin’s wrist again before sucking on his neck marking him. Jin moans and bucks his hips wanting Namjoon to touch him.

“Joonie please touch me,” Jin whimpers.

Laying down next to him, Namjoon grabs Jin’s cock pumping him a few times before grabbing and massaging his balls, moving his lubed hand down to Jin’s hole.

“You ready kitten?” Namjoon whispers against Jin’s collarbone.

“Yes bunbun. I want it so bad,” Jin says breathlessly.

Namjoon hums in approval as he pushes one finger inside Jin’s hole. Jin moans loudly as Namjoon begins to twist his finger while sucking on his nipple, keeping his hands above his head.

“Another baby. Please...add another,” Jin whimpers.

Namjoon adds a second finger stretching them inside Jin, making another mark on the other side of his neck. Jin arches his back trying to push Namjoon’s finger further inside of him. He struggles against Namjoon’s hold wanting to touch and grab him, but Namjoon only holds on tighter.

Once Namjoon’s fingers begin to slip out of Jin easier, he adds a third finger gently brushing against his prostate.

“Fuck, please Joonie, keep...going, keep going,” Jin pants.

Namjoon moves until he’s on top of Jin, keeping his fingers away from his prostate as he curls his fingers before completely removing them. Jin whines looking at him with sad and desperate eyes.

Namjoon grabs more lube pouring it on his cock, pumping himself as he watches Jin.

“Don’t tease me like this!” Jin complains licking his lips.

Namjoon chuckles as he lines their cocks together, leaning down until he’s pressed up against Jin, both moaning from the pressure. Namjoon holds Jin’s face as he kisses them deeply, their tongue chasing and teasing each others. Namjoon begins to slowly move his hips, rubbing their cocks together.

“Fuck baby! Yes...keep going!” Jin cries out desperately wanting to hold Namjoon close.

Namjoon groans, “Fuck I want to be inside you so bad. You always take my fingers so well, I can’t wait until it’s my cock buried deep inside you. Would you like that kitten? My dick making you scream?”

Jin moans as he meets Namjoon’s movements, “Yes baby! I know I’d take you cock so well. I want you inside me, making me feel good. I want you to fuck me until i can’t scream anymore. Fuck Joonie I want your cock so bad, I want to feel you stretching me apart.”

Namjoon’s applies more pressure of their cocks, moving harder and slowly, feeling every part of Jin’s cock. Jin manages to free his uninjured hand and wraps his arm around Namjoon’s back, digging his nails into his skin.

“I’d ride you so well, baby boy. I’d ride you better than anyone ever has. I’d let you bend me any way you want and fuck me all day long,” Jin moans into Namjoon’s ear.

Namjoon growls as he begins to move fast against Jin. He moans loving the way their cocks move perfectly against each other, how Jin’s whimpers and pants add to his pleasure, and the way Jin’s nails dig into his shoulder blades.

Soon his movements become erratic and sloppy. He presses his lips onto Jin’s, their teeth clashing and their tongues all over their mouth and lips. Jin begins to pant louder and arches his back, moaning loudly against Namjoon’s lips. Namjoon holds Jin’s back, keeping it arched as his thrusts become rough and faster.

With another final cry, Jin comes against their stomachs. Namjoon continues moving until he comes, softly biting Jin’s neck. Namjoon holds Jin against him until they’ve both let everything out. He finally releases Jin’s hand letting him lay back down on the bed. They continue to kiss, enjoying the feel of their soft lips. Namjoon reluctantly pulls away grabbing wet wipes to clean them both off. Jin smiles and hold out his arms waiting for Namjoon to lay down on him, wanting to hold him for a while.

After Jin has calmed down and is curling up next to Namjoon for the night, he looks up at the ceiling of the tent, planning to enjoy the stars again like last night, and instead he sees... spiders, lots… and lots…. of spiders…. Leading to a high pitched scream, yelling, “JOONIE!! THERE’S SPIDERS ALL OVER THE TENT… AND THEY’RE FUCKING HUGE! !!”

Namjoon just chuckles softly, telling him they’re outside the tent, not inside, and they’re not really that big, it’s their shadows that they’re seeing. Jin doesn’t care, and begins to stand yelling out, “Kookie??? Are there spiders on top of your tent?”

Jungkook looks up at the top of his tent and their ceiling is clear of any critters, and he tells him, “Yeah Jin, there’s at least a dozen up there, must be a foot long each,” hoping Jin stays in his tent for the night, wanting to spend more time alone with Yoongi. Yoongi just starts rolling in laughter, loving that he’s trying to give them privacy, wrapping him tighter in his arms as he goes back to kissing him.

All of a sudden Jin is unzipping their tent, and he’s wearing just his briefs, having thrown them on quickly after the spiders were seen. He enters their tent and looks up, sputtering in disbelief that Jungkook lied to him. “Seriously Jin, they were there. Must be all the commotion scared them away. Go check your tent, I bet after all the screaming they’ve disappeared too.”

Jin jumps between Yoongi and Jungkook, burying his face in Jungkook’s neck, hugging him tightly.

“Fuck Jin!” Jungkook groans as he wraps his arms around Jin’s body.

“Get your ass off me,” Yoongi says as he pushes Jin away, moving to the far side of the mattress, wanting to put as much space between them as he can, careful to stay under the covers.

“Don’t worry, I didn’t feel anything,” Jin mumbles in Yoongi’s direction.

He turns and places his head on Jungkook’s chest hissing, “He’s fucking huge!”

“Shut the fuck up!” Jungkook hisses back but not before smiling, not wanting to talk about this with Jin, at least not in front of Yoongi.

Namjoon enters the tent now, his jeans riding low on his hips, still partially unzippered, and his chest bare. Jungkook just stares at his chest and hips, never before having seen him like this, and he loves his tattoo. Yoongi sees the way Jungkook is ogling him and throws his hoodie at Namjoon, telling him to “put a fucking shirt on.”

Namjoon just throws it back at him, working on trying to get Jin back in their tent. Jungkook continues to stare, watching his arms flex as he tries to pull Jin off, Yoongi reaching up and wiping under his lower lip, telling Jungkook, “I’m just wiping off the FUCKIN’ DROOL you’ve got running down your chin.” Yoongi’s never been one to get jealous before, never having a reason to be, but Jungkook’s obvious interest in Namjoon’s chest is starting to piss him off.

Jungkook has now sat up in bed, watching Namjoon as he tries to convince Jin to return to their tent, telling him he’ll move the tent if he needs to. Yoongi doesn’t like that Jungkook is now bare to his waist as well, this whole tent getting way too “nakie” for his liking.

“You didn’t tell me he has a tattoo,” Jungkook whispers in Jin’s ear.

“Isn’t it fucking hot?” Jin whispers back.

“Fuck he’s so tan too. Go to the lake tomorrow and get him wet. I’ll go with you,” Jungkook whispers, eyeing Namjoon’s chest.

“You know I’m right here and can hear you,” Yoongi grumbles, getting more and more jealous the longer they stay in their tent.

“I can’t believe I’ve never thought about doing that!” Jin looks at Jungkook with wide eyes.

“Oh is that a spider on your back Jin?” Yoongi asks excitedly, hoping it spurs Jin into leaving, taking the tan god with the tattoo with him.

Jin screams, jumping onto Namjoon, wrapping his legs around his waist, holding onto him as if his life depended on it.

“I’ll be going back to my tent now. Sorry,” Namjoon apologizes as he looks at Yoongi, knowing he’s upset.

They finally leave, zipping the tent behind them, and Jungkook goes and pulls Yoongi down and lays on top of him, nibbling all along his neck, very obviously turned on. Yoongi pouts as he tells him, “I’m not taking Namjoon’s leftovers,” trying to push Jungkook off of him and away from the wonderful things he’s doing to his neck.

Jungkook chuckles against his skin, trying to suck a hickey into him even knowing it’s not going to work, his lips and teeth and tongue making Yoongi struggle to hold back his whimpers, not wanting Jungkook to know how good he’s making him feel. Every time now he tries to mark him more desperately, sucking his skin even harder, treating him to even more intense feelings, the pleasure shooting straight to his cock which is now fully hard and throbbing against Jungkook’s.

“I’m still mad at you. You can’t sit there and ogle someone else in front of me and then think I want your dick that got hard from looking at them,” Yoongi tells him, honestly upset about Jungkook’s reaction to Namjoon.

Jungkook pulls back now, knowing he needs to clear the air, make him understand. He looks at him directly as he lifts his chin so he has to look at him, unable to shy away, telling him, “Yoongi, I don’t want anyone else but you, forever. Yeah, Namjoon looks hot, but I love how you look even more. You’re all soft and pale and your skin is like fucking porcelain, yet you’re so strong under that gentle layer just like marble; I just wish I could mark you up, the only flaws on your skin would be from me, making you mine. You’d look so hot with a tattoo, your skin is like a canvas just waiting to be adorned.”

He goes back to kissing his neck and chest, licking his nipples seductively before continuing, “I’m sorry if I made you jealous, I was just surprised to see him come in here shirtless; Jin never mentioned the tattoo. I think they’re really hot, I’ve wanted to get one for a long time now. But it would look beautiful on your skin, stand out so pretty.”

Jungkook continues kissing his body, taking the time to love every inch of him, murmuring all the things he loves about him, Yoongi eventually relaxing and wrapping his hands in his hair, holding him closer. He tells him, “I’m never going to have muscles like him, or be tan, or tall, I’m pretty much the complete opposite…”

Jungkook comes back up his body and kisses him sweetly before telling him, “I love you, Yoongi, and everything about you. I’m sure you’re going to find someone that you think is hot and I’ll be the insecure one when that happens. But I don’t want anyone else, I just want you . And I promise I’ll do my best not to ogle him if I ever see him without a shirt on again.”

He kisses him a bit longer before he pulls back again, asking him, “How can you doubt that I want you when we’re coming like every five minutes? And I’ve never felt this way before, never cared about fooling around, sex. But I can’t wait to feel you buried so deep inside me, Yoongi, have you be part of me.”

He takes his mouth in a deeper, more sensual kiss, trying to show him how he feels if his words still aren’t getting through. When they break apart this time Yoongi’s eyes are now finally their beautiful aroused amber color again, and Jungkook tells him, “This is all about you Yoongi, it’s always about you. And this dick is all from you,” he tells him before he crushes their mouths together in an erotic kiss, his tongue destroying him before his body does as well.

**

The next morning Namjoon and Yoongi stay in their tents until their boyfriends awaken, wanting to enjoy every last minute snuggled up together, knowing they have to go back home later today. Jungkook finally stirs around 10, snuggling tight into Yoongi’s body, kissing his neck softly as he wakes up. “Morning baby,” he whispers in his ear as he traces his tongue all along his sensitive skin.

Yoongi pulls his arms tighter around him, loving being the little spoon this morning, feeling Jungkook breathing him in, snuggling his cock closer into his ass. “Can I ask you a question,” Yoongi asks, waiting for his response.

“Sure,” Jungkook mumbles, busy nibbling on his neck.

“It’s definitely personal, sexual,” Yoongi continues shyly.

“Go ahead, you can ask, I don’t mind,” Jungkook tells him.

“When you had a boyfriend before, how often would you guys fool around?” he asks, feeling like he’s being too invasive but wanting to know.

“Maybe once a week. They always wanted more but I didn’t really enjoy it. I was really starting to question myself, my sexuality, because I didn’t really like it or want to do it. And I always felt guilty because I was always turning them away. It’s why I broke up with both of them, because I just didn’t want them like that. Why do you ask?” Jungkook asks, still nibbling on his shoulders, unphased by the question.

“Just something you said once, that you didn’t enjoy it before. I just wanted to be sure that you’re not just doing this for me; I’m ok if you’re not interested in a physical relationship with me,” Yoongi tells him, loving the hugs that he gets as Jungkook listens to him. “I still want to be with you either way.”

“God Yoongi, I can’t get enough of you. I don’t know how you could think that, I practically mauled you against the tree last night,” he laughs as he bites down on his shoulder. “And I hope you don’t think it’s just sexual with you. This is the first time I’ve ever wanted someone like this, and I can’t help but feel like I’m overstepping some kind of boundary with you.”

Yoongi turns around in his arms, kissing him sweetly, tracing his lips with his tongue, before pulling away, staring deep into his eyes, telling him, “I feel the same way. I want to spend days in bed with you, wrecking you then loving you, but it was just as sweet hiking yesterday, which right there says something, holding your hand. And the best part of the day is waking up in your arms, regardless of who’s the big spoon.”

Jungkook kisses him deeply, ready to drag him under again, when they hear Namjoon outside their tent, telling them they need to start packing up soon. Jungkook groans, nibbling on his ear when he asks, “Quickie?” but Yoongi pulls back, telling him, “I’d rather save it for later. Stay with me tonight, snuggled up in my sheets?”

“Can’t wait.”

**

While Yoongi and Namjoon dismantle the tents Jungkook and Jin go shower, the stalls blessedly empty since everyone is already leaving. They shower quickly and while they’re getting dressed Jungkook tells Jin how jealous Yoongi was of his checking out Namjoon’s chest and his tattoo, asking him to be careful not to bring it up around him. “He was really jealous, Jin, afraid that I didn’t find him attractive. I don’t want to tease him like that, make him feel insecure at all.”

“How are things going with that? It sounds like you find him attractive,” Jin comments.

“Fuck Jin, he’s so hot, and I’m so attracted to him, I wish he would just take me already. I’m tired of waiting, it’s been months,” Jungkook replies, frustrated they still haven’t slept together.

“I’m glad you finally found someone you want to be with,” Jin tells him kindly.

“Yeah, I’m not doubting myself anymore. I guess I just needed to be with someone I love,” he tells him quietly.

Jin laughs, “And it can’t hurt that his dick is HUGE!”

Jungkook laughs, shoving Jin aside, telling him, “We haven’t fucked yet so that doesn’t matter.”

“Sure it doesn’t,” Jin laughs, continuing, “Tell me you haven’t thought about it at least a dozen times by now.”

“Well yeah,” Jungkook shrugs, telling him, “I can’t wait to choke on him, too. He hasn’t let himself go yet though, too worried about hurting me, always so controlled. Though his eyes get such a pretty amber color when he gets turned on...”

“Yeah, Joonie’s the same way. He won’t fuck my mouth yet, though I keep trying. He keeps pulling me away and distracting me with other things,” Jin confides, his eyes getting lost in thoughts of the fun things they’ve done this weekend.

“Speaking of Joonie, have you noticed anything different with his eyes? When you cut yourself I could swear they turned almost red instead of his usual brown,” Jungkook asks, the first time the two are speaking alone all weekend.

“They usually change to a really pretty color when he’s aroused, it’s almost like they glow. But I didn’t notice anything when I cut myself aside from all the blood dripping from my finger,” he continues, just now remembering the look in Namjoon’s eyes when he kissed his bandaid, the red that he thought he saw there for a split second before they went back to normal. For some reason he doesn’t say anything to Jungkook, not really sure if he saw anything in the first place.

He tells him, “Joonie was so sweet last night, took care of me, not letting me hurt my finger at all. Kept my hand safe out of the way all night.”

Jungkook laughs, telling him, “I’m not sure that was meant to be sweet as much as to have his way with you.”

Jin goes to comment but realizes Kookie was right, laughing as he thinks back to what they did. “I don’t care his reasons, he treats me so good, takes care of me like no one else ever has.”

Jungkook smiles softly at him, saying, “I’m glad he’s treating you right. Both of them are such great guys. I hope we can accept their secret; I don’t want to lose them.”

They walk back to their campsite, noticing the tents and everything are packed up and stowed in the trunk already, not realizing they were gone so long. Jungkook checks his phone and sees only 20 minutes has passed, knowing there’s no way they could have packed things away neatly. He imagines they’ll have to do some cleaning up when they get back to their apartments tonight.

They decide to go for one last walk along the lakeshore, enjoying a few more quiet moments together before heading home from their first weekend vacation.

Chapter Text

It was midday when they get back from the campsite. Jin and Jungkook stretch as they get out of the car, yawning and complaining about having to take everything upstairs. Namjoon and Yoongi both want them to go inside and sleep and to leave the unloading to them, but they refuse and want to help out. Namjoon opens the trunk and Jungkook expects there to be a mound of sleeping bags and tents and sheets to fold, but everything is neatly rolled up, packed away, stowed in the original boxes as if they hadn’t even been used yet. He just stands there for a minute, clueless as to how the others could have possibly gotten things organized that quickly at the campsite.

Yoongi walks up to him as he’s staring into the trunk, and he raises his eyebrow as he waits for Jungkook to make some comment about their packing. “How did you get everything put away so quickly?” he asks.

Yoongi tells him, “We were eager to get back, spend some time alone with you. We can move fast when we want to,” he tells him as he nibbles on his neck, wrapping his arms around him from behind. Jungkook leans back into his chest for a moment, just enjoying the closeness.

As they are slowly bringing everything in, Taehyung walks around the corner greeting them. “Hey guys, are you going somewhere?”

Jungkook tells him, “No, we just got back from camping all weekend. Perfect timing! Now you can help us carry all this shit upstairs.” Taehyung groans in mock sadness, actually glad he has a chance to spend time with them.

They manage to get everything upstairs and stowed in the two apartments, Tae actually spending a few spare seconds checking out Yoongi and Namjoon’s place, making sure nothing seems out of the ordinary. He doesn’t have much of a chance to snoop because Namjoon comes in right behind him, telling him to just throw the camping gear in the corner, that he’ll put it in their storage room later.

They all head back to Jin and Jungkook’s apartment, pulling out menus to order food. Yoongi laughs at the pile of brochures, asking Jungkook, “You have like 100 Chinese restaurants here to pick from; is that your favorite?”

Jungkook tells him, “No, there’s just so many of them in the area, they slide them under the door all the time. We eat way too much of it.” Yoongi looks defeated, trying to figure out his favorite food without making it obvious. Namjoon smiles at him, knowing he’s looking for ideas for their date but not having much luck.

While they’re waiting for their meal to be delivered Jin gets everyone a beer, pulling out some cards as they all sit around the kitchen table, playing poker to pass the time. Yoongi and Namjoon could be considered professional players, knowing how to count cards and beat the game, but instead they have to work at consciously losing, making themselves out to be even worse players than the others.

Jungkook leans over and whispers into Yoongi’s ear, “We need to play strip poker later. I might actually be able to beat you, have my way with you.”

Namjoon laughs, hearing him when he shouldn’t have been able to, thinking of how Yoongi is likely to turn things around since it kills him to lose. Everyone looks over to see why he’s laughing and he just ignores their looks, continuing on with his hand.

Yoongi eventually responds to Jungkook, whispering back, “We don’t need to play a game for you to do that,” biting on his earlobe before he pulls away. Jungkook groans at the bite, everyone now looking up at him as his cheeks go pink from his attention.

Namjoon moans, telling them, “Do you guys like ever stop? I’d think after all weekend you’d be ready for a break.”

Jungkook is just about to apologize for their behavior when he feels Yoongi’s hand running up the inside of his thigh, having to bite down on his lip to keep his whimpers contained. Yoongi just tells Namjoon, “Nope, sorry, no plans to stop anytime soon,” his eyes sparkling with mischief as Namjoon glares back at him, Jin now nibbling on his ear as well.

Tae is about to excuse himself, the couples getting frisky, when the buzzer sounds, the food finally arriving. Yoongi gets up to pay; even though it isn’t their apartment they always pay for their dates, just something they’re very old-fashioned about, Jin smiling at Jungkook as he sits there watching Yoongi go to the door, the love obvious in his eyes.  

Everyone has gotten up to help set the table, Tae going to the drawer to grab silverware, wanting to see how they all react, while the others grab plates, napkins, more beer. As they’re all sitting down Jungkook notices no one grabbed chopsticks so he gets up to get some, laying them on the table. Tae’s not surprised to see Namjoon and Yoongi take chopsticks; however, Jungkook and Jin do as well, finding it a bit strange to use them with mashed potatoes and coleslaw.

Tae is about to start eating, asking Namjoon to pass him a fork from the other side of the table. Jin jumps in, saying, “Why don’t you try it with chopsticks? It’s more fun, feels more exotic.” Tae can’t help but use the chopsticks now, not knowing how the hell he’s going to manage to eat his food, and he didn’t get anyone to pass him the silverware.

The meal passes pleasantly, everyone laughing and talking and sharing stories from the weekend, having to reign in the Rated R stories since Jungkook’s too shy to talk about those things with Tae there. They do all laugh about the enormous spiders on the outside of Jin and Namjoon’s tent, forcing him to run for protection from Jungkook.

Tae jumps up excitedly, telling them, “Oh! I forgot I have some little gifts from my trip back to Florida. Hold on.” He runs to the door to grab his backpack, pulling out a bag with the trinkets. He sits back down, opening it up. First he pulls out topaz bracelets he got for all 4 of them, waiting to see how everyone would react.

“I thought these were kind of cool, I went to a crystal and gem store and they had these; they’re supposed to represent love and friendship, keep you safe from evil and harm. Plus I thought they were pretty cool,” he tells them, handing one to each. He expects Namjoon and Yoongi to have a problem with them, but they slide them on, not appearing to be bothered by them at all, the bracelet itself made of a cloth versus silver.

Yoongi is laughing on the inside, loving that Tae appears so confused by their lack of a reaction. He smiles, telling him, “Thanks Tae, these are really cool.” Namjoon mumbles his agreement, surprised that he brought them gifts.

“My grandma has also been making little satchels lately and made one for your place, too. She knows you cover for me when I have to leave to go help her, so she wanted to do something for you. There’s all kinds of herbs in here to help bring tranquility and love to your home,” he tells them, giving Jungkook a small bag full of different herbs and flowers, Namjoon instantly sneezing at something in the little bag.

“Do you know what’s in there? I’m allergic to a few different things, just wondering which one is causing a problem,” he asks Tae, waiting to see what he tells him.

“It’s a blend, I know there’s rose petals, blackberry, boxwood, basil,...” and he drops off, not wanting to divulge everything that’s in the bag, most of the components meant to specifically ward off evil.

Jin picks it up, looking at it carefully, sniffing it, telling them, “I feel like I could almost use it to cook it’s got so many herbs inside. With the basil and garlic I could add it to a pasta sauce I’ve been meaning to try…”

Yoongi and Namjoon keep their faces carefully expressionless, knowing Tae is watching them, waiting for a reaction, and he’s forced back to the conversation when he tells Jin, “I wouldn’t use it for cooking; some of those herbs aren’t safe to eat.”

Jin just laughs, telling him, “Good to know. Guess we’ll just hang it in the kitchen then for now.”

Tae excuses himself to use the washroom, stopping in Jungkook’s room quick to put something under his bed, and in his sheets, adding extra protection for his friend, not wanting the evil he senses in the others to harm him. As he’s leaving Jungkook’s room Yoongi is walking his way, no doubt seeing him, raising an eyebrow at him, questioning him.

“Just leaving Kookie a present to find later. Didn't want to only give him something and not Jin, I felt bad,” Taehyung shrugs.

He gets ready to leave, grabbing his backpack and jacket, asking if Jungkook has time to tutor him at all this week. They make plans for tomorrow at noon since Jin is working at the same time, planning to do homework after and maybe grab dinner.

**

After Tae leaves they clean up the table and then Yoongi holds his hand out to Jungkook, asking him if he’ll come spend the night with him, knowing they had talked about it but not wanting to assume anything. Jungkook shyly bites down on his lip as he nods, his eyes already heating up in excitement at being alone with him.

“I need to shower though, I’m all sweaty from unloading the camping gear. Should I do that here first?” he asks, not sure how Yoongi feels about sharing his space like that.

“No, come shower with me. I’ll wash your back for you…” Yoongi tells him in a gravelly, aroused voice, Jungkook whimpering in excitement already.

“Do I need to bring anything?” Jungkook asks, and Yoongi gruffly tells him, “Probably just clothes for the morning; I imagine you’ll be running out of here last minute to get to your tutoring appointment. I’ll drive you so we have a few extra minutes together.”

Jungkook quietly asks, “Do you have lube?” embarrassed but wanting to be sure they have it for tonight.

“New bottle waiting on my nightstand,” Yoongi whispers, leaning into him, his cock already hard and aching.

Jungkook goes into his room and grabs a change of clothes along with his toothbrush, not planning on coming back before tomorrow night.

“Night Namjoon, night Jin, don’t do anything I wouldn’t do,” he laughs, knowing they’re both planning on having a lot of fun tonight. Jin is currently sitting on the kitchen table in front of Namjoon, his legs straddling Namjoon, running his hands through his hair, nibbling on his lips.

“Bye Kook, stay safe,” Jin mumbles, winking at him as they leave the apartment and lock the door behind them.

Namjoon and Jin continue to look each other in the eyes, their lips brushing against each other waiting to see who would break first. With the tip of his tongue, Jin licks Namjoon’s bottom lip, watching as his eyes turn that soft amber color. Namjoon smirks as he lifts Jin up, grabbing him by his ass. Jin smiles and wraps his legs tightly around his hips as he runs his hands through Namjoon’s hair. Namjoon carries them into Jin’s room, placing him gently on his bed.

“Let’s take a bath?” Jin says, holding Namjoon by the thighs.

“Whatever you want baby,” Namjoon smiles down at him.

“Okay! I’ll go get some wine, and candles! Can you draw the bath? There’s some bubbles under the sink, and can you make the bath really warm but not too hot?” Jin smiles excited while holding Namjoon’s hands.

“Okay I will,” Namjoon smiles, his dimples showing.

Jin grabs Namjoon’s cheeks, his fingers poking his dimples. He leans in and kisses Namjoon’s lips before running out of the room and into the kitchen to grab wine and two glasses.

When Namjoon is drawing the bath, Jin comes into the bathroom closing the door behind him, pouting.

“What’s wrong babe?” Namjoon asks, pouting with him.

“I ran out of candles,” Jin says in a baby voice.

“It’s okay love. We can just drink wine and save the candles for another time,” Namjoon places a soft kiss on Jin’s forehead, grabbing the wine and glasses, setting them down next to the tub.

He grabs Jin’s shirt slowly lifting it up, seeing all the red marks he left behind the night before. He then helps Jin out of his pants and underwear, kissing his hips. Jin feels love blossom throughout his chest as he looks into Namjoon’s eyes, helping him out of his clothes.

Namjoon holds Jin’s hand as he steps into the bathtub, helping Jin so he doesn’t slip. Namjoon sits down first and Jin sits down in his lap facing him. Namjoon grabs the wine and glasses pouring them both a glass. They sit there and talk, never having a dull moment, both laughing and enjoying each other’s company. When both of their glasses of wine are finished they move closer together and begin kissing, the only sound coming from their lips as they bathe together. Eventually Namjoon pulls away and washes Jin’s hair and body before Jin does the same.

By the time they’re done Jin is completely wrinkly. Namjoon wraps himself and Jin in a towel as they make their way back to Jin’s room. Namjoon sits Jin back down on his bed and grabs his lotion putting it all over Jin’s body, taking his time to adore every inch of his warm body under his cool hands. He then grabs Jin’s face lotion and applies that before finally grabbing him some pj’s, helping Jin put those on. Jin sits there as Namjoon helps himself to one of Jin’s white shirts and underwear before returning back to the bed.

Jin gets underneath the covers with Namjoon as they turn the tv on and cuddle up close. Jin lays his head against Namjoon’s chest as he runs his hands through Jin’s hair, kissing his forehead.

**

Meanwhile… inside Yoongi’s apartment….

Yoongi leads Guk into their apartment, locking the door behind them, kissing him so softly, his tongue tracing his lips gently before finally touching his. He keeps it slow and romantic, turning Jungkook into a whimpering mess; Jungkook’s now running his hands through Yoongi’s hair, pulling him tighter, kissing him deeper, unable to keep things gentle any longer after not being together for hours now.

Yoongi leads him to the bathroom, turning the water on to start heating up, and when he turns around he sees the closet door is ajar, a room they haven’t used in weeks. He looks inside and can tell things have been moved around but he shuts it for now, not saying anything to Jungkook, not wanting it to ruin the night. He grabs a few towels and puts them on the warmer, noticing the items under the sink have been moved around as well. Something to worry about and talk to Joonie about later…

He slowly undresses Jungkook while he follows his hands with his mouth, kissing him everywhere, slowly devouring him, leaving all kinds of pretty bruises behind, a flush working it’s way down his body from his excitement. When Jungkook’s fully undressed he finally gets the chance to undress Yoongi, this being the first time he really gets to see him in full light.

“You’re so beautiful Yoongi,” he murmurs as he kisses his way down his body, not skipping an inch of his perfect skin, running his hands everywhere. He turns him around and adores his wide shoulders and back, his trim waist, his firm ass, teasing him while he attempts to suck bruises into his skin, knowing it’s never going to work but loving his mouth on him nonetheless.

Yoongi is tired of not being able to touch him like this so he pulls out of his embrace, turning around, and Jungkook tries to get his mouth on him, to take him deep, but he pulls Jungkook up and kisses him instead, telling him, “Later, after we shower. We have all night.”

Yoongi pulls him into the shower, shutting the steamy glass doors, hoping those walls will be strong enough to support them when he can finally take him in here, holding him up while he sinks into him over and over. But for tonight they’re not quite there yet, they’re saving that for after Jungkook knows all his secrets. But he still plans to show him how much he loves him, how much he cares, making sure there’s no doubt in his mind how much he means to him.

**

Yoongi starts murmuring to Jungkook around 11:30 the next morning, hating that he has to wake him when he knows they only had a few hours’ sleep, up all night loving each other, teasing, playing, well past the time the sun came up. They should have moved the tutoring session later, to give them more time, but they have a week without classes. He’s hoping he can talk him back into his bed, his sheets, again tonight.

He’s kissing his way down Jungkook’s chest, nibbling on his nipples that are still puffy from last night, when he starts to wake up, instantly wrapping his arms around Yoongi, holding him close. Yoongi’s hard, has been all night, and Jungkook is getting there, probably willing to take each other again but not realizing he’s running out of time.

“Baby, it’s 11:30, you need to be at the library for noon,” he tells him softly, murmuring against his nipples, the vibrations making him moan in need.

“Mmmmmm…. Did I tell you last night I love your mouth?” he asks, lifting his hips while he tries to grind up into Yoongi’s hip. “And your hands…. Those hands Yoongi…. They should be illegal for all the ways you make me feel so good.”

Yoongi decides they can be a few minutes late, sucking his nipple harder into his mouth while they rub their cocks against each other, already wet enough to make the friction feel perfect….

They’re running, or actually Yoongi is dragging Jungkook, to the car at 12:02, Jungkook texting Tae, letting him know he’ll be a few minutes late, but he’s on his way. Jungkook is now in a post-sex haze, lazy and foggy and just wanting to snuggle Yoongi, not at all interested in teaching Chemistry to Tae. He gets buckled in but then leans over to Yoongi, the first time he’s seen him drive, and he nibbles on his neck, his ear, holds tight to his hand, as they head to school. He’s running his hands all over him, not wanting to stop their fun from last night. Yoongi keeps moving his hands aside, not wanting to get more turned on, afraid he’s going to need to pull the car over and ravish him once and for all.

“When we finally have sex there’s no way 24 hours will be enough,” Yoongi tells him, pinning his wrists to his thigh, trying to drive the last few blocks without crashing. “I’m taking you away somewhere I can have you to myself for days.”

Jungkook’s fingers are loose within his hold, using them to grip Yoongi’s thigh tight, to feel as much of as him as he can. “I’ll be all yours, to do whatever you like,” Jungkook tells him, sucking on his neck as Yoongi finally pulls into a spot.

Yoongi slams the car into park, turning and crushing his mouth to Jungkook’s, kissing him as if he hasn’t seen him in months. “What kind of spell have you put me under? I can never get enough of you,” Yoongi moans, finally resting their foreheads together, trying to calm them both before they have to go into the library.

“I think it’s you that’s trapped me,” Jungkook pants out, still trying to catch his breath after their last kiss, his hand still clenching on Yoongi’s thigh.

“We need to get inside, Tae’s waiting for you,” Yoongi moans, wanting instead to take him in the back seat and destroy him.

Jungkook keeps breathing deeply, his aroused scent driving Yoongi wild, needing to use every bit of his self control to hold himself back.

“Maybe this need will die down after we finally take each other,” Jungkook says, nibbling on his neck, almost biting his skin in his desire for more.

They both start laughing at the same time, knowing it’s only going to get more intense once they are finally together. “Let’s get you inside before our first time is in the backseat,” Yoongi groans, and Jungkook literally starts to try to crawl into Yoongi’s lap, over the center console, before Yoongi realizes he’s moving and holds his hips tight.

“Baby, we can play more later. Tae is waiting for you now,” Yoongi tells him, hating that he has to be the voice of reason but Jungkook is so aroused right now he knows he would do anything to be with him.

“Don’t care,” Jungkook pouts as he tries to steal his mouth in another kiss.

Yoongi holds him back by his hips, resting their foreheads together, telling him, “Baby, we need to settle down for now. I promise if you want we can go right back to bed after you’ve finished your lesson.”

“Promise?” Jungkook asks, looking up at him with so much love and need in his eyes Yoongi wants to take him back to his room now.

“Promise. The minute you’re done,” Yoongi answers, his eyes absolutely glowing with how much the other feels for him.

Jungkook gives him a quick peck on the lips before he’s grabbing his books and jogging into the library, obviously in a hurry to get the lesson done as soon as possible.

**

Namjoon is sitting at the library watching Jin go through a huge pile of books, making sure they’re all undamaged. He smiles as Jin pouts, tired from looking over so many books. He brought Jin lunch and is waiting for him to go on break so they can sit together. Jin looks up and catches Namjoon staring at him; he blushes before he looks away. Namjoon laughs, resting his chin on his hand.

“You’ve been staring at him for like 5 minutes as far as I know,” someone says.

Namjoon turns and sees Taehyung standing there with a weird look on his face, “Oh. Hi, I didn’t see you there.”

“No of course not, you’ve been staring at Jin the whole time.”

Namjoon rubs the back of his neck, “I was just waiting for him to go on his break.”

Taehyung nods, “You don’t mind if I sit here do you? Jungkookie’s running late. I wonder why.”

Namjoon laughs at Tae’s sarcasm, “No go ahead. We can keep each other company.”

Taehyung smiles as he sits down, placing his bag on the table, taking out his books.

“So how was your trip?” Namjoon asks trying to know more about him.

“It was good. My grandparents are really enjoying their new home. I mean it sucks to have them so far away, but as long as they’re happy,” Taehyung gives Namjoon a big boxy smile.

“That’s good for them. But why don’t your parents take care of them, if you don’t mind me asking,” Namjoon says hesitantly.

Taehyung’s smile drops, “They died when I was a child. My grandparents are all I have left.”

“Oh. I’m sorry for your loss, and for asking,” Namjoon lowers his head. “I lost my parents, too, when I was young.”

“It’s okay. It was a long time ago, I’ve come to accept it. And I’m sorry for your loss as well,” Taehyung smiles softly.

Jungkook and Yoongi walk in the library just then, looking around for them. They walk over once they see where they’re sitting.

“Sorry, we had a late morning,” Jungkook says, breathless from running into the library and even more so from the kisses beforehand.

“I wonder why,” Taehyung repeats dryly.

Namjoon laughs as Yoongi sits down across from him while Jungkook and Taehyung move over to the next table to start their tutoring session. Jin comes over, sitting next to Namjoon, sighing before kissing his cheek. Namjoon smiles and hands him his food and drink before getting out his own food. They eat together silently as Jin watches Yoongi.

“Relax, you act like Taehyung’s trying to take Jungkook away from you,” Jin says while chewing his food.

“They don’t have to sit so close together!” Yoongi hisses.

Jin rolls his eyes, “You literally have nothing to worry about. I’m like 25% sure Taehyung’s straight.”

Namjoon laughs silently as Yoongi stares at Jin with wide eyes.

“That doesn’t make me feel better!” Yoongi says with worry in his eyes.

“If they wanted to date they would’ve. I mean look at Tae, he’s a cutie and Jungkook’s fucking perfect. They’ve been friends for a long time and nothing’s ever happened between them. Besides, Jungkook would never cheat and he’s insanely in love with you,” Jin smiles at Yoongi.

“And Taehyung doesn’t strike me as the type to steal someone’s boyfriend,” Namjoon adds, handing Yoongi some bread.

“It’s been a long time since I’ve felt this type of worry. I don’t like it,” Yoongi pouts.

“Holy fuck, you’re so cute when you pout!” Jin coos.

“Fuck off,” Yoongi grumbles.

“If anything I’d say you’re more Tae’s type,” Jin takes a bite of his food, smirking as Yoongi’s eyes widen.

Namjoon laughs, watching Yoongi look over at Taehyung like he was trying to burn him, “I think Jungkook would fight him if he tried to take you from him.” Yoongi smiles at that, loving the perceived jealousy Jungkook would show.

Yoongi shakes his head wanting to change the subject, “Hey Jin? Can i ask you a serious question?”

Jin stops eating and looks at Yoongi nodding.

“What’s Jungkook’s favorite food?” Yoongi says nervously.

Jin purses his lips together thinking, “He likes a lot of things to be honest. I don’t think he really has a favorite food.”

Yoongi groans, laying his head on the table, “I want to make this date really special.”

“Well, I know he’s been dying to try lamb,” Jin says, smiling. “I’ve been trying to find a place that sells good lamb, but i haven’t had a lot of time.”

Yoongi looks up and starts thinking about his and Jungkook’s date, trying to get all the details worked out, figuring out if he can fit that in.

“Guess he’s done talking to us,” Namjoon says, watching Yoongi’s eyes glaze over.

“Hope they have fun. Anyways I have to get back to work before I get in trouble, “Jin says, standing up. “I’ll see you when i get out.”

Namjoon nods, looking up at Jin while he waits for him to lean down. He tugs on Jin’s shirt trying to bring him down, Jin smiling before kissing Namjoon sweetly. Jin goes back to work looking at his computer while Namjoon gets up and throws away the trash before sitting back in his seat looking at Yoongi.

“Are you gonna do that the whole time or actually keep me company?” Namjoon grumbles.

Yoongi shakes his head as he refocuses, looking at Namjoon, telling him, “I couldn’t say anything with the others around, which seems to be pretty much all the time now.”

Namjoon looks carefully at him, asking, “Is it getting to be too much?”

“Fuck no, if I could I’d have Guk with me all the time, staying over every night. I don’t know what the hell I’m gonna do if they bolt after I tell him, Joonie,” he confides, speaking so softly there’s no way anyone besides Namjoon can hear him, looking down at the table, lost as he contemplates his life without him in it.

“Don’t waste time worrying about things that haven’t happened yet. What were you going to tell me?” Namjoon asks, trying to distract him from his worries.

“Oh, someone was snooping around our apartment while we were gone. Nothing was taken as far as I can tell, but the bathroom closet door was left open, things under the sink were moved around, my bedroom was searched. They weren’t very careful, I don’t think they really knew what they were doing, or they didn’t care that we know,” Yoongi tells him. He continues, “I don’t think it was Hoseok, I couldn’t smell him. Besides, he has nothing to look for, no reason to snoop around, unless he’s just trying to mess with us, let us know he’s back.”

Namjoon stills, looking at Yoongi across the table, saying, “Fuck, that’s not good. I haven’t been back in my room yet, I’ll check when we go back tonight. Thing is there’s not really anything to find, I guess it’s more the absence of things rather than actual things.”

“The only evidence is our supply….” Yoongi says with a lost look in his eyes, not knowing if whoever searched found that or not. “I also saw Tae coming out of Jungkook’s bedroom, he was getting up off the floor, told me he was leaving him a gift, that he didn’t have one for Jin so he had to leave it in his room. But why would he be on the floor? I’ve had an odd feeling about him since the beginning; I think we should be extra careful what we say around him; I haven’t been in Jungkook’s room since to see if he left anything behind.”

“Yeah, the satchel and the topaz bracelets were a little over the top, he seemed almost disappointed that the bracelets didn’t affect us,” Namjoon adds.

“I loved the sneeze, got him to tell us some of the ingredients; he definitely planned it as a protectant against evil and dark forces. I almost died laughing when Jin wanted to use it for his spaghetti sauce, though they’d actually be dead if he cooked with it,” Yoongi says solemnly.

“Maybe I should get him some actual herbs, give him a little garden in his kitchen window…” Namjoon thinks, realizing he hasn’t gotten him any little courting gifts in a while. He decides to pick some up the next time he’s apart from Jin, which probably won’t be often this week.

“Do you think Jungkook minds that I don’t get him anything? We always seem to be at school or in our apartment. I mean, I know I’m taking him out this weekend, but it doesn’t really seem like we date much, you know?” Yoongi asks him, not sure if he’s doing things right.

“Hell if I know about dating,” Namjoon laughs. “But I don’t think Kook is one to mind not getting gifts. He just seems to want to be with you like all the time.”

Yoongi laughs, getting that lost faraway look in his eyes again, telling him, “The feeling’s mutual.”

After a minute Yoongi gets his head back into their current conversation, asking Namjoon, “Did you tell Jin yet?”

Namjoon shakes his head, playing with the bracelet Taehyung had gotten him, “No. I was planning to tell him when you and Jungkook have your date. I wanted to spend the night at Jin’s and have a date with him so you can have the apartment all to yourselves.”

Yoongi smiles, “Thanks. I’ll make sure it doesn’t go to waste.”

**

After about another hour Jungkook and Taehyung finish their tutoring session; Jungkook walks over and takes Yoongi’s hand sweetly, his eyes blazing with heat, saying goodbye distractedly as they leave the library together.

“So you’re just gonna sit here and wait for Jin to get off?” Taehyung asks as he put his things away.

Namjoon shrugs, “I finished everything I needed to, and I didn’t want to third wheel with Yoongi and Jungkook.”

“Doesn’t Jin still have like another two hours before he’s off?” Taehyung tilts his head, asking Namjoon.

“Yeah, but i don’t have anything else to do.”

Taehyung laughs as he sits across from Namjoon, “Well neither do I, so I’ll just keep you company until they kick us out.”

Namjoon’s eyes widen, “You don’t have to do that.”

Taehyung waves his hand dismissively, “It’s okay. I don’t have anywhere to be. So did Jin bathe in bug spray?”

“Yeah he did. I had to wipe him down at night,” Namjoon said, shaking his head at the memory.

“Yeah, the bugs just eat him up. I wonder why,” Taehyung questions, laughing to himself.

“He tastes sweet,” Namjoon smiles, not realizing what he’s said.

“What?” Taehyung’s eyes narrow, staring at Namjoon.

Namjoon clears his throat, angry at himself for the way he made it sound, “Sorry that was a dirty joke. Jin laughed.”

“Oh okay. I thought you were like sucking his blood or trying to eat him,” Taehyung laughs, a little forced.

Namjoon stares at him, shocked, “That’s weird.”

For the next two hours Taehyung and Namjoon talk about many different things, getting to know each other better. By the time Jin told them to leave they had already built a strong friendship. They seemed to have many things in common, and laughed at all the same things. When Jin meets Namjoon outside, Taehyung was telling Namjoon about some of the crazy adventures he’s had. The three of them talk for a while, until Namjoon notices Jin’s scent has changed into hunger. They say their goodbyes and go their separate ways.

“You seem to be getting along with him better than I thought you would,” Jin says, lacing their fingers together.

Namjoon smiles, “Yeah. I don’t know he just reminded me of my brother for some reason. The way he jokes around and laughs is similar. My brother was the joker of the family and always got along with everyone he met.”

“That’s funny. Taehyung always makes friends easily. Likes to joke around too,” Jin points out.

“Yeah, it was easy to talk to him once we got past the awkwardness,” Namjoon smiles, pulling Jin closer.

They walk down the street and make their way into a small restaurant. Afterwards they go back to Jin’s apartment, undressing and snuggling up together under the blankets.Their touches become heated as they kiss and run their hands everywhere, greatly enjoying their time alone, getting to know each other’s bodies.

**

The four enjoy their week off of school, working on projects but spending most of their free time together. Yoongi hangs out in Jungkook’s apartment one afternoon while he edits their photos from the camping weekend, having literally hundreds to review. Jungkook is stretched out on the couch with his feet in Yoongi’s lap, Yoongi’s hands on his legs, innocently running his hands over his thighs while he reads a book for his class. He calls Yoongi over to show him a few of his favorites, ones that he’s enhanced and plans on printing for his room. He also took a few candids of Namjoon and Jin, wanting Yoongi’s opinion on them before he prints them as well, wanting to be sure Namjoon will be alright with that.

“Can you make extra prints of ours for me? I want to start covering our walls again, make it feel more like a home,” Yoongi tells him, liking a few of their softer moments in the black and white edits. He especially likes their lost, dreamy looks in the picture he managed to capture right after they kissed, both looking at the camera but clearly showing they’re still lost in each other.

“That’s my favorite of them all,” he tells Jungkook, kissing his cheek then resting his head against his, loving him so much but unable to tell him yet. Jungkook turns and looks at him, his own eyes sparkling as he touches his lips to his, telling him, “mine, too.”

Just then Namjoon comes in alone, Jin still at work, carrying a large box in his arms. “Need a hand?” Jungkook asks, not sure what he’s carrying.

“No, I just got Jinnie a small gift, wanted to bring it by so it’s a surprise when he gets home later,” Namjoon tells them, setting the box on the kitchen counter.

After a few minutes he calls them into the kitchen, and when they arrive he’s nervously looking down at the counter, avoiding eye contact, asking them what they think. Jungkook looks at the window in amazement; there’s a perfect little herb garden taking up the windowsill, 8 little colorful pots of different herbs all lined up in the sun. He smiles instantly, knowing Jin is going to love it.

Jungkook tells him, “You better be ready for Jin to be over the top crazy tonight… we never really got gifts growing up much, and this is going to mean so much to him. It’s perfect.” He goes and gives Namjoon a quick brotherly hug, roughly patting his back, telling him, “I’m really glad you finally agreed to go out with him; you guys are really good for each other.”

Yoongi and Jungkook leave then, taking the car and having prints made of the photos they want for their apartments, as well as some for class that he needs. They stop to have them framed after, out for several hours, both really enjoying their time together.

While they’re gone Jin comes home from the library, surprised the apartment door is open when he returns. He cautiously enters, finding Namjoon sitting at the kitchen island on his laptop, sipping on an iced tea that Jin always has ready in the fridge.

“Joonie! You’re here… did I forget to meet you somewhere?” Jin asks, surprised he’s in his apartment this afternoon, all alone if the silence is a sign of the others being out.

“No, you’re all good. Just wanted to see you when you got home,” Namjoon tells him as he hugs him hello, pressing a kiss to his hair.

Just then Jin notices the earthy smells in the kitchen, not sure where they’re coming from. He continues holding onto him while he looks around, his eyes finally settling on the windowsill.

“Joonie what did you do?!?” he exclaims as he runs over to look at the windowsill.

“I got you a present. Do you like it?” Namjoon asks nervously.

Jin turns around with tears in his eyes, “Are you kidding? Joonie I love it!”

He hugs Namjoon tightly, bringing him down for a kiss. Jin pours all his emotions into the kiss, wanting Namjoon to know how much he loves him and appreciates the gift. When he pulls aways he smiles at Namjoon and kisses his cheek.

“Now I can make dinner! Jin exclaims, convincing Namjoon to run to the market with him to pick up what’s needed.

When they return, Jin happily runs to his new little garden and picks out some herbs, washing them and setting them aside. He begins to cook a small dinner for him and Namjoon, cooking extra for Jungkook for the next day. Namjoon stares at Jin, watching as he hums and smiles while cooking. When he starts slicing and cutting things Namjoon keeps reminding Jin to be careful and to take things slower, Jin laughing but thanking him for being so concerned.

After dinner Jin takes Namjoon’s hand, leading him into his bedroom and laying him down. Before Namjoon can question him, Jin is already pulling his pants down, wanting to suck him off, feeling excited ever since he saw the gift Joonie had gotten him. Once both Namjoon and Jin have come they cuddle until Jin falls asleep. Namjoon admires him and keeps him close to him, wanting to feel his warmth and his soft breathing all night.

**

It’s Finally Saturday….

Yoongi’s been nervous all week, trying to plan the perfect date for Jungkook, and he can’t wait to see what he’s decided upon. Yoongi even sent him home around midnight the night before, kissing him passionately at the door, leaving him a whimpering mess, telling him he wants to pick him up for his date, make it special. Jungkook assumes they won’t see each other until that evening so he’s still in bed fast asleep at 10 am when he gets a text from Yoongi:

Yoongles : Time to wake up beautiful

Yoongles: We have a date today

Jungkook : Morning babe

Jungkook: I’m catching up on my sleep so I’m ready for tonight

Yoongles : Oh no… it’s an all day date

Yoongles: Be ready by 11

Jungkook: Serious?? I need more than an hour to get ready!!!

Jungkook: (Panic sets in O.O eek!!))

Jungkook: What should I wear?

Jungkook: Where are we going?

Jungkook: You should know I’m nervous as fuck now

Yoongles: Y r u nervous??

Yoongles: We’ve been together all week

Jungkook: Aren’t u nervous?

Yoongles : Fucking terrified

Yoongles: Want this to be perfect

Yoongles: Afraid Im gonna fuck this up

Jungkook: Baby, there’s no way u can fuck this up

Jungkook: U’ve been nervous all week

Jungkook: I just want u to have a good time with me

Jungkook: It’s gonna be perfect no matter what we do

Jungkook: U know we could have stayed in, doesn’t matter to me

Yoongles: I know… just wanna give u a special day

Jungkook: Luv u baby <3 <3

Jungkook: Every day is special with u

Jungkook: So… what should I wear?? What kind of date is this?

Yoongles: Wear nicer pants or jeans

Yoongles: Bring ur camera

Yoongles: Dress up a little, a few nicer stops, not too fancy

Jungkook: Fuck… dress up clothes… Yoongi….

Jungkook: <3 <3 :’’’’’’))))

Yoongi: What? Just wanna treat u right

Yoongi: Just like jeans and a button up

Yoongi: Luv u baby

Yoongi: Be ready at 11

Jungkook screams excitedly, Yoongi hearing him across the hall and laughing, his smile taking over his whole face, loving how excited he is. Jin comes running into his room wrapped in a towel, just out of the shower and dripping wet, wanting to know what’s wrong…

Jungkook shows him his phone and the series of texts, Jin smiling as he reads their conversation. “God Kookie he’s so gone for you… I know he hasn’t said it yet but that boy is in deep,” Jin tells him, so happy his brother has someone in his life who loves him so much.

“I’m just as gone Jinnie, I’m so excited for today, spending the whole day together that he planned for us,” Jungkook tells him, unable to wipe the smile off his face.

“Shit, but what the fuck am I gonna wear? I didn’t have any notice and I only have 50 minutes left!!” he moans as he remembers he doesn’t have much time to get ready.

“You go hit the shower fast, I’ll pick our your best choices,” Jin tells him, running to go get himself dressed first so he quits dripping all over the floor.

Jungkook takes the world’s fastest shower, styling and drying his hair while he dries his body. He races into his bedroom to see three outfit choices laid out on his bed, courtesy of his favorite brother. Jin is still rummaging in his closet, pulling out one last pair of pants.

“OK, these pants make your thighs and ass look amazing. Yes I know I’m your brother but since it’s not genetic I’m allowed to say that without it being too weird. This shirt sets off the color of your eyes and skin tone, or if you like this better it’s more fitted. Your waist will look amazing with this shirt tucked into those pants. Since you don’t know where you’re going you don’t want anything too tight, you might have roller skating or laser tag or batting cages in your lineup for today,” Jin continues.

“Thanks Jinnie for all your help. Let me try this yellow shirt with the black pants, see how it looks together,” he tells him, quickly getting dressed, adding a belt. He likes the look but then he says, “Fuck, what shoes go with this? It’s all day, we might be walking a lot.”

Jin tells him, “Wear your black timberlands, they’re newer and not scuffed up and you love them. You’ll feel more like yourself in them.”

Jin starts pulling out his rings and earrings that Jungkook likes but he stops him, telling him, “It seems like he doesn’t really like when I wear the rings. I’ll just put some hoops in instead.”

“That’s odd, I’ve stopped wearing my rings as well. Wonder why they don’t like them,” Jin muses as he fluffs Kookie’s hair up, making it look a little messier, sexier, like he just crawled out of bed. Jungkook doesn’t really pay much attention as he decides to add a bit of eyeliner, just enough for the dressier date, Yoongi not really seeing him like this before.

He’s finally done, checking himself out in the full length closet mirror, and he’s happy with how it all turned out, hoping Yoongi will be as well. Jin walks up and smacks him on the ass, telling him to turn around and check out the backside, and Jungkook laughs as he turns himself. He has to agree with Jin, these pants really do make his ass look good. He bumps his shoulder into Jin, thanking him for his help in getting ready on time.

Just then he hears a knock on the apartment door, his stomach fluttering in excitement as he realizes it’s already time to go. He asks Jin, “Can you put my stuff away, in case we come back here tonight? I don’t know what Namjoon has planned for you either, which apartment we’ll be in.”

“No problem, go have fun! We’ll talk tomorrow, compare notes about our romantic old-fashioned boyfriends. Stay safe! Oh wait… your camera!!” Jin laughs, rushing after him with his bag.

Jungkook runs to the door to let Yoongi in, and when he opens the door Jungkook’s jaw literally drops, Yoongi looks so beautiful, so attractive, hot as hell, so much more polished than they usually are. “Fuck Yoongi, you’re beautiful,” Jungkook whispers, loving the way he looks, what he’s doing for him today. Yoongi’s dressed in a fitted long-sleeve black t-shirt along with the dress pants he loved the other night that show off his amazing ass, and his makeup and hair are perfect, Jungkook’s hands itching to run through it, make it even messier.

Yoongi is speechless, having to shake himself out of his stupor, just staring into Jungkook’s eyes, loving him so much. “Guk, oh my god you look amazing. Not that you don’t always, but this is so much more… thanks for doing this for me.”

Jin walks up then, telling him he needs a picture of them together on their first official date, both of them embarrassed but letting him do it, not minding having a photo of them together to add to their walls. The photo catches the love in their eyes, the soft misty look being exchanged between them, both obviously head over heels for the other.

They head down to the car, Yoongi resting his hand on Jungkook’s lower back as they walk, sending tingles down his spine already even though they just left. He opens the car door for him, waiting until he buckles the belt before he shuts his door, jogging around the front to enter the driver’s side. He sits there for a moment just staring at his date, finally saying, “I promised myself I wouldn’t do this until later, but I can’t help myself,” before he leans in and kisses Jungkook softly on each cheek, then his chin, and finally his lips, taking a moment to taste him, nibble on his plump lower lip, taste his tongue, before he pulls back and starts the car.

They hold hands while Yoongi drives, Jungkook nervous even though they’ve been together for months. The silence in the car is getting awkward, Yoongi laughing as he tells him, “We’ve been dating for four months already, why is today so different?”

“I don’t know, this is like making it official, you know? You asked me out and made plans and we dressed up. I’m nervous as fuck,” Jungkook laughs as he confides to him, squeezing his hand tighter.

“Don’t be, or you’re gonna make me more nervous too. I want this date to be perfect, Guk,” he tells him, holding his hand tight as they head out of town. They drive for a while, heading toward the outskirts of town, finally pulling into the Arboretum Park, Yoongi parking in between some other cars. He leans into the backseat and pulls out a blanket and a small cooler, telling him to grab his camera.

They start walking down the path, Jungkook not sure why they’re there; even if it’s just to take a walk on this beautiful spring day under the canopy of the blooming trees he’s totally fine with that. They finally come to a break in the trees, turning to following another walkway, and they are met with the most magnificent sight Jungkook has even seen. There are literally acres upon acres of blossoming cherry trees, the beautiful white and pink flowers are all that can be seen in all directions.

Jungkook’s eyes light up as he stops and just takes in the beautiful sight, looking at Yoongi and whispering a “thank you,” loving this new experience. He had heard of the spring flowers but never knew they were this close to the college town, never before experiencing the feeling of being surrounded like this. He pulls his camera out, not knowing how he best wants to capture the moment but knowing it could take some time to get exactly what he wants. Yoongi brought his camera along today as well, now taking pictures of Jungkook with his eyes sparkling as he’s focused on his camera.

They wander for a few hours, getting lost in the beauty of the blossoms, finally taking a break and spreading a blanket out underneath some lush trees, laying on their backs and capturing the sun breaking through the branches, the blue sky a captivating backdrop to the photos. Yoongi had finished a while ago, and Jungkook finally sets his camera aside as he captures Yoongi’s hand in his, both laying on their backs on the blanket, finally looking at each other instead of the flowers.

“It’s so beautiful here, Yoongi, thanks for bringing me. I can’t believe I’ve burned through so much memory taking pictures of the blossoms, we’ve been here for hours now,” he tells him, loving that he has patience for this, for him, letting him take his time to enjoy the day. “I’ll never forget this day.”

“It’s only just begun, Guk,” he says as he lays on his side, keeping a respectable distance between them but running his finger down his cheek. “Wish so bad that I could kiss you here,” he tells him, and Jungkook rolls onto his side facing him, kissing his lips softly, keep it chaste and sweet. They stay like that for just a moment, Yoongi knowing it’s too tempting to take it further, and he presses one more sweet kiss to his lips before he sits up, opening the small cooler he brought with mini-sandwiches and small bottles of wine.

“Just a little snack to tie us over since I’m sure I didn’t give you much time to eat this morning,” Yoongi tells him, opening up the small containers. Jungkook sits up and accepts the food, thanking him again as their thighs touch, eating and enjoying their glass of wine. “I was going to bring a full picnic but I have something else planned for dinner later.”

“Do you now…. Any clues?” Jungkook asks teasingly, to which Yoongi replies, “None whatsoever. You just need to roll with today. I tried to find things to do that I thought you might enjoy.”

“I don’t care what we do Yoongi, as long as I’m with you. I told you we could have stayed in together and it wouldn’t have mattered,” Jungkook tells him, running his finger along his cheek, loving him so much. “But this is a perfect dream date… walking with you under the cherry blossoms… sharing a glass of wine… holding your hand…” as he reaches across and holds it tight in his own.

“I know, but you deserve some sweet dates too,” he tells him, packing up their little picnic. “Did you take all the photos you wanted?” Yoongi asks, ready to leave the park.

“Not quite, I want to capture one of us together with all the blossoms behind us,” Jungkook tells him, working to set up the perfect shot. After a few attempts he manages to get the background solidified, now he just needs to get Yoongi in the right frame of mind. He wraps his arms around his waist, nipping on his chin, teasing his neck with sultry kisses, then whispers, “Is you having your way with me tonight part of your plans? Because I’m really hoping we can continue what you were doing to me up against the tree, when we were camping…”

Yoongi’s eyes flash instantly, so hot, so turned on, remembering how he had just started to ease his tongue into him when Jungkook exploded, so sensitive to his touch. He would give anything to try that again, to go further, deeper, make him beg this time. “You would let me do that? Take you like that again?” Yoongi asks, his voice gravelly with his need burning through him.

“I’ve been waiting for you to do it again, babe. Can’t wait to fall apart on your mouth,” Jungkook tells him, kissing him deeply, nipping at his plump lower lip, sucking it harshly into his mouth. Yoongi moans wantonly, ready to go back to their apartment now. When he pulls back from the  kiss his eyes are lost in Jungkook, the need burning bright, the brilliant amber replacing the normally warmer brown, and Jungkook takes the last few photos, wanting to capture this moment forever. Just in case…. In case they don’t last forever.

When they finally calm with promises of continuing this later, Yoongi folds up the blanket and they head back to the car hand in hand, ready for their next stop.

Yoongi drives back into the city now heading downtown, parking in an area Jungkook’s not familiar with but is full of trendier shops and boutiques. They walk around, looking in the various windows, until Yoongi pulls him into a gallery that’s showing a local photographer’s recent works, someone who has become popular in the past few years. They walk around slowly, looking at the different pieces of art, amazed at the depth of emotion the artist has captured in each work.

They are admiring a photograph of an elderly woman with a small child, the love wonderfully captured between them, the edges softened and the colors enhanced to portray the feelings being emitted, when the artist stops to speak with them, introducing himself. They compliment his work and wind up speaking with him for quite some time, admiring his photos of the cherry blossoms from last year. The couple shares that they just left the park, having spent a few hours there capturing the breathtaking views, and he provides some insight into things Jungkook should try on his next day of shooting. He also discusses an apprenticeship he offers to students at the university, providing his card with his email and contact information.

Jungkook shakes his hand, promising to be in touch, planning to send his best shots from today once he has a chance to edit them; receiving his feedback is a once in a lifetime opportunity.

They leave the gallery soon after, Jungkook hugging Yoongi tight once they’re outside away from the entrance. He returns the hug, asking if he’s alright. Jungkook finally pulls away a bit, staring into his eyes with his own filled with emotion, telling him, “I just don’t know how to thank you for today, for really getting me, for taking the time to understand me. You make the effort to figure out things that matter to me; you’re really giving me a day that’s so personal. Besides Jinnie no one has ever really done that, except my last family.”

Yoongi pulls him tighter, hugging him closer as he kisses his hair, telling him softly, “You matter, Guk, so much. Of course I want to give you a day that’s about you, what interests you. I wish I could do more.”

“Baby, no. I told you I would have been happy staying at home with you. But the park full of cherry blossoms, followed up with the gallery visit, it’s just so much,” Jungkook tells him, his eyes damp with unshed tears.

“Well, you better be ready for more, we’re not nearly done yet,” Yoongi tells him, kissing his cheek again before leading him down the street to a popular Korean barbecue restaurant. Yoongi gives his name and they’re escorted to a private little booth toward the back, tucked away from the noise and crowds.

After the host leaves, Yoongi sets the menus on the table for a moment, telling him, “Jin said you’d like to try lamb and they’re known for the best kabobs in the area. If you’d rather not try something new we can get whatever you like.”

Jungkook takes his hand across the table, squeezing it tight, wishing he could kiss him silly right now, his eyes sparkling with love and hunger. Yoongi smiles, telling him, “Yeah, I wanna kiss you too, but that needs to wait for later,” taking his hand and kissing it sweetly instead.

“I’m starting to worry how easily you can read me,” Jungkook tells him softly, slotting a foot between Yoongi’s, needing the additional contact. Yoongi closes his feet and legs tighter around his, holding him close, able to touch him a bit better now.

“So, what would you like to eat?” he asks, passing Jungkook the menu to peruse. He looks through it quickly, asking if he’s ever had lamb.

Yoongi chuckles quietly, telling him, “It’s actually my favorite meat. I was excited when Jin told me you wanted to try it, that I could share it with you. Let’s order a few meats, so in case you don’t like it you’ll have something else to enjoy.”

The waiter comes to their table, taking their order, and they have some time to talk while they wait for their meals. Their food arrives quickly, the lamb having a distinctive but delicious aroma, Jungkook just now realizing how hungry he is after not eating much all day, his stomach rumbling loudly.

Yoongi laughs with him, apologizing that he didn’t feed him earlier. “It’s okay, there’s enough here for a few meals,” he tells him before they both start adding food to their plates, having ordered a variety of things to try. Jungkook samples the lamb, moaning in an almost sexual way at the way the meat melts on his tongue, closing his eyes to savor the taste. When he opens his eyes he’s surprised to see Yoongi just sitting there watching him, those beautiful amber eyes staring at him while his hand is clenched tight on his chopsticks, paused half-way on the way to his own mouth.

“Good?” he asks, a smirk on his tempting lips, his provocative tongue sticking out and teasing him.

“Fuck Yoongi, so good,” he answers, gently running his own tongue along his lips, dishing it right back at him.

Yoongi just laughs loudly, loving their time together, the way they get along so well, the sexual chemistry that’s always burning between them. “Eat your food, you’re gonna need the energy later,” he prompts, wanting him to enjoy the meal.

“You, too,” Jungkook tells him, his eyes still heated with desire, bumping his knee up against his under the table.

“Is that a promise?” Yoongi asks, loving their playful bantering.

“Oh, most definitely. We’re gonna see who can last the longest, then come the most,” Jungkook growls out, ready to go play now. “Maybe we’ll add a little strip poker in for fun.”

They had both stopped eating while they flirted, but Yoongi does seriously want him to eat well. “Eat up then, Guk, sounds like we may be up all night.”

“Is that a promise?” Jungkook asks, continuing their fun.

“As long as you can last,” Yoongi teases, taking a mouthful of lamb, tracing his lips seductively.

“What makes you think you can outlast me?” Jungkook teases, now chewing on his mouth-watering dinner.

“Did you forget about my little ability of staying hard for hours?” Yoongi asks, to which Jungkook responds, “eventually even you have to get tired, need to sleep.”

Yoongi chokes on his rice, quickly taking a quick gulp of his water, Jungkook having no idea how close is he to stumbling across a clue of his existence.

Jungkook runs his hand across Yoongi’s, asking if he’s ok, telling him they’ll continue their teasing tonight in bed, to enjoy his meal for now. Yoongi smiles, loving that he’s worried for him, but having no idea what he’s in for.

They eventually leave, bypassing dessert as they’re both beyond full, walking past the shops now, eventually finding a small street market of crafts that are locally made. Jungkook stops to browse a stand with jewelry, Yoongi wrapping his arm loosely around his waist and tucking his hand in his back pocket, holding onto his ass, while he peruses the choices.

Jungkook keeps going back to a pretty arrowhead necklace, wrapped and secured in a hand-braided cord rather than a chain, and Yoongi squeezes him closer, asking if he likes it. As they’re discussing it the owner comes up, smiling at them, explaining that the arrowhead is a talisman of protection, courage and strength. The owner walks away while they consider, Yoongi asking lovingly, “Would you like to get them as couple’s necklaces? Or is that too forward of me to ask?”

Jungkook whips his head around so quickly as he inhales loudly, asking, “You would want to do something like that with me?”

“Of course, but only if you’d like to do something like that with me. Or we can pick something else out at a different store if you’d like,” Yoongi tells him, holding him tightly up against him.

“No, this is perfect, you’ve made me feel stronger and braver ever since I met you, and you always take care of me. It’s perfect as our item, if you’re sure,” Jungkook asks again.

“I’m sure. Pick out the one you’d like to wear, and one for me as well,” he tells him, calling the shop owner over for assistance. After they find the two they like Jungkook insists on buying Yoongi’s for him since it’s a gift, and they hold onto each other’s for now, planning to exchange them later. After they pay, the shop owner pushes his shirt aside, showing that he’s wearing one identical to theirs, looking at Yoongi as he tells him, “These last for an eternity, as will your love, just as mine has,” his eyes taking on a hint of amber as he hands them their bags, the color gone so quickly Yoongi isn’t sure if he imagined it.

They continue walking through town, eventually heading to the bank of the river, everyone spreading blankets to wait for the sunset. Yoongi hadn’t brought theirs along, leaving it in the car during dinner, but they decide to sit anyways, finding a sandy spot where they won’t stain their pants in the dirt. They sit close, resting up against each other, watching as the sun sinks into the water, kissing softly and making a wish. Yoongi opens up his bag, wanting to give Jungkook his necklace here, thinking he won’t find a more perfect time. Jungkook pulls his out as well, kissing him sweetly. Yoongi holds his necklace in his hand, while holding Jungkook’s hand with the other one, telling him, “When I first met you I thought you were the quieter of our two new annoying neighbors across the hall, put there to make my life miserable, occasionally stealing glances and watching me with those beautiful, stunning eyes of yours. When Jin started chasing Joonie down I thought we were going to have to move out to finally get him to leave us alone. I had no idea that day at the amusement park was going to make me want to spend every waking moment with you. Will you be my official boyfriend, spend all your moments with me?”

He pauses for just a breath, starting to add, “I know you still don’t know,” but Jungkook stops him, placing his finger gently on his lips to quiet him, telling him, “Yes, I want to be your official boyfriend, regardless. I always want to be with you, I miss you the moment you’re gone. And I’m so glad you didn’t move out to get away from Jinnie. I promise, he grows on you.”   

Jungkook leans into him and kisses him so lovingly, Yoongi is unable to doubt that he wants to be his. He knows he needs to tell him soon, he can’t wait much longer; they’re both already in way too deep, not knowing how he’d ever live without him.

When they break apart they gently put the necklaces on each other, adjusting the ties for the length they desire, kissing again as they touch the arrowheads with their palms on each other’s chests, feeling a heat transfer from them as they hold each other tight. They both quickly glance at the other, neither sure if what they just felt really happened, neither speaking of it. They stay there on the riverbank kissing until the sun has completely disappeared, walking back hand in hand to their car across town, stopping for an ice cream along the way, sampling each other’s flavors, teasing each other sweetly.

**

When they get back to Yoongi’s apartment he leads him into the living room by the hand, kissing him the entire time, sitting on the sofa and pulling Jungkook onto his lap, running his hands through his hair, down his back, holding his hips tight, getting lost in him. Jungkook is whimpering already from the feelings, the whole day so romantic, so over the top, his heart is aching with his love for him.

When Jungkook pulls back the next time Yoongi asks, “Take a bath with me? Wanna hold you close, be together like that.”

“You know you’re killing me here, right?” Jungkook moans, stealing his mouth in another heated, loving kiss, not wanting to ever break away.

“Then it’s working, my plans to break down all your defenses, give you the most romantic date of your life,” Yoongi answers, biting down his neck, licking at the pulse that he can taste under his skin, moaning as he so badly wants to take him, make him his once and for all.

Jungkook retrieves some towels while Yoongi starts the water in the tub, making the temperature toasty warm, adding a bath bomb titled Desire into the water, the sultry scents of jasmine, ylang ylang and clary sage encompassing the room quickly. Jungkook tells him, “You’ve thought of everything,” holding Yoongi from behind as he adjusts the temperature, running his hands all over his back and chest, pulling his shirt out of his pants so he can touch his bare skin.

He now takes the time to run his hands over his ass that’s been tempting him in those pants all day; he can’t believe Yoongi wore them and he couldn’t touch him, and he wants him to keep them on for a few more minutes. ”These pants, Yoongi, can you wear them again for me soon? I didn’t want to be rude and rut up against you in public tonight, but I didn’t get a chance to feel you in them, tease you. I fucking love these on you, just want to hold onto your ass in them all night.”

Yoongi laughs, telling him, “If you’d rather I can leave them on all night, skip the bath….. and the rest.”

“Fuck no, but I may put them back on you later so I can feel you in them,” he tells him, running his hands all over him, squeezing his ass tight, tracing a finger between his cheeks. “I love the way your ass looks and feels in them.”

Yoongi lights the one large vanilla spice scented candle that he placed on the ledge of the tub, turning off the lights as he finally turns to face Jungkook, kissing him slowly, hoping to make their evening last all night long. They slowly undress each other, nibbling on each other’s skin, helping each other out of their shirts, pants, briefs, finally stepping into and sinking down into the tub, turning off the water as the scent completely envelops them. At first Jungkook takes the back, pulling Yoongi into his arms, holding him tight while he gently runs his hands all over him, setting up a slow burn as he slowly washes what he can reach above the water.

As they both grow more hungry Jungkook pulls Yoongi on top of his lap, kissing him continuously, running his hands everywhere, teasing him while their kisses grow more heated, more sensual, his hands not knowing what part of him to focus on first. He groans in frustration, Yoongi pulling back a bit with a worried look in his eyes, asking him, “What’s wrong baby?”

“I don’t know what to do first. I know that sounds really stupid, but it’s been such a perfect day I don’t want to ruin anything, don’t want it to end,” Jungkook tells him, kissing all along his neck and jaw, nibbling on his skin, pretending to try to mark him while he loves the feel of his skin under his lips, hiding his face in his neck while he does.

“Hey, there’s no way you could ruin anything. Ever. No matter what we do. Do you want me to lead instead, take care of you?” Yoongi asks, thinking he may like not having to make any decisions tonight.

Jungkook feels shy having to talk about this, but he knows he needs to be open about his needs. “Could you? At least for now?”

“Of course. Anytime you want to change back just do what you want, ok?” he asks, lifting his chin so he can be sure he’s ok with this idea. Jungkook looks into his eyes and nods, his face visibly relaxing as he knows Yoongi will take care of him, like he has been all day.

“Can we have a safe word, in case I’m doing anything you don’t like? I just want an easy way for you to stop me if you need to,” Yoongi asks him, not wanting to overwhelm him but rather have an out anytime he wants.

“I don’t think I need one…” he replies, kissing his shoulders now, going lower, but Yoongi insists. “I’d feel better if we had one. Neither of us is very experienced, I don’t want us to feel uncomfortable together at all.”

“Fine, how about ‘ bubble bath ’,” Jungkook asks, the first calm thought that comes to mind.

“That works for me. Also can we use the normal stoplight colors, yellow to slow down, red to stop if we need to scale things down?” Yoongi asks, Jungkook agreeing as he starts tracing his hands down Yoongi’s back, getting closer to his ass.

“Can we do less talking and more touching now?” Jungkook asks, his cheeks flushed from the talk and the heat of the bathwater, and he wants Yoongi’s wonderful, magical hands on him already.

“So bossy,” Yoongi teases before he crushes his mouth to Jungkook’s, twining his fingers through his hair, angling his head better to take the kiss even deeper. He slips his hips forward and wraps his legs behind him so he can slot his cock next to his, wanting to tease him a bit, get them both back to panting and needy once again.

Jungkook slides his hands down Yoongi’s back and grips his ass, sliding his fingers between his cheeks, holding him tight up against his own cock, tipping his hips to get the friction just right. Yoongi tells him, “Remember, baby, this first time we want to see how long we can last.”

“Shouldn’t we come quick, so the next time can take forever?” Jungkook asks, already rutting his hips up against him faster than before.

“Nope, going to tease the shit out of you, see how long we can last,” he tells him, earning a whine of protest, laughing at his pout. “This should be easy, we don’t have any lube, simply our mouths and hands and a bath, how hard can it be….”

Jungkook decides he’s going to try to destroy Yoongi first before he can set to work on him. He kisses down his neck and chest, finding the spots that making him whimper, then latches onto a nipple, sucking hard, biting down gently with his teeth, using his tongue until Yoongi is grinding his cock up into his. He could probably get him to come like this but Yoongi uses his hands to play with his tits now too, pinching them, twisting them, pulling on them until he’s groaning, the vibrations making Yoongi feel even better.

Jungkook rubs his fingers between Yoongi’s ass, gently caressing him, playing with his opening and running lower, the water proving to be a slippery distraction. Between Jungkook’s fingers and mouth Yoongi is turning into a moaning mess, holding onto him more for balance than to torment him now. Jungkook reaches for the soap on the ledge and pulls his hands away for a minute, lathering them up, asking Yoongi to kneel up, straddling him now.

Yoongi looks down at him, tracing a finger down his cheek; Jungkook uses both hands that are slick and soapy to touch Yoongi now, quickly running his hands along the length of his cock, stroking him firmly, applying an extra little twist and squeeze at the tip, making him groan. When Yoongi starts thrusting his hips faster, in time with his hands, Jungkook slows down the pace, making each pass last a few long excruciating seconds now, the feelings driving him crazy with want.

“Baby, no fair,” Yoongi moans, groaning even louder as he slips one hand lower to play with his balls, slipping his hands all around him, squeezing first one then the other, then toying with them both, eventually slipping even further back to play behind. His soapy finger could easily slip inside his ass but he doesn’t want to hurt him, irritate him, when they have all night to play.

His cock is now squeaky clean and Jungkook is dying to taste him, so he runs some fresh water and rinses him off, the pressure of the water from the nozzle making him moan with need. When the soap is rinsed he sinks his mouth down on him, nibbling with his teeth as he goes, teasing him, tickling his slit with his tongue repeatedly.

Yoongi eventually moans out, “Thought you wanted me to lead tonight,” bucking his hips as Jungkook finally takes him all the way in. Jungkook groans, getting him all wet and messy, the sounds amplified in the tiled bathroom, making Yoongi moan even louder. “Baby don’t make me come like this, wanna last longer… make me burn for you.”

Jungkook slips his mouth off, telling him as he looks up with a sparkle in his eyes, “I was just gonna edge you like this a few times, bring you to the brink and back.”

“You’re such a little tease,” Yoongi tells him before he pulls him up and kisses the shit out of him, destroying his mouth with his tongue, loving that he tastes himself on him already. “Let’s dry off, move to the bed. I love seeing you tangled up in my sheets, baby,” he growls out possessively, Jungkook shivering from the deep tone of his voice.

They rinse off and move to his room, bringing the candle along, pulling the covers back so they can lie down together. Yoongi goes to take the top, planning to destroy Jungkook, but he flips them over, pinning Yoongi beneath him, both laughing at the change of mood. Yoongi could easily take control but he pretends to struggle against him, wanting to wrestle with him, both getting more turned on the more they play.

Yoongi finally lets him win, or so he thinks, pretending to pant breathlessly beneath him, his arms pinned by his head; he lifts his hips and thigh into Jungkook’s balls that are right over him as his legs are straddling one of his, not having thought out the position of his body very well. Yoongi uses his legs to trap Jungkook’s, leaving him no choice but to let him grind up against his balls and perineum, moaning at the feeling, knowing he could make him come like this.

Jungkook laughs, telling him, “Okay, one point for you, should we try again? Best two out of three?”

Yoongi laughs, leaning up to kiss him, telling him, “I love…. Spending time with you,” staring into his eyes, both of them knowing what he almost said.

Jungkook tells him, “I love…. Spending time with you too,” kissing him heatedly, releasing the hold on his wrists. Yoongi immediately wraps his arms around him, pulling him down, moving his leg out of the way just in time. Once Jungkook relaxes Yoongi rolls them and pins them, laying down flat on his body, not taking a chance with him, but Jungkook just bucks his hips up into him, crushing both of their cocks together.

“I’m not sure this gives either one of us a point,” Jungkook laughs, and Yoongi replies, “Or it gives me two and I win.”

“Nope, you need to earn your own points,” he argues back, Yoongi releasing his hold as they eye each other playfully. They both get on their knees, nakie and hard and acting silly while dripping precum, Yoongi counting down “3….2….1...go”, both of them reaching for the other, trying to be the first to pin the other down. If Yoongi didn’t have super-human strength and speed Jungkook could easily overpower him, winning without a doubt. But Yoongi cheats and uses just enough to make the match a bit more even, even veering into his benefit a bit.

This time they’ve learned from their mistakes, both of them careful not to get pinned on their back. They’re on their knees, trying to keep their balance on the mattress, tickling and laughing and grabbing inappropriately at each other, when Yoongi manages to flip Jungkook around and he lands on the mattress on his stomach with Yoongi falling and landing on top of him, knocking the air out of both of them and slotting his cock perfectly between his ass cheeks.

Yoongi probably weighs twenty pounds less but the momentum of him landing on top still has Yoongi concerned he might have hurt him. Before he continues playing he asks, “Guk, are you ok? I’ll get off if I hurt you.”

Jungkook has his breath back, telling him, “I’m good, you barely weigh anything. Not even sure this gets you a point,” teasing him, trying to give him some shit to have him get off him before he gets him off.

Yoongi just laughs, whispering into his ear as he bites on it seductively, telling him, “Nice try, this is my second point, no doubt about it. Think I’ll show you why since you seem to think it’s not going to be a problem.”

Jungkook silently groans; it’s already a problem, his cock throbbing beneath him, getting ground into the sheets. But it’s not the pressure of the sheets that are a problem; it’s Yoongi’s mouth biting on his ear, it’s his hands holding him down, and it’s his cock; his huge, hard, magnificent cock, slotted between his ass. He’s been waiting for him to take him, fuck him, make him beg, for months now, and this is the closest he’s come to being in a position to just slip right in.

Yoongi’s only been tormenting him for maybe 30 seconds and he’s pitifully close to coming, but he doesn’t want to come like this, into the sheets. He wants to see him, kiss him, be able to touch him, as he comes. Or at least have his hands and his mouths taking him apart, making him beg.

“If I concede the point can we switch things up a bit? I really don’t want to rut into the sheets for my first time tonight,” Jungkook asks softly, Yoongi instantly releasing him and flipping him over, laying on top of him as he kisses him deeply, not even questioning his request to move. Yoongi eventually pulls back, his eyes simply glowing with love, asking him, “Is there something special you want to do first?”

“Can we continue where we left off in the woods?” Jungkook somewhat shyly asks, Yoongi smiling at him, asking him, “Do you want to stand again against a wall? Or blow me? Which part are we continuing?”

Jungkook pulls him down for a sensuous kiss before letting him go, getting so turned on just thinking about what he’s going to ask for. “Can you taste me again, but open me up too? I haven’t had your fingers in me yet, wanna feel what you can do to me.”

Yoongi groans at him, nipping at his lips, telling him, “I’d love to open you up, baby, fuck you with my fingers and my tongue, make you beg for more. Is that what you want? Wanna burn for me, cry pretty tears for me?”

Jungkook lifts his hips up into Yoongi’s, staring into his eyes that are absolutely glowing now, telling him, “Yes, please, take me like that. I’ve never felt that before, wanna know what you can do to me.”

Yoongi kisses him so roughly, wanting to devour him, and after a few minutes he pulls back, telling him, “I can’t wait Guk, just remember your colors, and our safe word. I can’t wait to make you beg for me to take you, make you all mine.

Yoongi kisses him again, hating to pull away but knowing they plan to do so much more tonight. He gets the bottle of lube and lays it on the bed next to him, needing it nearby. Yoongi asks him, “Can you turn over for me, get on your hands and knees for a little while? I know you want to face me, but if we start off this way it makes it easier, baby.”

Jungkook pulls him into another kiss, using his tongue to wreck Yoongi, turning him into a moaning mess at the thought of taking him like that. Yoongi finally breaks away, running his hand down his body, squeezing first his slender waist, and then his hips, tapping him gently and telling him, “Roll over for me, let me see that pretty ass of yours, take it for the first time, make you mine.”

Jungkook whimpers at that, his cock leaking at his words, at the thought of him finally taking him in that way. He knows he’s not going to last long, he just hopes he can keep up, not disappoint Yoongi.

He rolls over onto his hands and knees, getting comfortable with a few pillows under his head and chest for support, holding himself stiffly, not at all relaxed. Yoongi knows he needs to loosen him up, turn him on, if he’s going to enjoy it at all. He gets up behind him, kissing all along his back, then his ass, then his thighs, separating his legs more, pressing down on his back to arch it so pretty, making Yoongi whimper in need.

Surprisingly it’s that sound that has Jungkook moaning and widening his stance, so turned on already, telling him, “Please touch me Yoongi, don’t make me wait any longer.”

Yoongi goes in and kisses along his ass, nibbling on him, making him comfortable so that he doesn’t flinch at every touch. He spreads him open a bit, Yoongi’s mouth already drooling at just the thought of finally tasting him again, the last time not nearly enough, barely getting the tip of his tongue in him. He wants everything this time: tongue and fingers and Guk crying out in his need for more.

He holds his hips tight in his hands, using his thumbs to separate his cheeks, his large hands able to span his ass; he leans down and uses the flat of his tongue to lick over his puckered opening, Jungkook lurching forward at the touch. He stays in the same position and licks over and over, just getting him used to his tongue, wanting him to eventually lean into the touch rather than away.

Jungkook eventually starts moving his hips to his tongue, trying to move back onto him, but Yoongi is holding him secure within his hands. Yoongi starts licking a little bit faster, a little more messy and less controlled, taking breaks and biting on his sexy ass in between. He opens the lube bottle, the noise making Jungkook flinch, but Yoongi runs his hand down his ass and thigh, instantly calming him, using his mouth on him agan to distract him while he warms the lube.

When he’s finally ready he continues nibbling on his muscled ass while using his lubed finger to gently circle his opening, teasing the pretty little pink hole, blowing on it as it’s wet from his mouth and the lube. It flutters so pretty, and as Yoongi bites a little harder on his thigh his hole opens up a bit, letting him sink the beginning of his first finger in, Jungkook arching his back perfectly as he lets out the prettiest moan, driving Yoongi insane with his desire.

“Yoongi,” he groans, thrusting his hips back, loving the way he touches him.

Yoongi holds him steady while he slowly thrusts with that finger, eventually sinking it fully in his ass, Yoongi crying out from the feeling of his ass pulling it in deep, loving that he trusts him to do this with him, that he wants him in this way. He adds more lube to be sure he doesn’t hurt him, waiting another minute before he hears Jungkook ask, “Another, Yoongi, I need another.”

Yoongi rests his head on his ass, just stops for a moment and kisses him gently before he lubes up a second finger and slides it in with the first, again stopping at just the first knuckle, giving him time to stretch. Jungkook is wiggling his ass around, wanting him to move, so he does, gently, slowly, giving him time to acclimate to the stretch.

Jungkook is again moving, ready for more, so he begins to thrust those two fingers harder, deeper, faster, loving that he’s enjoying this, because Yoongi loves seeing him like this, wanting to share himself with him. He’s taken his fingers fully so far, thrilled that he could go all the way in, his fingers so long he was worried about hurting him, but he’s wanting more. Yoongi begins to scissor them gently, needing to stretch him more; he’ll need to be able to take four fingers eventually to be opened up enough for his cock, but they don’t need to worry about that tonight.

“More Yoongi, give me another,” Jungkook tells him, wanting to feel that stretch of the third finger. He lubes it up getting it all sloppy, then slowly pushes at his rim, getting just the tips in when Jungkook keens at the stretch, arching his back hard, his body shivering in need.

“Easy baby,” Yoongi murmurs, running his other hand down his back soothingly, then down his legs, telling him, “You’re being so good for me, taking my fingers so well. Pretty soon it’s gonna be my tongue, and someday soon my cock. Can’t wait to bury myself all the way in you Guk-ah, you’re gonna take me so good, make me feel so good, squeeze down so tight on me.”

Jungkook is whimpering now from everything he’s picturing, and Yoongi needs to be sure he wants to continue, that it isn’t too much for him, knowing he hasn’t been with anyone in a long time. “You ok, baby? What’s your color?”

He takes a deep breath before trying to speak, telling him, “It’s green Yoongi, I wanna keep going, take you, show you how much I need you. Be your good boy.”

Yoongi has to hold his cock at the base to keep from coming, Jungkook’s comment nearly pushing him right over the edge, saying he wants to be his good boy, never knowing how much hearing him say that would affect him. He growls as he leans down and bites along his neck, sucking the skin in harshly, licking over his pulse and so badly wanting to claim him, the taste making him cry out in need.

Jungkook hears his response, feels it throbbing against his ass and in the way he bites on his neck, now realizing how much Yoongi liked hearing him say that. It gives him the burst of confidence, of stamina, to keep going, to help wreck Yoongi as badly as he’s wrecking him. He wiggles his ass back onto his fingers that are just waiting at his rim, wanting to feel him stretch him out further.

“Deeper, Yoongi, take me deeper,” he moans out, waiting for him to reach deeper inside him, make him really burn for him.

Yoongi takes a few steadying breaths before he straightens back up, kissing along Guk’s back as he slowly slides those three fingers all the way in and stops for a minute, giving him time to adjust. It’s so tight, his ass is clamping down on him, pulsing, and Yoongi’s cock is dripping wet already, knowing how incredible it’s going to be when he finally manages to work his way inside.

“Fuck, baby, it’s gonna be so good when I finally manage to squeeze my cock in you. You’re gonna need to take four fingers to be even close to stretched enough. You’re gonna burn so good for me, I bet you’ll come a few times just from me trying to get all the way inside you,” he tells him, murmuring the words into his skin, so turned on just imagining it he knows he’ll come a few times trying to sink in as well. “That slide, trying to squeeze in, get all the way deep, it’s gonna hurt so good, babe, I can’t fucking’ wait.”

Jungkook whispers out his need, “Want that so bad, Yoongi, I’m tired of waiting,” unable to hold his thoughts back any longer.

Jungkook has never heard Yoongi this turned on, this needy, this desperate before, and he needs to drive him crazy now too. He starts thrusting his ass back, loving the stretch of his fingers, the way he starts pulling on his rim, making him moan in pleasure. “Babe, you’re gonna be so tight inside me, stretching me out, my ass is gonna keep clenching down on you, gripping you so hard, you’re gonna feel every inch as you try to work your way in. It’s gonna be a hot, wet, messy slide; you’re gonna have to wait and just sit there and take it a few times while I clamp down on you, pulsing around you, before you can go any deeper. I bet you’ll come a few times just trying to get buried balls deep, waiting for me to let you move, fuck me, take me.”

Yoongi bites down on his shoulder as he hears all the filthy things Jungkook is telling him, desperately wanting to fuck him now, sink in, forget about waiting. He actually breaks the skin a tiny bit, surprising himself as his fangs are unwillingly peeking out due to the unbelievably intoxicating scent of his arousal, and all of a sudden he’s tasting the sweetness of his blood, licking the tiny single drop carefully, savoring the taste as it bursts across his tongue, coming instantly against his hip as he can’t control himself any longer.

He growls as he comes, Jungkook surprised as he feels the wetness against him, and in a deep, needy voice he asks, “Did you just come from thinking about finally taking me, fucking me senseless?”

Yoongi is embarrassed that he couldn’t hold back, starting to apologize, “Yeah, I’m so sorry Guk, I promise I’ll make it up to you,” but Jungkook stops him, telling him, “That’s so fucking hot Yoongi, don’t apologize. I didn’t think I’d ever be able to make someone want me that bad, that you couldn’t stop yourself.”

“Guk, it’s a fucking struggle every time we’re together, plus all the times we’re still dressed and I have to hold myself back from taking you in the backseat or in a bathroom stall. I always want you, always struggle to hold back. You talking about your ass and all the ways you’re going to wreck me was just too much,” he confides, his cock still hard and ready for more.

Jungkook has been thrusting himself back on Yoongi’s incredibly talented fingers, fully stretched on three now, and he tells him in a deep, husky voice, “Give me four. I want to feel what four feels like, how full I’ll be for you.”

Yoongi groans, telling him, “Baby, you don’t need to do that now,” but Jungkook turns his head, his eyes absolutely stunning with their need shimmering bright, and tells him, “I need to know.”

Yoongi rests his head on his back again while he reigns himself in, only imaging how tight it’s going to be for him, knowing his rim is going to have to stretch so much to accommodate his size. He lubes up his hand again, pulling on his rim with his fingers gently, catching them on the inside a bit, pulling him wide. Jungkook’s hips stuttering at the feelings surging through him.

“Yoongi,” he moans wantonly, his voice breaking as he’s losing focus, and Yoongi decides to use his tongue on him before he’s too far gone. He bends lower, sliding two fingers out but leaving his hole open wide, already stretched so pretty for him, Jungkook missing the fullness and moaning for more.

Yoongi licks into him, his tongue able to slide right into his waiting, messy hole, flicking inside as he starts fucking him relentlessly, finding his sweet spot and running his tongue over it repeatedly while he continues to fuck him with a finger. Jungkook is a mess, clenching the sheets, up on his hands now with his back arched so pretty, wanting him deeper, needing more, spreading his legs wider as he silently begs to be filled.

Yoongi nibbles on his rim with his teeth, Jungkook crying out as the feelings shoot through him, so sensitive there, and he then sucks on him, teasing him with his tongue, making him thrash around even more. He removes his fingers completely for a minute, just using his mouth to torment him, loving every feeling he’s sending through him, Jungkook now a whimpering mess. Yoongi pulls back and blows on him, the cool air making his skin prickle as he’s burning up on the inside, his back covered in a layer of sweat, and he sees his hole clenching, looking to be filled again, and when he opens up again Yoongi slots all four fingers into his waiting hole, filling him completely, as far in as he can reach, telling him, “Come for me baby boy, be a good boy and show me how you’re gonna take my cock.”

Jungkook can’t hold off any longer, even if Yoongi hadn’t just told him to come. Yoongi’s got four fingers shoved all the way in his ass, his rim stretched tight around them, his walls clenching down, and Yoongi’s now sliding inside him, driving him insane with pleasure. He comes harder than he ever has before, his ass gripping Yoongi’s fingers tight, and he just continues to pulse as his dick is left untouched, still incredibly hard, as if he’s still waiting to come.

Yoongi continues fucking his ass, never stopping even though Guk just came, using his fingers to find the ways that make him whimper in pleasure; circling on his prostate, pulling on his rim, rubbing his walls deliciously. Jungkook moans out, “Harder Yoongi, I need it harder,” and after Yoongi wipes the drool from his lips and bites his waist, leaving multiple bruises behind, he starts thrusting harder into him, the base of his fingers destroying his rim, twisting his hand around to torture him even more.

Jungkook has tears rolling down his cheeks now, thrusting his ass back onto Yoongi’s hand, wanting him to pound into him, and Yoongi now starts pressing right into his prostate continuously, rubbing circles and not letting up, Guk moving his hips how he needs to to try to find his release. Yoongi can tell he’s so close so he asks, “What do you need baby? How can I make my baby boy feel better?”

Jungkook catches his breath and tells him, “Need to see you, kiss you,” as he keeps moving, trying to find his release. Yoongi stops moving for a moment causing Jungkook to whimper in the neediest tone he’s ever heard, making him pause a moment to stop himself from coming again. He eventually lays him on his side, bending one leg up and resting Jungkook’s foot on his hip, spreading him wide open, and he sinks his fingers as deep as he can go like this, swallowing down Jungkook’s keening sound in his own mouth as he kisses him deep, so sensual, so erotic, their tongues mimicking the fucking his fingers are doing. In this position Yoongi can press his thumb up against his perineum, teasing his prostate from the inside and outside at the same time, and as he bites down on Jungkook’s lower lip he explodes again, the second climax ripping through him as he needs to pull his mouth away to try to breathe.

Yoongi keeps teasing his walls gently, not thrusting now but instead a smooth slide, helping prolong the orgasm that’s still making his body shudder in waves. He’s getting over sensitive but clutches Yoongi’s hand tight between his legs, not wanting to let him go. “I need you to stay inside me, don’t go,” Jungkook tells him, crushing his mouth in another emotional kiss. The kiss finally gentles as he catches his breath, but he doesn’t stop nibbling on his lips, his tongue, tasting him sensually.

When Jungkook pulls back he stares into Yoongi’s eyes, kissing him gently, telling him, “I love you Yoongi, so much, no one has ever wanted me like you do, or taken the time to take care of me like you do,” his tears breaking free and streaming down his cheeks.

Yoongi kisses them away, his own starting to break free, and as he looks in Jungkook’s eyes he wants to say the words so badly, and Jungkook must know, because he softly tells him, “Say the words, please tell me. I don’t care about the rest right now, I just need to hear it.”

Yoong inhales sharply, surprised, unsure, but Jungkook has asked for it; how could he possibly deny him???

“God Jungkook, I love you so much, I can’t live without you any more. I need you so badly, I love you more than you could ever know,” he finally tells him, having waited months to be able to say the words. He kisses him so lovingly then, running his clean hand on his cheek, his jaw, gently touching him everywhere, needing to hold him close, never let him go, keep him as his until he possibly turns him away.

Jungkook eventually looks up into his eyes, saying “Tell me again, and show me,” and Yoongi whispers into his mouth, “I’ll love you forever,” kissing him deep, showing him over and over all night long.

~~~~~~~~

They awaken the next afternoon, Yoongi wrapped tight around Jungkook, both sticky and messy and needing a shower, too exhausted after they came so often last night to bother with it, instead just using their mouths or washcloths to wipe off before starting again.

They still haven’t had sex, Yoongi somehow managed to not claim him overnight, knowing he needs to wait, but after he said those three little words something shifted between them; they became even closer, more intense, more important to each other. He doesn’t think he can wait much longer to tell him; they’ve shared every intimacy together, they love each other immensely, but he can’t say it’s unconditional on Jungkook’s part, since he just doesn’t know yet. He needs to talk to Namjoon, figure out how and when to tell him his secret, knowing it will affect his relationship with Jin as well.

Jungkook starts kissing down his chest, sucking on his nipples, nibbling on his still hard cock, telling him, “Morning, Yoongi, this ok?” as he sinks all the way down, tormenting him with his tongue while he teases further back, licking his own finger so he can play with him like that. Yoongi tightens his hold in Jungkook’s hair as he moans, forcing himself not to thrust up into his mouth, telling him, “Fuck yeah, baby, it’s always ok. Your mouth is so good on me.”

Jungkook growls as he hears that, sucking him in harder, deeper, playing with his balls and his hole, pulling on his rim teasingly, when Yoongi tells him, “I’m gonna come soon, stop so we can play more.” But he knows, he knows he’s going to tease him, please him until he comes, spilling down his throat, swallowing it all down with a smile on his face, a glint in his eyes, knowing Yoongi will do it to him as soon as he’s done.

Jungkook actually stops him before he has a chance to kiss his way down his body, telling him, “I really need a shower, and some food, and then we can come right back to bed, I promise. After we change your sheets,” he adds teasingly, knowing they’ve each come too many times to count. He kisses him to take the sting out of the words, Yoongi forgetting about the baser human needs, berating himself for not feeding him all night. They’ve replenished with water many times, but he feels bad he didn’t think about meals.

“I’m so sorry baby, I just got caught up in spending the night with you, loving you,” he apologizes, Jungkook stopping him before he can get too caught up in it. “Hey, it’s ok, so did I. But I really need some food now and something besides water. And cum,” he adds, his eyes flashing as he licks his tongue around his mouth, picking up any trace that he’s missed as Yoongi’s cock pulses in need once again.

“We really are insatiable,” Jungkook tells him, sitting in his lap and getting turned on again, wanting to ride him and feel his cock up against him, but this time Yoongi takes control, telling him, “We’ll pick right back up after food. What do you want to eat? All the menus are at your place.”

Jungkook has a few numbers saved on his phone, so he places a call while Yoongi changes his sheets, and they manage to keep their hands mostly to themselves while they shower even though they would both love to continue there, needing to get out in time for the food delivery. Yoongi throws some shorts and a t-shirt on just in time to get the door buzzer, returning to his bed to eat their lunch, bringing some beers and soft drinks into his room as well, giving him a choice of beverages.

They’re snuggled up together in his bed eating, their hands wandering under their shorts while they eat, neither wearing any briefs, Jungkook having borrowed a pair of Yoongi’s basketball shorts to wear after he showered. But now that they’re finished Yoongi takes the trash out to the kitchen, returning back to his room and locking his door, opening the bedroom window a bit to air things out.

When he turns around he has a sexy glint in his eye, telling Jungkook in a more commanding tone, “I need my shorts back since we’re done eating. If you’re in my bed you’re nakie, just like me.” The needs pulses through Jungkook as Yoongi stands there with his hand out, waiting for his shorts to be returned; his body is shuddering as he’s instantly hard and aching again as he takes off the shorts and hands them to him, Yoongi now asking, “Is this ok? Can I take you how I want, tell you what to do, and you’ll follow my orders?” his palm resting lovingly on his cheek while he waits for an answer.

Jungkook knows he can say no and Yoongi wouldn’t be upset or disappointed. But why would he ever say no to a new way of playing, when it’s something he doubts either have ever done before? When it’s a chance for Yoongi to order him to do things, or be taken, in a new exciting way? Or a chance to disobey his orders and maybe, just maybe, get punished for the first time for being a brat?

Jungkook licks his lips teasingly, placing his hand just as lovingly on Yoongi’s cheek, telling him, “You can take me how you want, tell me what to do, and I’ll try to follow your orders. But you know sometimes it’s more fun to break the rules every now and then, see what the punishment may be,” he responds, biting and tugging on Yoongi’s lower lip now, Yoongi’s eyes going full amber at the challenge in his eyes. “Green, Yoongi, do your worst.”

**

Meanwhile….  Namjoon plans for his date with Jin….

Namjoon was kicked out of the library for distracting Jin from his work. Even though it was Saturday, Jin had things to do at work. Namjoon walked back to his apartment pouting from being alone. As he sits on the sofa he feels his phone vibrate in his pocket.

Baby: I can’t believe you got kicked out of a library…

Namjoon: I can’t believe the librarian hit me with a bookmark.

Baby: I’m sorry bunbun :(

Baby: I’ll try to finish everything before the evening

Namjoon: but that’s so far away! I miss you!

Baby : I miss you too bun. I’ll be with you soon okay? Take a nap or something?

Namjoon scoffs reading Jin’s last message. Sleep? He hasn’t slept in centuries.

Namjoon : okay baby. I’ll just be here

Namjoon: Alone...

Namjoon: With no one…

Namjoon: Waiting…

Namjoon: </3

Namjoon puts his phone away, sighing. He looks around the living room bored out of his mind. He was suppose to be out all day with Jin, but the librarian just had to call in him last minute. There’s still about four more hours until Jin gets out from work and there’s no way Namjoon can wait until then. He goes into the kitchen opening the secret drawer, grabbing a packet of blood drinking it for no reason. He sighs as he sits down at the table trying to get the time to go by faster. Life without Jin has become real boring, how did he do this for over 600 years? Well Yoongi was always there and even though they were hiding, they always managed to laugh. He was glad Yoongi has found someone to be with again. It had taken a really long time but Yoongi was happy again.

Namjoon glances at the clock and sees that only a minute has gone by, he groans hitting his head on the table. He feels his phone vibrate again and sees another message from Jin saying that he found an old movie on dvd and wants to watch it when he gets back.

“Maybe I should plan something,” Namjoon mumbles to himself.

He starts planning out what he wants to do. He knows Jin doesn’t have candles, so he decides to have an indoor picnic. Namjoon gets up from the table making his way towards the door until he realizes Yoongi has the car. He could walk but the sun was out, and walking the distance to the grocery store would make him too weak. He pulls out his phone and calls the only other person he knew nearby that had a car.

“Hey Taehyung. Are you busy?” Namjoon says nervously.

“No, not really. I’ve been trying to catch up on all my homework and stuff, why?” Taehyung asks yawning.

“Well I wanted to go to the grocery store to buy some things for a date with Jin, but Yoongi took the car for his date. So I was wondering if you could drive me there?” Namjoon rubs the back of his neck shyly, even though Taehyung can’t see him.

“Yeah, sure! I’ll text you when I’m outside. I could use some food,” Taehyung says hanging up.

Namjoon goes to brush his teeth making sure to get rid of all the smell of blood and to make sure none of it spilled on his clothing. Even though him and Taehyung were somewhat friends, he obviously couldn't take the chance. Better to be cautious then having to run away. Soon Taehyung sends him a text letting him know he’ll be outside waiting. Namjoon locks his front door making his way outside to Taehyung’s car.

He hears Taehyung unlock the doors and Namjoon quickly gets in.

“Hey Namjoon,” Taehyung greets giving him a bright smile.

“Hey Taehyung,” Namjoon replies putting his seatbelt on.

As Taehyung puts the car in drive, Namjoon smells...Hoseok. The scent is faint, like he has just left, but it was there. Or so Namjoon thought. When he tries taking a deep breath, all he gets it Taehyung’s scent and the stupid garlic air freshener mixed with that “new car” smell. Could Hoseok be near them? Jimin said that they had led him away from here, could he already be back? This wasn’t good news, and why would Taehyung be around him? Namjoon looks at Taehyung from the corner of his eye, wanting to see if he had any bite marks or anything out of the ordinary. But Taehyung seemed fine, there wasn’t anything strange about him.

“So what are you planning on buying?” Taehyung asks, trying to make up a conversation.

“I’m not really sure. I’m not the best cook, so I was thinking of just buying some things to make sandwiches or something,” Namjoon sighs trying to relax.

“I’m pretty sure Jin will eat anything you get him,” Taehyung shrugs sounding a little bitter.

Namjoon looks at Taehyung, “You don’t have anyone in your life?”

“No I don’t really have time to date. I’m always traveling to see my grandparents and it’ll just be hard. Besides, I don’t have anyone I’m interested in,” Taehyung frowns lost in thought.

“How are they? Are they adjusting?” Namjoon asks politely.

“Yeah they’re fine. Keep wanting me to visit and talk to the caregivers about things. They think they’ll listen to me better, but they just keep getting on everyone’s nerves.”

Namjoon laughs, “Well at least they don’t hate it and want to leave.”

“I think they just want to me move out there and take care of them myself. My grandmother keeps wanting to feed me a five course meal.”

Taehyung finds a parking spot at the store and turns the car off before they both get out, closing the door behind them. Taehyung locks his car and they make their way into the store, grabbing a shopping cart on the way in.

“So sandwiches?” Taehyung asks looking towards the bread.

“Would he like that?” Namjoon whispers mostly to himself, but loud enough for Taehyung to hear.

“I’m sure Jin will eat anything you make,” Taehyung chuckles, a little forceful.

“Yeah but I want it to be special,” Namjoon complains.

“Jin likes seafood. Like he loves that shit,” Taehyung says, shaking his head, smiling.

“Oh. I mean I could get him some, but I don’t like seafood. I consider the fish my friends,” Namjoon sighs, rubbing his temples.

“Okay. What about… fruits? Like strawberries dipped in chocolate, and some crackers with cheese. Wine and grapes?” Taehyung starts naming a bunch of food combinations.

“That’s actually a really great idea. Then i can just get his favorite takeout and we can eat that,” Namjoon smiles at Taehyung excited.

“Glad I could help,” Taehyung smiles back before pushing the cart towards all the fruits.

Taehyung helps Namjoon pick out all of the fruit, cheese, chocolate, crackers, and wine. Namjoon stops to get some unscented candles for Jin knowing he was out. They walked by the seafood section and Namjoon pouted, looking at all the dead fish.

“They don’t deserve this,” Namjoon says sadly.

Taehyung laughs at Namjoon’s pouting, “They were made to be eaten.”

“No they weren’t... they were made to be free and happy in the ocean!” Namjoon argues.

“Well the ocean is huge and still greatly undiscovered, so there could be millions of fish. These are just the losers that got caught. Natural selection,” Taehyung shrugs, not knowing how to make Namjoon feel better.

“Natural selection my ass,” Namjoon grumbles as he walks away.

“You know, Jin loves crab. It’s his favorite,” Taehyung points out.

“Oh great! My boyfriend is not only a fish killer but he kills the expensive fish!” Namjoon cries out, getting the attention from a couple of shoppers.

Taehyung laughs, showing off his boxy smile while looking at Namjoon, “Well he does have good taste.”

Namjoon looks at Taehyung, smirking, “Are you trying to flirt with me?”

Taehyung shakes his head, “Depends. Is it working?”

“No,” Namjoon says, winking at him.

“That’s okay. Jin will probably kill me,” Taehyung wrinkles his nose.

“Or want you to join. He’s very...open to new things,” Namjoon shakes his head, sighing.

“I’ll keep that in mind,” Taehyung says, laughing.

They make their way to the front of the store, ready for everything to be paid.

“You know, after this we should go get something to eat,” Taehyung says, waiting for Namjoon to pay for everything.

“Are you asking me out? Because if you are, you better be paying,” Namjoon asks, raising an eyebrow at Taehyung.

“As long as you don’t tell Jin I’m stealing his boyfriend,” Taehyung winks at him.

Namjoon takes the bags placing them back into the shopping cart.

“You better be taking me somewhere worth the secret. I don’t put out on the first date. Actually I don’t put out at all, Jin’s still waiting,” Namjoon says as they make their way back to Taehyung’s car.

“You have Jin waiting! That’s amazing! He always got the guys to be with him, even the ones that said they were straight! You must have him wrapped around your finger or something,” Taehyung says as he unlocks his car, helping Namjoon put everything in the back.

Namjoon stops what he’s doing and looks at Taehyung, “Really?”

“Yeah. Him and Jungkook have this thing where they don’t sleep with the person they’re dating until the fourth date I think. Jungkook doesn’t really date a lot so it was mostly a rule for Jin,” Taehyung explains.

Namjoon stares at the bags in Taehyung’s trunk, not saying anything back. Taehyung notices he’s upset and feels bad about what he’d just said.

“Ah, sorry. That was a little insensitive of me to say so carelessly. Jin does like you a lot though. He’s always smiling and always talking about you. He always wanted his relationships to be perfect and wanted what everyone else had. You make him so happy that he doesn’t even want anything in your relationship to change,” Taehyung says softly, trying to make Namjoon feel better.

“Did he really date a lot? I keep having him wait, but maybe I should give in? I don’t want him to be bored of me,” Namjoon says softly, afraid that he’ll lose Jin.

“No! You’re so great for him! He won’t leave you because of sex. If he were he’d already have done it by now,” Taehyung says softly.

“Yeah. You’re right. Jin wouldn’t leave me because I’m not putting out. He knows how I feel about him, and he wouldn’t leave me,” Namjoon says confidently.

Taehyung smiles brightly, “Exactly! Now let’s go get food. I’m starving.”

**

Namjoon sits on Jin’s sofa, waiting for him to come home. He offered to pick him up and walk back home with him, but Jin said a coworker was going to drop him off. Namjoon has everything set up. He spent most of the time trying to figure out how to do the chocolate strawberries, and ended up following a Youtube tutorial.

He heard the door being unlocked and ran to hide from Jin, even though the candles were lighting up the dark room.

Jin sighs; as he gets inside he looks around the apartmentI seeing all the candles.

“I hope I don’t hear Jungkook moaning right now,” Jin mumbles to himself, closing the door.

“Baby!” Namjoon shouts running out of the kitchen towards Jin.

Jin laughs as Namjoon throws himself at him, hugging Jin tightly.

“You missed me?” Jin laughs, kissing Namjoon’s cheek.

“I was so bored without you!” Namjoon pouts, waiting for Jin to look at his lips.

Jin smiles leaning in, kissing Namjoon’s pout away. He holds Namjoon’s face close as he bites and nibbles on his lip and tongue.

“I missed you so much Joonie. It was hell,” Jin whispers against Namjoon’s lips.

“Well I’m glad you’re home. I planned us a date, and got your favorite takeout. I got fruit and wine and all this other stuff. Oh and I bought you candles!” Namjoon smiles proudly, his eyes twinkling.

Jin kisses him again, wrapping his legs around Namjoon’s waist. Namjoon holds him tightly, not wanting him to fall and hurt himself.

“You’re so perfect! Thank you so much bunbun!” Jin says kissing Namjoon’s lips once more.

Namjoon sets him on the floor, not before giving his ass a sharp smack. Jin laughs holding his ass, shoving Namjoon playfully.

Namjoon takes Jin’s hand pulling him to the ground where he set up a picnic blanket, with candles surrounding it.

“After this do you want to watch the movie?” Jin asks as Namjoon pours him a glass of his favorite wine.

“Whatever you want babe,” Namjoon smiles at Jin brushing his cheek.

Jin smiles as he feeds Namjoon a chocolate covered strawberry, kissing Namjoon’s lips as the juice from the strawberry falls from the side of his mouth.

They continue to eat everything Namjoon had bought and drink more wine. When Jin is feeling slightly buzzed, they decide to sit on the sofa while Namjoon puts in the movie Jin had gotten from the library.

Jin lays his head on Namjoon’s shoulder as the film begins.

“What’s this even about?” Namjoon asks.

“Some romantic story with terrible quality. I think they turned an old vcr into a dvd. Something about vampires,” Jin said shrugging.

Namjoon eyes widen slightly, “Oh.”

As they continue to watch the movie, Jin has developed a crush on the actors and is constantly taking photos to show Jungkook later.

“If vampires are this hot, then I wouldn’t mind being fucked by one. Look at that! Fuck I wish!” Jin licks his lips as the small sex scene plays.

“Turn this off. Jin, this movie is so stupid,” Namjoon grumbles, not liking how much Jin is enjoying the actors.

“Are you kidding me? Look at how hot this is! Fuck! Where can I find myself one of these Stephans?” Jin laughs as he continues to take more pictures.

Namjoon gets angry and decides to take Jin’s phone from his hands telling him, “Can we watch something else?”

Jin sits on Namjoon’s lap, straddling him, wrapping his arms around his neck, “Aw, is my little Joonie jealous?”

“No.”

Jin laughs as he kisses Namjoon’s pout away, “My little Joonie is jealous! So cute! Don’t worry bunbun, I still think you’re better.”

“How much better?” Namjoon pouts as he holds onto Jin’s ass.

“Mm, I don’t know. I think you might have to convince me you’re better,” Jin smirks, biting the tip of his tongue.

Namjoon growls as he kisses Jin’s lips hard. Jin groans from the pressure and eagerly kisses Namjoon back with just as much force. Their teeth clash and their tongues fight for dominance, as Namjoon holds onto Jin tighter, their chests pressing against each other.

Jin whimpers as he feels how hard Namjoon has gotten from just a few kisses.

“If I knew you getting jealous would make you act this way, I would’ve done it a long time ago,” Jin says, breathless against Namjoon’s lips.

Namjoon spanks Jin roughly making him whimper even more, grabbing onto Namjoon’s hair tightly. Jin rolls his hips down onto Namjoon’s cock, making him groan from the pressure. Jin runs his hands down Namjoon’s back, loving the way it feels like his muscles seem to bulge out when he’s angry.

Jin grabs Namjoon’s shirt, lifting it over his head and throwing it to the other side of the apartment. Namjoon pulls away from Jin’s lips, moving his head down to his neck, sucking harshly on the small area behind his ear. Jin moans loudly, his lips tingling and swollen from their frantic kisses; Namjoon runs his tongue over the area before latching back onto it, sucking again. Jin cries out, the pain becoming almost unbearable but also incredible, and he’s unwilling to let him pull his mouth away. Namjoon grinds himself against Jin’s ass, holding Jin firmly down and unwilling to let him pull away, applying the pressure he wants and so badly needs. Jin moans loudly when he feels how hard Namjoon is, almost too hard, for how little they’ve done. He wishes he could finally get him inside his ass, the feelings surging through him from the pressure Namjoon is making him feel. They’ve waited so long, and he’s dying to know what he’ll feel like when he finally takes him. How loud he can make him cry out from pleasure.

Namjoon pulls away, looking at the deep purple mark he had created, knowing it must’ve hurt Jin. He kisses it gently to soothe the pain before moving to the other side, repeating it, Jin becoming a moaning mess in his lap, grinding down onto him, feeling so good against his ass, wanting to remove his clothes so he can feel him against him with nothing in the way. Jin is breathless by the time Namjoon kisses his lips again.

Namjoon takes Jin’s shirt off faster than he ever has before, grabbing his ass and lifting him up. Jin wraps his legs tightly around Namjoon’s waist, kissing Namjoon’s neck, sucking and nibbling as Namjoon slowly moves Jin up and down, grinding their cocks together as he walks towards Jin’s bedroom. Jin feels himself being laid down before Namjoon is taking his jeans off, unbuttoning them and then removing Jin’s underwear. Jin hisses as the cool air hits his cock, his precum leaking out, glistening under the lights. Namjoon licks his lips hungrily before taking all of Jin into his mouth.

“Fuck!” Jin moans loudly, feeling his cock hit the back of Namjoon’s throat.

Namjoon sucks on him fast and hard, not giving Jin the chance to prepare himself, holding his legs down to keep him from moving. Jin cries out, thrashing and moaning, his eyes rolling to the back of his head as Namjoon sucks on him. Namjoon’s amber eyes watch Jin’s every expression, loving how loud he’s making him, knowing Jin might get a noise complaint.

Jin holds onto Namjoon’s biceps tightly as he continues to deep throat him, gagging on Jin every once in a while. Just as Jin is about to come, Namjoon pulls away, making him cry and beg. Namjoon laughs as he flips Jin over, lifting his hips until his ass is high in the air. Jin looks back at Namjoon, waiting. Namjoon bites his lip and spanks Jin, the sound echoing around the room, Jin crying out from pleasure.

Namjoon holds Jin’s cheeks apart, watching his hole flutter with want. Namjoon leans in and licks his hole, making Jin moan loudly into his pillow. Namjoon continues to lick him, his hand massaging Jin’s balls. Jin is crying with want, tears falling down his cheek and onto his pillow as Namjoon presses his tongue against his waiting hole.

“Lube,” Namjoon tells Jin, his voice deep and husky.

Jin stretches out his hand, grabbing the lube bottle from his nightstand, passing it to Namjoon.

Namjoon quickly opens it, pouring some on his hand before placing a finger on Jin’s rim. He spreads the lube around, circling his finger around and around on Jin’s hole. Jin pushes his hips back, desperately wanting Namjoon’s fingers. Namjoon pushes one finger in, Jin moaning softly from the pressure. Namjoon twists his finger inside of Jin, loving how he wraps around his single finger. Namjoon leans down and begins to suck on Jin’s ass, wanting to leave behind another mark. Jin whines as the pain and pleasure mix, his orgasm coming too soon. Once Namjoon can move his finger inside Jin easily, he inserts a second one. He scissors his fingers apart, Jin crying out from the sudden stretch, loving the pain. Namjoon pulls on Jin’s cheek before letting it out of his mouth with a loud and wet pop. Namjoon brushes his finger against Jin’s prostate, causing him to come instantly. Jin’s eyes roll back as his orgasm hits him hard, Namjoon  thrusting his fingers inside Jin a couple more times before removing them. Jin collapses flat against the bed, not caring if he’s laying on his own cum.

Namjoon shifts uncomfortably, his own erection pressing against his jeans. He takes them off before laying next to Jin, running his hand through his hair, soothingly. Jin lifts his head after a couple of minutes, looking into Namjoon’s amber eyes.

“That was the best orgasm I’ve ever had in my life,” Jin whispers.

Namjoon smiles as he grabs himself, the leftover lube making it easier to move down on himself. Jin looks down and licks his lips, watching Namjoon fuck his hand nice and slow. Jin moves around so he can kiss Namjoon’s neck now.

“Look at how well you fuck yourself into your hand. Is that what you’re going to do with me?” Jin whispers against Namjoon’s ear, licking his earlobe.

Namjoon groans and he nods, “Yes….. It is….  I’m gonna make you feel so good.”

“Oh I know you are. You’re gonna stretch me wide open, with that giant cock of yours,” Jin moans against Namjoon’s neck, running his hand down Namjoon’s chest, already getting hard again.